HomeMy WebLinkAbout1 MG Highpointe Elevated Storage Tank
Augusta Richmond GA
DOCUMENT NAME: J M a-. f-1''2lI~ p 01'" T t;;""" e L-E VA 1T. C) 8 -rDf<-A<j 6
T~N-K
. DOCUMENT TYPE: c..vrJ TR ACT
YEAR: l ~9<6
BOX NUMBER: lp
FILE NUMBER: l '-~q <l9
NUMBER OF PAGES:
117
~I'
,I
I
I
I
'I
.1
'I.
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
,~I
~~ :#/37<FJ
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
-".
1 MG HIGHPOINTE
ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
FOR
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND
/ COUNTY COMMISSION
AUGUSTA UTILTITES DEPT.
PREPARED BY
JOHNSON, LASCHOBER & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
JULY 1998 JLA Project No. 42.704
fnsurance, Bonds,
Risl\iManagernent &
Ellployee Benefits
~<pli;
,,'
...
"'-
N E ACE
MUSSELMAN
& MAYFIELD
November 10,1998
Johnson, Laschober & Assoc.
1296 Broad Street
Augusta, GA 30901
RE: Caldwell Tanks, Inc.
Project: Augusta-Richmond County Commission, Augusta, GA
Dear Ladies & Gentlemen:
The insured's General Liability policy is a "Per Project" (copy of the endorsement
attached) insurance contract which means the policy's aggregate limit applies to each and
every job of the insured. When we add owner and/or engineers to the policy as additional
insureds, the endorsement--Automatic Additional Insureds (copy attached) amends the
"WHO IS AN INSURED" (Section II) to include as an insured any contractually
required additional insured only with respects to liability arising out of "your
operations" (Caldwell Tanks, Inc.) as outlined in the contract. Therefore, we feel this
endorsement substantially meets the Owner's Protective Liability requirement of the
contract.
We have included our certificate with the Additional Insured in lieu of issuing an Owner's
Protective Liability policy. Please advise if our certificate will be accepted.
If you have any questions, please give me a call.
Sincerely,
~.
Deborah S. Pinkerton
Account Executive
cc: . Ms. Carolina Rencle, Caldwell Tanks, Inc.
Neace, Musselman & Mnltfield
211 Browns Lane Louisville, KY 40207
Telephone (502) 894-2100 Fax (502) 894-8602 1(800) 928-2011
.".,-.....-'o.~ '.:".. I". 0':: '-f''o'F:'-i:~'-.''.~-''. ' . ....:,. . I . .~:
-': .: ;.... :i.. ", .1. :. ..-: .~:":.la"",.::- ,l.-.-::i"',.~~~ .':1-' I. .n.' h' Reliance '
:-:T.~,:..t':\-l":"-::j:':;"::'.."'."'.:' ...-l:(:.'.l:~t.~'..'~!::;-:~:.,:.'.(r.>'.. .;. .,. '.~..~..;.:~_ ".' ......,'
_ J ~..t. -:0 ."...~ "i/'-.,,''-, .' 'i. ",,", ,.._.... .t..__ ~~",.. ~ ' . ~. _ . _. ~
....,. ".'<~ :_- "..:-;~w~..:~ "~~:_~'., rf:'~. J.. ./..... .\<:'.'"-::'.1.. =Jf.5--'tL-";!"=......rr......~r:~..I.,. . , ." ',.....,...~ ::-":1 .__1-.~ 1-; 1- '_~
Policy Number: PO 8608050
Endorsement Effective:
,';;'".',j " 1
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION PROJECT(S)
GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT
~
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
g COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
SCHEDULE
;;
o
o
'"
o
co
o
CD
co
o
ll.
Designated Construction Projects:
All Construction Projects of the Named Insured
(If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shO\VTI in the Declarations as
applicable to this endorsement.)
A. For aIr sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under
COVERAGE A (SECTION I), and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under COVERAGE C
(SECTION I), which can be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project
shown inthe Schedule above:
1. A separate Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit applies to each designated construction
project, and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations.
2. The Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all
damages under COVERAGE A except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in
the "products-completed operations hazard", and for medical expenses under COVERAGE C regardless of
the number of:
a. Insureds;
b. Claims made or "suits" brought; or
c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits".
3. Any payments made under COVERAGE A for damages or under COVERAGE C for medical expenses shall
reduce the Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for that designated constllfction project.
Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they reduce
any other Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit for any other designated construction
project shown in the Schedule above.
4. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Fire Damage and Medical Expense continue to
apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such
limits will be subject to the applicable Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit.
B. For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occurrences" under
COVERAGE A (SECTION I), and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under COVERAGE C
(SECTION I), which cannot be attributed only to ongoing operations at a single designated construction project
shown in the Schedule above.
CG 25 03 03 97
09/16/1998
Page I of2
~ c.
0
0
D.
0
0
0 E.
"'
0
<Xl
0
CD
<Xl
0
Q.
()
n...-
.....
. .
,~:y. .p-'" Q
1. Any payments made under COVERAGE A for damages or under COVERAGE C for medical expenses shall
reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products-Completed Operations
Aggregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and
2. Such payments shall not reduce any Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit.
When coverage for liability arising out of the "products-completed operations hazard" is provided, any payments
for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products-completed operations
hazard" will reduce the Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggregate
Limit nor the Designated Construction Project General Aggregate Limit.
If the applicable designated construction project has been abandoned, delayed, or abandoned and then restarted,
or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, the
project will still be deemed to be the same construction project.
The provisions of Limits Of Insurance (SECTION III) not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue
to apply as stipulated.
Page 2 of2
CG 25 03 03 97
:...
o
o
o
o
o
It)
o
'"
o
CO
'"
o
Q.
. '::::~< ,~,
....'..,...,
'-~~::,::;; :::}
',:.:,'
'_ ,~,:,':.':':...., ~~~~;.,'..";.~~ ~)". ~.. ' : ':': ,. . . "",'.' -: '"i _.:,:~t:j;.-" :~..~ ',~ ;<c: :',. . I, .. '. ';,.,' " . .-~ ~R I.- . :', .
, ,: ,.:.. .r.' ",';I't.'::,. ." ~' ',I," .)~' , ," . j ->, 't.., :1':' ",o-,"'''Ii~ '..~"~' '. 1.,., _ . "'.,' - e lance . ^ ~'j
;!/;';r~l:~~~~.t?~,~t{iii:/:".:.;,: \, ',.~. ,;W'-'-~/;~'7,F~*~:~1j.~~~~i~:~H:;t ::<.";.' -'. -::' .~i ::. ;"~'~_" ,/,;:. I:." '.. :: :-:.::'~..~
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
. ..' . .
AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL iNSUREDS
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured any contractually required additional
insured (herein referred to as the additional insured), subject to the following:
A. The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to:
1. bodily injury, property damage, or personal injury occurring before the execution of the written contract.
2, bodily injury, property damage, or personal injury occurring after your obligation to provide insurance
to the additional insured ceases,
3, property damage, to:
a. property owned, used or occupied by or rented to the additional insured;
b, property in the care, custody or control of the additional insured or over which the additional insured is
exercising physical control; or
c, your work for the additional insured,
4, bodily injury, property damage, or personal injury arising out of an architect's, engineer's or surveyor's
rendering or failure to render any professional services for you, for the additional insured or for others,
including:
a. the preparing, approving or failure to approve maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders,
designs or specifications;. and
b, supervisory, inspection or engineering services,
5, advertising injury,
B. The following is added to LIMITS OF INSURANCE (Section III):
8. Subject to 5, above, the amount specified in the contract is the most we will pay for all liability for damages
for the additional insured,
C. If the contract requires that insurance be provided on a primary basis, the following applies:
. To the extent that coverage is provided by this coverage part, this insurance shall apply as primary insurance as
respects liability of the additional insured, arising solely out of:
1, the performance of your operations; or
2, property owned, leased, rented or'occupied by you;
as described in the contract. Any other insurance available to the additional insured shall apply on an excess
basis,
D, The definition of your operations is deleted and replaced as follows:
Your Operations - your customary business 'activities.
E, The following definition is added:
. contractually required additional insured - entity with whom you agree in a written contract to name as an
insured but only with respect to liability arising out of your operations or property owned leased, rented or
occupied by you as outlined in the contract.
CGBP 75 160196
........Ai:ORjj~ ....:~lItRI161~~ii...ct).II~lsltL:jiIIINsw.NmiJi~~b~:.. DA1TE1(/M1MJODD/fYY98)
........:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::x::::x:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::X::::::::::::::::::::::::::X:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~'.I'~::::::J.:.:::::::::.:.....".
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION
ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
PRODUCER
Neace MusseIman & MayfieId
Louisville Office
211 Browns Lane
Louisville KY 40207
John F. Neace
Phone No. 502-894-2100 Fax No. 502-894-8602
INSURED
COMPANY
A
United Pacific Insurance Co
COMPANY
B
ReIiance Insurance Company
CaIdweII Tanks, Inc.
Attn: Carolyn Renck
P.O. Box 35770
Louisville KY 40232
COMPANY
C
COMPANY
D
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES OESCRIBEO HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
CO
LTR
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION
DATE (MMIDDfYY) DATE (MMJDDIYY)
LIMITS
GENERAL LIABILITY
A COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PP8608050
CLAIMS MADE ~ OCCUR
OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S PROT
A X X, C &U; Cont Prot AGGREGATE PER PROJECT
A X Liab;BFPD;Sto Ga
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
07/01/98
GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000
07/01/01 PRODUCTS .COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000
PERSONAL&ADVINJURY $1,000,000
EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000
FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ 100,000
MED EXP (Anyone person) $ 5 , 000
A
X ANY AUTO
ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEDULED AUTOS
X HIRED AUTOS
X NON.OWNED AUTOS
PP8608050
07/01/98
07/01/01
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
$ 1,000,000
BODILY INJURY
(Per person)
$
BODILY INJURY
(Per accident)
$
PROPERTY DAMAGE $
GARAGE LIABILITY
ANY AUTO
EXCESS LIABILITY
A X UMBRELLA FORM
QU8608050
07/01/98
AUTO ONLY. EA ACCIDENT $
OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY:
EACH ACCIDENT $
AGGREGATE $
EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000
07/01/01 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000
$
OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
B THE PROPRIETOR!
PARTNER~ECUTIVE
OFFICERS ARE:
OTHER
INCL
X EXCL
QC8608050
07/01/98
07/01/99
EL EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000
EL DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1 , 000 , 000
EL DISEASE. EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000
A BuiIders Risk
A InstaIlation Fltr
PP8608050
PP8608050
07/01/98
07/01/98
07/01/01
07/01/01
Job Site
Job Site
$1,500,000
$1,500,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERA TIONSlLOCA TIONSlVEHICLESlSPECIAL ITEMS
WC & EL: KY-Qualified Self-Insurer; A1l States end't appIies to WC poI
above. Ca~cellation as required by contract.Proj:l,OOO!rqal eIev taqk,
August,GA/E4~47;Holder named add'l insured aII poI1cies except WC WI respects
to proJect I1sted .
AU44470
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL
~ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,
SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY
Augusta-Richmond
Coimnission
Attn: Geri
2760 Peach
Augusta. GA
County
Sams
Orchard Road
30906
OF ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
. . ............:.:.:::.::::::::::::::::::::::::.:::.:::.:::.:.:.::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:::.:.:.:.:::.:.:.:.:.:.:.::::~<::l~~....~:~~~~.~....:...:~~:~~()A~~a~'#BAATIQN;t~$lib::
A!;:Qf{p.1~j?(1/!~)):
I
-
I
I
\1
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR
, 1 MG HIGHPOINTE
ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
FOR
AUGUSTA-RICHMOND
COUNTY COMMISSION
AUGUSTA UTILTITES DEPT.
PlREPARED BY
JOHNSON, LASCHOBER & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
JULY 1998 JLA Project No. 42.704
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 MG Highpoint.e
Index to Specifications
Title
Invitation To Bid
Instruction To Bidders
Bid Form
Standard Form of Agreement
Bid Bond
General Conditions
Supplementary General Conditions
Notice of Award
Notice to Proceed
Application for Payment
Change Order
Certificate of Substantial Completion
Division
Title
Division 1
GENERAL REOUIREMENTS .
0]010
01030
0]300
0]400
01700
Summary of Work
Alternates
Submittals
Quality Control
Project Closeout
Division 2
SITEWORK
02050
02230
02300
025]0
0251 ]
02630
02831
Subsurface Conditions
Site Conditions
Earthwork
Water Distribution
Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving
Storm Drainage
Chain Link Fences and Gates
Division 3
CONCRETE
03300
Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
Division 13
STORAGE TANK
] 3200A
] 3200B
Steel Elevated Water Storage Tank
. Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
Appendix
Design Drawings
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
Ii
INVITATION TO BID
Sealed Bids will be received at this office until, 11 :00 am. legally prevailing time on Tuesday, August
18, 1998 for the construction of:
Bid Item #98-150, 1 Million Gallon Elevated Water Storage Tank, for Augusta-Richmond Utilities
Department.
Bids will be received by: The Augusta-Richmond County Commission hereinafter referred to as the
OWNER at the offices of:
Geri A. Sams
. The Augusta-Richmond County Purchasing Department
530 Greene Street - Room 605
Augusta, GA 30911
At the time and place noted above the proposals will be publicly opened. and read. No extension of. . .,
the bidding period will be made.
Bidding documents may be obtained at the office of the engineer, Johnson, Laschober & Associates,
P.C., Consulting Engineers, 1296 Broad Street, Augusta, Georgia 30901. Applications for
documents, together with a non-refundable deposit of $50.00 per set shall be filed promptly with the
engineer. Bidding material will be forwarded, shipping charges collect, as soon as possible. Bid
documents may be viewed at the following locations: The Augusta Richmond County Commission
Purchasing Department, The Engineer's Office, Dodge Plan Room, & Augusta Builder's Exchange.
It is the wish of the Owner that minority businesses are given the opportunity to bid on the various
parts of the work. This desire on the part of the Owner is not intended to restrict or limit competitive
bidding or to increase the cost of the work. The Owner supports a healthy free market system that
seeks to include responsible businesses and provide ample opportunity for business growth and
development.
Contract, ifawarded, will be on a lump sub basis. No bid.may be withdrawn for a period of 45 days
after time has been called on the date of opening. Bids must be accompanied by a bid bond and in
an amount not less than 10% of the base. bid. Both a performance bond and a payment bond will be
required in an amount equal to 100% of the contract price.
The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive technicalities and informalities.
Please mark Bid Item # and Project Name on the outside of the envelope.
GERI A. SAMS, Purchasing Director
Augusta Chronicle - July 21,28 & August 5, 11, 1998
Metro Courier - July 22, 1998
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINED 1ERMS
l.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions
and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings
indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof:
A. Bidder - The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to OWNER
B. Successful Bidder - The lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom OWl-ffiR (on
the basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. .
C. Bidding Documents - The Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form and the proposed
Contract Documents including Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids.
D. Issuing Office - The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued as defined in the
Invitation to Bid.
ARTICLE 2 - COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated in the
Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Issuing Office. The deposit is non-refundable.
2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor ENGINEER
assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of
Bidding Docwnents.
2.03 OWNER and ENGINEER in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so
only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use.
ARTICLE 3 - QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
. .
3.01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work, within five days of OWNER's request
Bidder shall submit written evidence such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments,
and such other data so as to meet the requirements of Section 13200A,Paragraph l.IB or Section
13200B, Paragraph 1.1B.
ARTICLE 4 - EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE
4.01 A copy of the geotechnical report has been included in the Specifications for the Bidder's use.. Bidder is
responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any "technical data" or any other data,
interpretations, opinions or infonnation contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings.
1
4.02 On request, OWNER will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations,
. ~ explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all
holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations,
investigations, tests, and studies.
4.03 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to:
A. examine and carefully study the Bidding DocuIilents, including any Addenda and the other related
data identified in the Bidding Documents;
B. visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, loCal, and Site conditions
that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work;
C. become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that
may affect cost, progress; or performance of-the Work; ," ..
D. carefully study all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the
Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or
contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the SupplementaIy
Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions.
E. correlate the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the "
Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents; J
F. promptly give ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that
Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by
ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder; and
G. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work.
4.04
The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has
complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon
performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or
expressly required by the Bidding Documents, that Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all
conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and
the written resolutions thereof by ENGINEER are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents
are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all tenns and conditions for performing
and furnishing the Work.
ARTICLE 5 - PRE-BID CONFERENCE
5.01
A pre-Bid conference will not be held for this project.
2
I
..1
I
I
I
. -,. ....,. "I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 6 - SITE AND OTHER AREAS
6.01 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment to be
incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by CONTRACTOR Easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless
otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 7 - INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to ENGINEER in
.' ....,,,.... ','. writing.. Interpretations'or.clarifications considered..necessary. by ENGINEER 'in .response..to such
questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by ENGINEER as having
received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of
Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other
interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by . .
OWNER or ENGINEER
ARTICLE 8 - BID SECURITY
8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to OWNER in an amount of [ 10 ]% of
Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond [on the form
attached] issued by a surety meeting the requirements of paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General
Conditions. Bids submitted without proper Bid Security will be considered non-responsive. .,
8.02
The Bid security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Contract
Documents, furnished the requirOO contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award,
whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the
Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award,
OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid
security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may
be retained by OWNER until the earlier of seven days after the Effective Date of the Agreement or 61 days
after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned.
8.03
Bid security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the
award will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening.
. ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT TIMES
.9.01 The number of days within which the Work is to be (a) Substantially Completed and (b) also completed
and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement and as below;
A. Substantial Completion 360 Days
B. Final Completion 390 Days
3
ARTICLE 10 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages. if any, are set forth in the Agreement.
ARTICLE 11 - SUBSTITUTE AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS
11.01
The Contract. if awarded. will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the
Bidding Documents, or those substitute or "or-equal" materials and equipment approved by ENGINEER
and identified by Addendum. The materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish
a standard of required ,type, function and~'quality to be met by any proposed.substitute.or. ~'or.-equal" item"~;;"J;';..
No item of material or equipment will be considered by ENGINEeR as a substitute or "or-equal" unless
written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has been received by ENGINEER at least
15 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall conform to requirements of
paragraph 6.05 of the General Conditions. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon
Bidder. ENGINEER's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final. If
ENGINEER approves any proposed item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all
prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner.
. ,~~. ,;.,'"
ARTICLE 12 - SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS
12.01 If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or
entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the
Agreement. the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested. shall within five days after
Bid opening, submit to OWNER a list of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities
proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be
accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other
evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, individual. or entity if requested by
OWNER If OWNER or ENGINEER, after due investigation. has reasonable objection to any proposed
,Subcontractor, Supplier, individual. or entity, OWNER may, before the Notice of Award is given. request
apparent Successful Bidder to submit a substitute, without an increase in the Bid.
12.02 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution. OWNER may award the Contract to
the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors. Suppliers. individuals, or entities.
Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of
any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which OWNER or
ENGINEER makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date
of the Agreement as provided in paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions.
12.03 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against
whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
4
I
I
I
I
I
.~'.'I.
1-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 13 - PREPARATION OF BID
13.01 The Bid form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies may be obtained from
ENGINEER
"
13.02 Contractors may submit a bid for Base Bid Option 1 or Base Bid Option 2 or both: Base Bid Option 1 is
for an elevated steel water storage tank. Base Bid Option 2 is for a composite elevated water storage tank.
All blanks on the Bid form shall be completed by printing in ink or by typewriter and the Bid signed. A
Bid price shall be indicated for Base Bid Option 1 or Base Bid Option 2 or both Base Bid Options and all
Alternates as they pertained to Base Bid Options. If a price is not submitted for a line item then the words
"No Bid shall be entered in the blank. .
".'0..13,03.. ,A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a:vice-president or
other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed
and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation
shall be shown below the signature.
13.04 A Bid by a partnership shall1>e executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title
must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official addr.ess of
the partnership shall be shown below the signature.
13.05 All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signatures.
13.06 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled
in on the Bid form.
13.07 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown.
13.08 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in the state where i':- 0
the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. Bidder's
state contractor license number for the state of the Project, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid form.
ARTICLE 14 - BASIS OF BID; EVALUATION OF BIDS
14.01 Bidders shall submit a Bid on.a lump sum basis for the base Bid and include a separate price for each
alternate described in the Bidding Documents as provided for in the Bid form. The price for each
alternate will be the amount added to the base Bid if OWNER selects the alternate.
14.03 Bid prices will be compared after adjusting the lowest qualified Base Bid Option 1 and the lowest
qualified Base Bid Option 2 for maintenance cost. A 50-year life cycle cost analysis will be used to;adjust
the Base Bids for maintenance cost. Low Bid will be based on the lowest combination of Base Bid Option
and maintenance cost.
5
ARTICLE 15 - SUBMIIT AL OF BID
15.01 Each prospective Bidder is furnished one copy of the Bidding Documents including Bid Form and Bid
Bond. The Bidding Docwnents are to be completed and submitted with the Bid security and design
sketches as described in Section 13200A or 13200B.
15.02 A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the
Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title
and Bid Item No. as indicated in the Invitation to Bid, the name and address of Bidder, and shall be
accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery
system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on
the outside with the notation "BID ENCLOSED." A mailed Bid shall be addressed to Geri A. Sams,
Augusta-Richmond County Purchasing Director, Room 605 Municipal Building, 530 Greene Street,
Augusta, GA 309U. ' .....-:,",."
ARTICLE 16 - MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID
16.01 . A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner thata Bid
must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for
the opening of Bids.
16.02 If within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with OWNER and
promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER that there was a material and
substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid, and the Bid security
will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid, that Bidder will be.disqualified from further bidding on
the Work.
ARTICLE 17 - OPENING OF BIDS
17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and, unless obviously non-
responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any,
will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids.
ARTICLE 18 - BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE
18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid form, but OWNER may,
in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period.
ARTICLE 19 - AWARD OF CONTRACT
I
I
I
I
I
I..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
19.01 OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, non- I
responsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. OWNER further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any
Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to be non-responsible. OWNER may also
reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to I
6
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I.C
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
make an award to that Bidder. OWNER also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving
.- price, time, or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder.
19.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will
n<?t be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid
for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that
Bidder has an interest.
19.03 In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed
requirements, and sucbalternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior
to the Notice of Award. ..
19.04 In evaluating Bidders, OWNER will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the
qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for
those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers,and other. individuals or
entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
19.05 - OWNER may conduct. such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to. establish the responsibility,
qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities
to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. .
19.06 If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will award the Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder after a
life cycle cost analysis as indicated in Article 14.
ARTICLE 20 - CON1RACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE
20.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by th~ Supplementary Conditions, sets forth
OWNER's requirements as to performance and payment Bonds and insurance. When the Successful
Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER. it must be accompanied by such Bonds;-.-. .
END OF SECTION
7
I
j
I
I
I
I
i
j
i.
I
I
:1
i
.1,
I
I
.j
,
,
BID FORM
PROJEcr NAME:
,IMG HighpointeElevated Storage Tank
Bid Item #98-150
Engineer's Project No. 42.704
THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO:
Augusta-Riclunond County Commission
Purchasirig Department
Room 605 MuniCipal Building
530 Greene Street
Augusta, GA 30911
1.01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with
OWNER in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in
the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with
the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents.
2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to
Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. The Bid will
remain subject to acceptance for 45 days after the Bid opening. or for such longer period of time. that
Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of OWNER
3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as set forth in the Agreement, that:
A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, the other related data identified
in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda. receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged.
Addendum No.
Addendum Date
B. ..,Bidder has visited the Site andpecome familiar with and is satisfied.as. to the general, local and Site.
conditions that may affect cost. progress, and performance of the Work.
C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may
affect cost. progress and performance of the Work.
D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in .or relating to existing surface or
subsurface structures at or contiguous to the .Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been
identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions.
1
I
I.
'I
,..
..
:1
)
I
I
.1
~I
I
;'i
l
I
I
*
i
,
,
E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional
or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning
conditions (surface, and subsurface) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost., progress, or
performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences,
and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applyiIig the specific means,
. methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding
Docwnents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.
F. Bidder does not consider that any further examihations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or
data are necessary for the detennination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid
and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding
Documents.
H. Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information apd observations obtained from
visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional
examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents. '
I. Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, error,;, ambiguities, or discrepancies that
Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is.
acceptable to Bidder.
J. - The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms
and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted.
4.01 Bidder further represents that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any
undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any
group, as~iation. organization or corporation; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited
any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or
entity to refrain from bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage
over any other Bidder or over OWNER
5.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price(s):
. .
BASE BID OPTION 1 E/~r }iu,ueM...., -";:"'''-7") r; "'6 ~... A,c.~ ($ e 35" oce /-;
Elevated Steel Water Storage Tank r
AND/OR
, BASE BID OPTION 2
Composite Elevated Water Storage Tank
,,~ 8,,,, '
. )
-
($
BASE BIDS INCLUDE A FIVE TIIOUSAND DOLLAR ($5,000) ALLOWANCE FOR PAYING OWNER
SELECfED TESTING AGENCY AS REQUIRED BY.SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS.
2
1 ...
~I
I
:,
,
1
I
I
.1
-:-
..'-
:-
I
I
~I
,I
1
t
,
ADD ALTERNATE 1-1.
ADD.ALTERNATE 1-2..
ADD,ALTERNATE 2.
ADD ALTERNATE 3.
~ ADD ALTERNATE 4.
. ADD ALTERNATE 5.
Add electrical lighting system to Base Bid Option 1 as indicated in
Specification Section 13200A Para. 3.SA.
ADDS
~
~.Z GJ'U.
,
Add electrical lighting system to Base Bid Option 2 as indicated in
Specification Section 13200B Para. 3.4A.
ADDS
N~ /J,..
Add roof handrail to Base Bid Option 2 as indicated in Specification Section
13200B Para. 3AB.
ADDS
1-1e.. 6"
Add overhead door to Base Bid Option 2 as indicated in Specification Section
13200B Para. 3.4C.
ADDS
II c- P,4
Add concrete floor slab to Base Bid Option 2 as indicated in Specification
Section 13200B Para. 3.4D.
ADD S lip S,.,
Add interior intermediate ladder landings to Base Bid Option 2 as indicated in
Specification Section 13200B Para. 3.4E.
ADDS
"/41 81'0
The OWNER may elect to accept any Add Alternate, and may incorPorate sum as a Change Order.
Contractor shall notify the OWNER when the decision of accepting an Add Alternate must be made for
the Contractor to be able to hold th~ stated" Add Cost" in the above bid form.
6.01 Bidder agrees that the Workwill besubstantia11y completed and completed and ready for final payment in
accordance with paragraph 14.07.B of the General Conditions within the nwnber of calendar days
indicated in the Instructions to Bidders and the Agreement
6.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as. to liquidated damages in the event of failure to
complete the Work within the times specified above, which shall be stated in the Agreement
7.01 The following doCuments are attached to and made a condition ofthis Bid:
a.. Bid Bond.
b. Bidder's Qualification Statement
c. Design Drawings.
3
1
--
--
II
,
1
'I
;
I
I.
~I
I
I
--
.1
I
JI
]1
ff
il
II
8.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings indicated in the Instructions to
Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions.
SUBMITTED on August 18 . 19...2JL.
State Contractor License No. UC300258 . (Ifapplicable)
If Bidder is:
An Individual
Name (typed or printed):
By:
(Individual's signature)
Doing business as:
Business address:
(SEAL)
Phone No.:
FAX No.:
A Partnershio
Partnership Name:
By:
(Signature of general partner - attach evidence of authority to sign)
Name (typed or printed):
Business address:
(SEAL)
Phone No.:
FAX No.:
A Corooration
Corporation Name:CALDWELL TANKS. INC.
State of Incorporation: KENTUCKY
Type (General Business, Professional, Service, Limited Liability)GENERAL
;?/
(SEAL)
BUSINESS,
By:
(Signature ...;,. attach evidence a/authority to sign)
Name (typed or printed): JERRY W. CROWE
Title: REGIONAL SALES MANAGER
Attest ~ V~(COR~TE SEAL)
BARRY L. GESWEIN (Signature a/Corporate Secretary)
4
I
I
I
I.
I
I-
I
I
I
I
'i
-
I
I
. ,
I
I
i
I
I
Business address: 4000 TOWER ROAD LOUISVILLE, KY 40219
Phone No.: 502-964-3361 FAX No.: 502-966-8372
Date of Qualification to do business is 8/ 30 / 7 6
A Joint Venture
Joint Venturer Name:
By:
(SEAL)
(Signature of joint venture partner - attach evidence of authority to sign)
Name (~ or printed):
Title:
Business address:
Phone No.:
FAX No.:
Joint Venturer Name:
By:
(SEAL)
(Signature - attach evidence of authority to sign)
Name (typed or printed):
Title:
Business address:
FAX No.:
Phone No.:
Phone and FAX Number. and Address for receipt of official communications:
(Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual. partnership. and corporation
that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above.)
5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
POWER OF A TIORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that CALDWELL TANKS, INC., Louisville,
Kentucky, a Kentucky Corporation, has constituted and appointed, and does constitute and appoint the
persons named below as its true and lawful Attorneys-in-Fact, to execute proposals for the sale of
materials or the construction of work, to make contracts for same, and execute Surety Bonds to be used in
. connection therewith: ..
JOHN R. BICKEL
JERRY W. CROWE
CONRAD R. SPANGLER, III
This appointment is made in accordance with Article V, Section 1 of the By-Laws of the
Corporation as amended January 16, 1986, and still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CALDWELL TANKS, INC. has caused these presents to be
signed by its President, and its corporate seal to be thereunto affixed and duly attested by its Secretary
this 24th day of November, 1992. .
ATTEST:
(SEAL)
STATE OF KENTUCKY )
) SS:
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON )
BY:
On this 24th day of November, 1992, before me personally appeared Bernard S.
Fineman,' President of CALDWELL TANKS, INC., who being duly sworn, said he resides in the state of
Kentucky; that he is President of CALDWELL TANKS, INC., the Corporation described in and which
executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the Corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the
Board of Directors of said Corporation; and that he signed his name thereto as President of said
Corporation by like authority. . ..
(SEAL)
BY:
. STATE OF KENTUCKY )
) SS:
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON )
'.';'.; :". .~. 1:" '\'.' ..
I, Barry L. Geswein, Secretary of CALDWELL TANKS, INC. do hereby certify that the
above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by
CALDWELL TANKS, INC., which is still in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate at Louisville, Kentucky, this 18TH
day of AUGUST , 1998.
(SEAL)
BY: ~'7. i.~~tary
Caldwell Tanks, Inc.
CT -228
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
BID BOND
BIDDER (Name and Address):
Caldwell Tanks. Inc.
4000 TOWf>T Road
Lo"i~villp, KY 40?lQ
SURETY (Name and Address ofPrincioal Place of Business):
Great American Insurance Comapny
580 Walnut Street
Cincinnati, OR 45202
OWNER (Name and Address): .
Augusta-Richmond County Board of Commissioners
2760 Peach Orchard Road
Augusta, GA 30906-5408
BID
BID DUE DATE: August 18, 1998
PROJECT (Brief Description Including Location):
1MG Righpointe Elevated Storage Tank
BOND
BOND NUMBER: 0-16083-898
DATE (Not later than Bid due date): August 18. 1998
PENAL SUM: ten percent of total amount of bid
(Words)
10% of Bid
(Figures)
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed on
the reverse side hereof: do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed on its behalfby its authorized officer,
agent. or representative.
BIDDER.
SURETY
Caldwell Tanks. Inc. (SeU)
Bidder's Name and Corporate SeU
J~wBi~~REGIONAL
MANAGER
. . . ~
.,.,sAttest: ~,.:}~
Signature and Title
Barry L. Geswein, Secretary
By:
SALES Frank
l' .," . Attest:
<C
. Carolyn
Assistal
Note: (1)
(2)
Above ad~ are to be used for giving required notice.
Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, OWNER or other party shall be considered plural
where applicable.
EJCDC NO. 1910-28-D (1996 Edition) 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind
themselves, their heirs. executors. administrators,
successors and assigns to pay to OWNER upon default
of Bidder any difference between the total amount of
Bidder's Bid and the total amount of the Bid of the
next lowest. responsible and respOnsive Bidder as
determineD by OWNER for the Work required by the
Contract Documents, provided that: :
1.1. If there is no such next lowest. responsible
and responsive Bidder, and OWNER does not abandon
the Project. then Bidder and Surety shall pay to
OWNER the penal sum set forth on the face of this
Bond; and
1.2. In no event shall Bidder's and Surety's
obligation hereunder exceed the penaI sum set forth on
the face of this Bond.
2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of
Bidder to deliver within the time required by the
Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed
to in writing by OWNER) the executed Agreement
required by the Bidding Documents and any
performance and payment Bonds required by the
Bidding Documents.
3. This obligation shall be null and void if:
3.1. OWNER accepts Bidder's Bid and Bidder
delivers within the time required by the Bidding
Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in
writing by OWNER) the executed Agreement required
by the Bidding Documents and any performance and
payment Bonds required by the Bidding Documents, or
3.2. All Bids are rejected by OWNER, or
3.3. OWNER fails to issue a Notice of Award to
Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding
DocUments (or any extension thereof agreed to in
writing by Bidder and, if applicabie, consented to by
Surety when required by paragraph 5 hereof).
4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable
upon default by Bidder and within 30 calendar days
after receipt' by "Bidder and Surety of written " notice of .
default from OWNER, which notice will be ~ven with
reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the
Project and including a statement of the amount due.
5. Surety waives notice of and any and all defenses
based on or arising out of any time extension to issue
Notice of Award agreed to in writing by OWNER and
Bidder, provided that the total time for isSuing Notice
of Award including extensions shall not in the
aggregate exceed 120 days from Bid due date without
Surety's written consent.
DAMAGES FORM
6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this
Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of
default required in paragraph 4 above is received by
Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year
after Bid due date.
7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be
commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction
located in the state in which the Project is located.
8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and
sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses
shown on.the face of this Bond. Such notices may be
sent by personal delivery. commercial courier or by
United States Registered or Certified Mail. return
receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be
deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party
concerned.
9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a
current and effective Power or Attorney evidencing the
authority of the officer, agent or representative who
executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal
and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby.
10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable
statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of
any applicable statute that has been omitted from this
Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set
forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts
with any applicable statute, then the provision of said
statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond
that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full
force and effect.
11. The term "Bid" as used herein includes a Bid,
offer or proposal as applicable.
.' . .~ '" .' ..1"!...... -~. ,-~ ," .....,'.
EJCDC NO. 1910-28-D (1996 Edition) 2
I';;:~"-i.
I
: GtfAT IWERlG\N INSURt\NCE COMP~
580 WALNUT STREET. CINCINNATI. OHIO 45202.513-369-5000. FAX 513-723-2740
The number of persons authorized by
I this power of attorney is not more than
FIVE
No. 0
16083
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized
I and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named below
its tru~ and lawful attorney-in-fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute in behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds,
undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any
I such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below.
Name Address Limit of Power
JOHN F. NFACE SHARON L. ROSE ALL OF ALL
I wn..LIAM L. MAYFIEID FRANK E. OODSON, III LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY UNLIMITED
DEBORAH S. PINI<ERroN
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf of the attorney(s)-in-fact named above.
I IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has Caused these presents to be signed and attested by
its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto afflxed this 24th day of March f.998
Attest GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
I
I
I
STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON - ss:
On this 24th day of March, 1998 , before me personally appeared DOUGLAS R. BOWEN, to me
known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resided in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is the Vice President of the Bond Division of Great
American Insurance Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that it was so affixed
by authority of his offlce under the By-Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.
I
'.' '--.
:~ -'-.
i. ':.':~~.
I
This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American
Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated March I, 1993.
I
RESOL VED: That the Division Presideni, the several Division ViCe Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents, or anyone of them,. be
and hereby is authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys.:In-Fact to execute on behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all
bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; to prescribe their respective duties and the
respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time.
I
._ ,. .~.RESOL VED FURTHER:. ,That the Company. seal and the signature,ofany of the aforesaid. officers and any Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to. any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond,
undertaking, contract or suretyship, or other written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by
the Company as tbe original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the
same force and effect as though manually affixed.
I
I
, CERTIFICATION
I
I, RONALD C. HAYES, Assistant Secretary of Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of
Attorney and the Resolutions of the Board of Directors of March I, 1993 have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect.
Signod and ....od th" / g f41. day of !luauS fr 1'1 If?,
..,"::"::-:'>..
i,' -.
(t"'C) ::
I
I
'~--:;..... .
.---.....~.---.
o. _ .-.~:..+:--..-.' --.' ,
....----~---
. ----
510295 (11/97)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
9~D~ ~lJ1~
TANK BUILDERS SINCE 1887
CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that Caldwell Tanks, Inc. has met all requirements and is licensed in to do business in
the State of Georgia. Our Contractor's License Number is UC300258.
OUR STATUTORY AND PROCESS AGENT IS:
C T Corporation System
2 Peachtree Street, NW
Atlanta, Georgia 30383
ATTEST
CALDWELL TANKS, INC.
.~J~
. . Barry . Geswein . .
. Secretary
~r~~
Regional Sales Manager
--/
GAQUAL.DOC
4000 Tower Road, Louisville. KY 40219 / P.O. Box 35770, Louisville, KY 40232 / (502) 964.3361/ FAX (502) 966-8732
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T~D~~~
CAPACITY
lO00M Elevated
164' HWL
1000M Elevated
99' HWL
1000M Elevated
131'1" HWL
1000M Elevated
126.53' Hwl
1000M Elevated
. 107' HWL
1000M Elevated
133.3' HWL
1000M Elevated
150' HWL
1000M Elevated
131'-9" HWL
1500M Elevated
98.5' OF
2000M Elevated
111' HWL
CTI25A.DOC
TANK BUILDERS SINCE 1887
SIMILAR PROJECTS
RE: Augusta, Georgia
LOCATION/OWNER
ENGINEER
DATE
COMPLETED
Robeson County Board of Comm. Koonce, Noble & Associates
Lumberton, North Carolina Lumberton, NC
(910) 738-9376
2/98
$811,000.00
Ladd Environmental Cons.
Fort Payne, AL
(205) 845-5315
10/97
$681,000.00
Water & Fife Protection Auth.
Horton, Alabama
West Lawrence Water Coop.
Mount Hope, Alabama
City of California
California, Missouri
City of Tell City
Tell City, Indiana
City of Galion
Galion, Ohio
Jackson County P.W.D. #13
Lees Summit, Missouri
Louisiana Army Ammunition
Plant
Shreveport, Louisiana
City of Temple
Temple, Texas
Montgomery County Board
of Commissioners
Dayton, Ohio
Joe D. Worley & Associates
Huntsville, AL
(205) 539-6559
5/97
$719,000.00
Miller Associates
Columbia, MO
(314) 875-1055
12/96
$648,500.00
Derrick Engineering, Inc.
Louisville, KY
(502) 636-9273
12/96
$756,500.00
Burgess & Niple
Columbus, OH
(614) 459-2050
8/95
$676,000.00
E.T. Archer Corporation
Shawnee Mission, KS
(913) 362-9753
7/94
$666,300.00
U.S. Army Eng. District
Fort Worth, TX
(817) 334-8478
12/93
$812,500.00
URS Company
Austin, TX
(512) 926-7700
5/82
$724,700.00
W oolpert Consultants
Dayton, OH
513-461-5660
5/94
$1,407,600.00
4000 Tower Road, Louisville. KY 40219 / P.O. Box 35770. Louisville, KY 40232 / (502) 964-3361/ FAX (502) 966-8732
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
9~D~~~~
CAPACITY
* 31SM Composite
156'2" HWL
SOOM Composite
127' HWL
* 730M Composite
131'2S" HWL
* S42M Composite
149.S' HWL
SooM Composite
132' HWL
SOOM Composite
.140' HWL
* 396M Composite
114'10" HWL
TANK BUILDERS SINCE 1887
SIMILAR PROJECTS
RE: Augusta, Georgia
LOCA TION/OWNER
ENGINEER
DATE
COMPLETED
. Under Contract
. $579,900.00
. Under Contract
$556,000.00
Erected
. $796,486.00
10/96
$409,305.00
10/97
$450,000.00
7/97
$545,800.00
8/97
$611,891.82
* We operate a Canadian subsidiary under the name of Norwec, Inc., which constructs tanks in the Canadian
Provinces.
Oneida Nation of the Thames
Southwold, Ontario
First Nations Engrg Svcs Ltd.
Oshweken, ON
(519) 445-0040
Caldwell Tanks' staff includes personnel with considerable experience in the construction of Composite Elevated
Tanks. In addition, Caldwell recently purchased the assets of Nova Towers, Inc., and the two principals of Nova
Towers have joined our staff in Louisville. Nova Towers' primary business was Composite Elevated Tanks and
had constructed numerous tanks in Canada. Further details regarding our qualifications, staff, and capabilities can
be furnished upon request.
CTI45A.DOC
City of Belton
Belton, Texas
RoIning-Parker Associates, LLP
Temple, TX
(254) 773-3731
4000 Tower Road. Louisville. KY 40219 / P.O. Box 35770, Louisville, KY 40232 / (502) 964-3361/ FAX (502) 966-8732
Regional Mun. Of York
Newmarket, Ontario
(for Musselman Lake, ON)
MacViro Consultants
Markham, ON
(90S) 475-7270
County of Oxford
Thamesford, Ontario
R.I. Burnside & Associates, Ltd.
Stratford, ON
(519) 271-S111
Northeast Woodford Water Dist. Warner A. Broughman III & Assoc,
Versailles, Kentucky Lexington, KY
(606) 271-1778
City of Russellville
Russellville, Arkansas
(Owner)
(501) 968-210S
Regional Mun. Of York
Newmarket, Ontario
(for Schomberg, ON)
R.J. Burnside & Associates, Ltd.
Orangeville, ON
(519) 941-5331
76'-0' DIAMETER,
1,000,000 GALLONS MA TERIAL THICKNESS
CONTAINER:
w BALCONY TR-1 - '/4"
\.::J TR-2 '/9"
. z TR - 2 -
0 <t
I a:: TR-3 lev;,?... .
If) Q . TR-3 -
("') <t ICJ/':!:J? " .
w TR-4 -
J:' 'SR-1'
TB -- 1 - ~/9:'
.RC-1 - 31< .1
Sf:
W 3A,1
~ RISER -
...J
Ii:: TOWER: ..
w
~ . . 'S-1' 'SR-2' .
<t COLUMNS
~
:::r DIAMETER: ~<O'l
\.::J
- 3/'i '"
:::r 'R-2'
w C~1: <THICKNESS)
Cl .z . .
~ - 1/1 Co"
Z ...J 'e -2' C-2: <THICKNESS)
~ a:: '11."
Q w C-3: <THICKNESS)
u... I-
<t
Z ~
~
;:) ~
...J
Cl Cl STRUTS
u .. ...J 'S-2' 'SR-3'
u... Cl
Cl I- \1.1 ~
5-1:
c-
D - I?J q.
~ .0- 5-2:
I 'C-3'
'0
BRACE RODS
<6' DIA. wE.1' . RISER. . R-1: b.) 2 s/~ "
ELEVA nON R-2: . 6.) 2 '17."
R-3:. (L) (, 'f ..
1..
DESIGN PARAMETERS
- - -
DESIGN PER A WWA 0100- 84 AND PROJECT SPECIFICATION?
ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE INCLUDED AS PER SPECIFICA TIONS.-
SIZES AND THICKNESSES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITH
FINAL DESIGN. :
SEISMIC LOAD -. ZONE .lA-
..WIND LOAD - ICO rr\'Pk
<={ PLUMB COLUMNS
DIAMETER AT TOP OF FOUNDATION
CALDWELL TANKS, INC.
LOUISVILLE, KY..
~IJGU~1P\ . c;.~
Icc-a"
DATE:
<6-<t<6
TITLE:' BID DRAy.lING
CRAVING NO.1 SB-1000-3P
BY:
\"Ll2 ..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
-;
o
Ck:
a..
bn'~
,I to- J:
- L.... to-
4'-4" x 4'-4"
I TAN x RAD. ~ID~I
QUANTITIES:
<TOTAL FOR
CONCRETE.,..
REINFORCEMENT .,..
9 COLUMNS)
161 CU. YDS.
16,300 LBS.
\D
I
to-
J:
to- \.:J
J: -
\.:J W
- :I:
w
J: ...J
<r
Cl:: r.. to-
, W I Vl
~ ~' W
1 CD Q
O...J, W
_ <r a..
I-
o
I- ,
-
-
.. (16 ) # IS DOW'ELS
< 9 ) # 4 T1ES '
( 15 ) .. 5 BARS
EQ, SPA; EA, 'WAY
--t,.- ....
:'--,;:,; ".
14'-7" SQUARE FOOTING
<" 15 ')j:l 9 BARS
EO. SPA. EA, VAY
PEDEST AL SECTION
. . ".' .':
. . - " .
, ".' :.~ "
:' ::.(.
___t .".
',-- ...... .
:. ,.".
. .,-"
DESIGN PARAMETERS
DESIGN PER AWWA 0100- . ACI 318-95, AND
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
ANCHOR BOLT CIRCLE DIA. - 76'-0""
SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITH FINAL DESIGN.
SEISMIC LOAD - ZONE .2.L '
WIND LOAD - 100 MPH
NET ALLOV ABLE BEARING CAPACITY - 4 ,000
CONCRETE STRENGTH - 4,000 PSI
REINFORCING STEEL PER ASTM A615 GR. 60.
CALDWELL ,TANKS, INC.'
LOUISVILLE, KY.
AUGUSTA, GA
1.000,000. GALLON OBLA TOlD
PSF BY: BAV
DATE: 8-98
TlTL!:.
COLUMN PIER DETAIL
DRAIJING NO..
BID DRAWING
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I'
I
I
I
1
I
I
I,
I
I
I'
I',....
I
: ~ .
\D <r~
I ...J:I:
;.. Vl to-
l-
I
l:J
W
I
a::
, w
~a:::
I
~r:;
I-
Z
W
U,
....I
<r
l-
e -
I- I'
l-
I
, \.:J
~W
.. I
-o:..J :
...J'
<r
'~
;..
l:i~
C\J I- I
L....I-
-j
o
0::.
a..
9'-2" SQ. SLAB
,-0
I
28'-3" SQUARE FOOTING
CENTER PIER SECTION
(3) VALLS REQUIRED
DESIGN PARAMETERS
DESIGN PER AWWA 0100-96, ACI 318-95; AND'
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.
SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITH FINAL DESIGN.
SEISMIC LOAD - ZONE .2.L
WIND LOAD -' 100 MPH
NET ALLOVABLE BEARING CAP~CITY - 4.000
CONCRETE. STRENGTH - 4.000 PSI
REINFORCING STEEL PER ASTM A615 GR. 60.
PSF BY, BAV
DATE: 8-98
QUANTITIES,
CONCRETE -'
REINFORCEMENT -
74
CU. YDS.
. 11,800 LBS.
111=111= '
III~I: ",
<I5)# 6 BARS
EA. ,FA.
( 9 ) ** 4 - BARS
EA. FA. EQ. SPA.
EA.
CALDWELL TANKS, INC.'
LOUISVILLE, KY.
AUGUSTA, G'A.
1.000,000 'GALLON OBLATOlP
TITLE:'
CENTER PIER DETAIL
DRAIJING NO."
. BID DRAWING
.1
.1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EJCDC
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
BETWEENO~RANDCONTRACTOR
ON TIIi BASIS OF A STIPULATED PRICE
THIS AGREEMENT is by and between Au2USta-Richmond County Commission (hereinafter called OWNER) and
Caldwell Tanks. Inc.. (hereinafter called CONlRACfOR).
OWNER and'CONlRACfOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 - WORK
1.01 CON'fR.ACfOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is
generally described as follows:
Design and construction of a 1 million gallon elevated water storage tank and site appurtenances. Tank construction may
be steel or a composite elevated tank.
ARTICLE 2 - THE PROJECT
2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally
described as follows: IMG Highpointe Elevated Storage Tank.
ARTICLE 3 - ENGINEER
3.01 The Project has been designed by:
Johnson, Laschober & Assoc.
1296 Broad Street
Augusta. GA 3090 1
who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities,
and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACT TIMES
4.02 The Work will be substantially completed within 360 days after the date when the Contract Times commence
to run as-.provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General. Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in
accordance with paragraph 14:07 of the General Conditions within --12!L days after the date when the Contract
Times commence to run. .
4.03 CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer
financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions
thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays,
expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by
OWNER. if the Work is not completed on time; Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and
CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as, a penalty), CONTRACTOR shall pay
OWNER $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.02 for Substantial Completion
1
2
I
I
I
I
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse, or
fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension'.'thereof granted by
OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER. $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in
paragraph 4.02 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final
payment.
ARTICLE 5 - CONTRACT PRICE
5.01 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an
amount in current funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to paragraphs 5.01.A, 5.01.B, and
5.01.C below:
For all Work other than Unit Price Work, a Lump Sum of:
Ei2ht Hundred Thirty Five Thousand Dollars ($835.000)
All specific cash allowances are included in the above price and have been computed in accordance with paragraph
11.02 of the General Conditions. ..
ARTICLE6-PAYMENTPROCEDURES
6.01 CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions.
Applications for Payment will be processed by OWNER as provided in the General Conditions.
6.02 OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's
Applications for Payment on or about the 15 day of each month during performance of the Work as
provided in paragraphs 6.02.A.l and 6.02.A.2 below. All such payments will be measured by the schedule of
values established in paragraph 2.07.A of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the
number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General
Requirements:
1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage
indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts
as ENGINEER may deterinine or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the
General Conditions:
a. 90% of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). If the Work has been 50% completed
as determined by ENGINEER, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactoty to
OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER, on recommendation of ENGINEER, may determine that as long as
the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactoty to them, there will be no retainage on account
of Work subsequently cOmpleted, in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial
Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed less the aggregate of payments
previously made; and
2. Upon Substantial Completion, OWNER shall pay an amount suffi~ent to increase total payments to
CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Work completed, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine
in accordance with paragraph 14.02.B.5 of the General Conditions.
6.03 Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions,
OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said
paragraph 14.07.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 8 - CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS
8.01 In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACfOR makes the following representations:
A CONTRACTOR has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data
identified in the Bidding Documents.
B. CONTRACTOR has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site
conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.
C. CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state,' and local Laws and Regulations that
may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work.
D. CONTRACTOR has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
. " ''''',' contiguous to the,.Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface
structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the
Supplemental}' Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions.
E. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes reSponsibility for having done so) all
additional or supplemental}' examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning
conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contigUous to the Site which may affect cost,
progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques,
sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, including applying the specific
means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, if any, expressly required by the
Contract Documents to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto
F. CONTRACTOR does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or
data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in
accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
G. CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that
relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents.
H. CONTRACTOR has correlated the information known to CONTRACTOR, information and observations
obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional
examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents.
1. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies
that CONTRACTOR has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by
ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR
1. The Contract Documents are generally SuffiCient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and
conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work.
3
4
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARTICLE 9 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
9.01 Contents
A. The Contract Documents consist of the following:
1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 6, inclusive);
2. Performance Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive);
3. Payment Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive);
4. General Conditions (pages 1 to 45, inclusive);
5. Supplementary General Conditions (pages '1 to 2, inclusive);
6. Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual;
7. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered C-l through C-2, inclusive, with each sheet bearing
the following general titles:
CS Cover Sheet
C-l Site Plan
C-2 Details
These drawings are provided under a separate cover.
8. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows):
a. Notice to Proceed (pages 1 to 1, inclusive):
b. CONTRACTOR's Bid (pages 1 to 5, inclusive):
10. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not
attached hereto:
a. Written Amendments:
b. Work Change Directives:
c. Change Order(s).
B. The documents listed in paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise
above).
C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9.
D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.05 of the.
General Conditions.
IJ
1
1\
Ii
11
11
"
t
'li!I
Ii
i
I
i
,
,
I
II
I
~
I
1l
I
i
1i
I
,
I
ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS
10.01 Georgia Prompt Pay Act
This agreement is intended by the parties to, and does, supercede any and all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay
Act, O.C.G.A Para. 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provisions of this Agreement is inconsistent with any
provision of the Prompt Pay Act, the provisions ~t: this Agreeme~t shall, control.
. '. ~.. " ~. .
10.02 Consent to Jurisdiction
All claims, disputes and other matters in question between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of or
related to the Agreement or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court of Richmond County,
Georgia. The CONTRACTOR, by executing this Agreement, specifically consen~ to venue in Richmond County
and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond CQunty, Georgia
" " , '," '\
10.3 Retainage .
Not withstanding any provision of the law to the contl'aIy, the parties agree that no: interest shall be due
CONtRACTOR on any sum held asretainage pursuant to this Agreement and CONTRACTOR specifically waives
,,'-aiiy.cIaim.,to same. . " -'
,
-'"
-~
- "
..,.- ?"
. ,"I...... ,I;
t, .;.l'! ~.: >!
. .-
~ ,
~'
. .. ;~:.. (
j'..{J' \
'--~
. "'t-
,'"
\
s
(I
I
I
I
I
'.1
"'1
"
I
I
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONI'RACfOR have signed this Agreement in triplicate. One counterpart each
has been delivered to OWNER and CONI'RACfOR. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or
identified by OWNER. and CONI'RAcroR or on their behalf.
This Agreement will be effective on .5c:'~ IS-, 1t!4t (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement).
OWNER.:
Au
By:
A~JUJ~ .
:. ~ This document applQnd Ai
Address for giving notices~ p~~~J:rf
(If OWNER. is a corporation. attach evidence of authority
to sign. If OWNER is a public body, attach evidence of
authority to sign and resolution or other documents
authorizing execution of OWNER-CONI'RACfOR
Agreement.)
Designated Representative:
Name:
Title:
Address:
Phone:
Facsimile:
By:
Davi
[CORPORATE SEAL] .' ....
!b~~r
,I "-1'
Attest . -,-; .
Barry L. Geswein, _Secretary'
Address for giving notices: ~
. "
,.
"
4000 Tower Road
Louisville, KY 40219
J'
/:
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
:1
I
License No. UC300258
(Where applicable)
Agent for service of process:
C T Corporation System
2 Peachtree Street NW
Atlanta. GA 30383
(If CONI'RACfOR is a corporation or a partnership,
attach evidence of authority to sign.)
Designated Representative:
Name:
Title:
Address:
Phone:
Facsimile:
6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,i;~
CORPORATE RESOLUTION
BE IT RESOLVED by the Board of Directors of Caldwell Tanks, Inc. in a meeting duly
assembled that David L. Dues, Vice President of the Corporation, be, and he is hereby
authorized, empowered and directed for and on behalf of the Corporation to negotiate for and
sign any and all bid proposals and/or ~ontract which this corporation might enter into for the
, .
furnishing of services for Corporation under such terms, conditions and stipulations, and for such
consideration as he might deem to the best interest of the Corporation.
*******************************
I, Barry L. Geswein , Secretary of Caldwell Tanks, Inc., do hereby
certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Resolution
adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of said Corporation held on the -
12th day of . May; 1987, at which meeting a quorum was present and voted
and that said Resolution has been spread upon the minute book of said
Corporation, and same is now in full force and effect.
WITNESS MY SIGNATURE this 1st day of May. 1997, at Louisville.
,/] (1 ... __
Jxt,~,~ V~
BaITy L. Geswein, Secretary
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
AlA Document A312
Performance Bond
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):
Caldwell Tanks, Inc.
4000 Tower Road
Louisville, KY 40219
OWNER (Name and Address):
Augusta-Richmond County Commission
2760 Peach Orchard Road
Augusta, GA 30906
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Date:
Amount: $835,000.00
Description (Name and Location):
Construction of 1,000,000 Highpointe Elevated Storage Tank; cn Project No. E4447
BOND
Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date):
Amount: $835,000.00
Modifications to this Bond:
SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business):
Great American Insurance Company
580 Walnut Street
Cincinnati, OR 45202
---
,,,,\,,,'8 See Page 3
~"'-~, -....-- ~
~?~~,.~, ~
SURETY F:::::f-----;' . ;
Company: :2 JG:orporate Seal)
Signat:~J!t!U '
Name and Title: Deborah S. PinkertOli
Attorney-In-Fact
IX! None
CONl'RACTOR AS
Company: ..
" . Cald~elt
(Corporate Seal)
_.- .-.
Signat~re;::::,
Name andTitle:~DaVid L. Dues
'" ./ V' p' 'd
,. --....~-- ~ ~ lce resl ent
(Any additional signatures appear on page 3) -
(FOR INFORMATION ONLY-Name, Address and Telephone)
AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or
Neace, Musselman & Mayfield other party): Johnson, Laschober & Assoc.
211 Browns Lane 1296 Broad Street
Louisville, KY 40207 502-894-2100 Augusta, GA 30901 706-724-5756
AlA DOCUMENT 04312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA ~ '
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTI OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006. . ~ < ~A312'1984 1
THIRD PRINTING · MARCH 1987 , NED BY" I... _ .; t?Z bAA '-
COUNTERSIG .: ~~. ~,I'~
RESIDENT AGENT
I
I
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally,
bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators.
successors and assigns to the Owner tor the performance
of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein
by reference.
2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract,
the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation
under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as
provided in Subparagraph 3.1.
3 If there is no Owner Default, the Surety's obligation
under this Bond shall arise after:
3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the
Surety at its address described in Paragraph 10 below
that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor
Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a
conference with the Contractor and the Surety to be
held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such
notice to discuss methods of performing the Construc-
tion Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the
Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reason-
able time to perform the Construction Contract, but
such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right, if
any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and
3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and
formally terminated the Contractor's right to complete
the contract. Such Contractor Default shall not be de-
clared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and
the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub-
paragraph 3.1; and
3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the
Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the
terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor
selected to perform the Construction Contract in accor.
dance with the terms of the contract with the Owner.
4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para-
graph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's ex-
pense take one of the following actions:
4.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with consent of the
Owner, to perform and complete the Construction
Contract; or '
4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construc-
tion Contract itself, through its agents or throughinde-
pendent contractors; or
4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from
qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a
contract for performance and completion of the Con-
struction Contract, arrange for a contract to be pre-
pared for execution by the Owner and the contractor
selected with the Owner's concurrence, to be secured
with performance and payment bonds executed by a
qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the
Construction Contract, and pay to the' Owner the
amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in ex-
cess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the
Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or
4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange
for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with
reasonable promptness under the circumstances:
.1 After investigation, determine the amount for
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
which it may be 'liahle to the Owner and, as
soon as practicable after the amount is deter-
mined, tender payment therefor to the
Owner; or
.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the
Owner citing reasons therefor.
5 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph
4 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed
to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an
additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety
demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under
this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any
remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as
provided in Subparagraph 4.4, and the Owner refuses the
payment tendered or the Surety has denied liability, in
whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be
entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner.
6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right
to complete the Construction Contract, and if the Surety
elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above,
then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall
not be greater than those of the Contractor under the
Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the
Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those oUhe
Owner under the Construction Contract. To the limit of the
amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the
Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to rryitigation of
costs and damages on the Construction Contract, the Sure-
ty is obligated without duplication for:
6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correc-
tion of defective work and completion of the Construc-
tion Contract;
6.2 AdditionaJlegal, design professional and delay
costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and re-
sulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety
under Paragraph 4; and
6.3' liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages
are specified in the Construction Contract, actual dam-
ages caused by delayed performance or non-perfor-
mance of the Contractor.
7 The Su rety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for
obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con-
struction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price
shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such
unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on
this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or.
,its heirs, executors, administrators or successors.
8 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, includ-
ing changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to '
related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obliga-
tions. '
9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond
may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in
the location in which the work or part of the work is located
and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor
Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased
working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails
to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever oc.
curs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or
prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation avail-
I
AlA DOCUMENT 4311. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND' DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA ~
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVE.,N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
A312-1984 2
I
I
able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit
shall be applicable.
10 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall
be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig-
nature page.
11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a
statutory or other legal requirement in the location where
the construction was to be performed, any provision in this
Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement
shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con-
forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall
be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this
Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a
common law bond.
I
I
I
I
12 DEFINITIONS
12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount
payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the
Construction Contract after all proper adjustments
have been made, including allowance to the Con-
I
I
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:
I
Ii
I
I
I
I
I
tractor of any amounts received or to be received by
the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims
for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re-
duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on
behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con-
tract.
12.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between
the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig-
nature page, including all Contract Documents and
changes thereto.
12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contrac;tor,
which has neither been remedied nor waived, to per-
form or otherwise to comply with the terms of the
Construction Contract. '
12.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has
neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con-
tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to
perform and complete or comply with the other terms
thereof.
(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
I
CONTRAOOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
I
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
I
I
SURETY
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
A312-1984 3
AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND' DECEMBER 1964 ED. . AlA ~
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTINC. MARCH 1987
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AlA Document A312
Payment Bond
Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.
CONTRACTOR (Name and Address):
Caldwell Tanks, Inc.
4000 Tower Road
Louisville, KY 40219
SURETY (Name and Principal Pl.ace of Business):
Great American Insurance Company
580 Walnut Street
Cincinnati, OH 45202
OWNER (Name and Address):
Augusta-Richmond County Commission
2760 Peach Orchard Road
Augusta, GA 30906
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
Date:
Amount: $835,000.00
Description (Name and location):
Construction of 1,000,000 Highpointe Elevated Storage Tank; CTI Project No. E4447
BONO
Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date):
Amount: $835,000.00
Modifications to this Bond:
x: None
-.
[] See, Page 6
'~~../o.;"'- _
,'! ~ 0'/"
SURETY ~ ~ ~. " ' .
Company: fiCOjpolate.~ea')
. Great~7iC"Jf In,;;: C!"::t ~ ~. ,
Signature: ./filfnfu /d!~ ~
Name and Title: DeborahS. Pinkerton ~"
Attorney-la-Fact
CONTRACTOR AS
Company: i
. Caldwe
,- /
_...... .d:~
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:.-
Name and Title: David L. Dues
... '. -\.,- :.
, ... ..' / Vice President
(AnY.~Qditiqn~1 signatures appear on page 6)'
.. \:. ':
(FOR INFORMATION ONi Y-Name, Address and Telephone) ,
AGENT or BROKER: . . OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or
Neace, Musselman & Mayfield other party): Johnson, Laschober & Assoc.
211 Browns Lane 1296 Broad Street
Louisville, KY 40207 502-894-2100 Augusta, GA 30901 706-724-5756
AlA DOCUMENT .\312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA S
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A312-1984 4
THIRD PRINTING · MARCH 1987 1 A I ~ M
COUNTERSIGNED BY: f1t/~ c?(. ~
RESIDENT AGENT
I
I
1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally,
bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor,
materials and equipment furnished for use in the perfor-
mance of the Construction Contract, which is incorpo-
rated herein by reference.
2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be
null and void if the Contractor:
2.1 Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly,
for all sums due Claimants, and
2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the
Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any
person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is
for the payment for labor, materials or equipment fur-
nished for use in the performance of the Construction
Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified
the Contractor and the Surety (at the address
described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands,
liens or suits and tendered defense of such claims,
demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the
Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default.
3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be
null and void if the Contractor promptly makes pay-
ment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due.
4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants
under this Bond until:
4;1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct
contract with the Contractor have given notice to the
Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and
sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, stating
that a claim is being made under this Bond and, with
substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim.
4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract
with the Contractor;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1 Have furnished written notice to the Con-
tractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to
the Owner, within 90 days after having last
performed labor or last furnished materials or
equipment included in the claim stating, with
substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim
and the name of the party to whom the
materials were furnished or supplied of for
whom the labor was done or performed; and ,
.2 Have either received a rejection in whole or
in part from the Contractor, or nofreceived
within 30 days of furnishing the above no-
tice any communication from the Contractor
by which the Contractor has indicated the
claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and
.3 Not having been paid within the above 30
days, have sent a written notice to the Surety
(atthe address described in Paragraph 12) and
sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner, .
stating that a claim is being made under this
Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous
written notice furnished to the Contractor.
,I
I
I
I
I
5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the
Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is suffi-
cient compliance. " .
I
6 WhE!O the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of
Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the
Surety's expense take the following actions:
6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to
the Owner, within 45 days after receipt of the claim,
stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis
for challenging any amounts that are disputed,
6.2 Payor arrange for payment of any undisputed
amounts.
7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the
amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be
credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety.
8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under
the Construction Contract shall be used for the perfor-
mance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims,
if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By
the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this
Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor
in the performance of the Construction Contract are
dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and
the Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's prior-
ity to use the funds for the completion of the work.
9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants
or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelat-
ed to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be
liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claim-
ant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obli-
gations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or
otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond,
10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,
including changes of time, to the Construction Contract.
or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other
obligations,
11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant
under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris-
diction in the location in which the work or part. of the
work is located or after the expiration of one year from the
date (1) on which the Claimant gav'e the notice required by
Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last
labor or service was performed by anyone or the last mate-
rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con-
struction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the
provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law,
the minimum periOd of limitation available to sureties as a
defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable.
12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor
shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the
signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the
Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished, shall
be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the
address shown on the signature page.
13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a
statutory or other legal requirement in the location where
the construction was to be performed, any provision in this
Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement
shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con-
forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall
be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this
A312-1984 5
I
AlA DOCUMENT A312. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED,. AlA"'
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE.. N.W" WASHINGTON. D,C. 20006
THIRD PRINTING. MARCH 1987
I
I
Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a
common Jaw bond.
14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a
potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall
promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy
to be made.
15 DEFINITIONS
15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct
contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of
the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equip-
ment for use in the performance of the Contract. The
intent of this Bond shall be to include without limita-
tion in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that
part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline,
telephone service or rental equipment used in the
I
I
I
I
I
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Construction Contract, architectural and engineering
services required for performance of the work of the.
Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and
all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be
asserted in thejurisdiction where the labor, materials
or equipment were furnished.
15.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between
the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig-
nature page, including all Contract Documents and
changes thereto.
15.3 Owner Default : Failure of the Owner, which has
neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con-
tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to
perform and complete or comply with the other terms
thereof.
I
(Space is provided below for additional signa'tures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)
CON1RA.CfOR AS PRINCIPAL
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
I
I
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
I
SURETY
Company:
(Corporate Seal)
Signature:
Name and Title:
Address:
A312.1984 6
I
AlA DOCUMENT A312 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND. DECEMBER 1984 ED. . AlA 8
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
THIRD PRINTINC . MARCH 1987
I SI029S (11,97)
-
e
e
I
GtFAT ANERlC~ INSURANCE COMPANY@
.-. . - ,
580 WALNUT STREET. CINCINNATI. OHIO 45202 . 513-369-5000 . FAX 513-723-2740
I
The number of persons authorized by
this power of attorney is not more than
No. 0 1608.1
I
FIVE POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MENBY THESE PRESENTS: That the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized
and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Ohio, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint the person or persons named below
its true and lawful a~torney-in-fact, for it and in its name, place and stead to execute in behalf of the said Company, as surety, any and all bonds,
undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the nature thereof; provided that the liability of the said Company on any
such bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall not exceed the limit stated below.
Name Address Limit of Power
I
JOHN F. NEACE
WILLIAM L. MAYFIEID
DEBORAH S. PINKER'IDN
SHARON L. ROSE
FRANKE. OODSON, III
ALL OF
LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY
ALL
UNLIMITED
I
I
This Power of Attorney revokes all previous powers issued in behalf of the attorney(s)-in-fact named above.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed and attested by
its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed thi.s 16th day of September ' 1998
Attest GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
CC:"~
,. ,. /--' ._.101 ____
_._?::..:.<~-~-~ -.-:-.:; ~
.'1',,"\/~!J!1 ('{,(lt~!.",
'\
I I,
.I
.I"
5~~
-
I
I
,.
t'L'l' J "l"/l ;~'f/f
I
STATE OF OHIO, COUNTY OF HAMILTON - ss:
On this 16th day of September, 1998 , before me personally appeared DOUGLAS R. BOWEN, Wme
known, being duly sworn, deposes and says that he resided in Cincinnati, Ohio, that he is the Vice President of the Bond Division of Great
American Insurance Company, the Company described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal; that it was so affixed
by authority 'of his office under the By-Laws of said Company, and that he signed his name thereto by like authority.
I
( . \ I j
f';,/! . '--- -J .'", J '1/V-1./:-r-'
',I I... , ..,. '''\...... _ ~lf>--""#"
, '\ (..L....A.,IJ~-'.,-,.'-- ' . __
. (r c
.-1
This Power of Attorney is granted by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Great American
Insurance Company by unanimous written consent dated March I, 1993.
l'J)l\gpl~;k)\~ clYOt:(~: 1i:~ t r'Y
l?t'e~ ~&~~rc tl~,~i cJ ~J~~~
PJJv ~,c~7l t81$>'I~,;..;,~ !-\l.\e. i ~'. :-:ml,
I
1
RESOL VED: That the Division President, the several Division Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents, or anyone of them, be
and hereby is authorized, from time to time, to appoint one or more Attorneys-In-Fact to execute on behalf of the Company, as surety, any and all
bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship, or other written obligations in the natur;e thereof; to prescribe their respective duties and the
respective limits of their authority; and to revoke any such appointment at any time.
I
RESOL VED FUR THER: That the Company seal and the signature of any of the aforesaid officers and any Secretary or Assistant
Secretary of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certificate of either given for the execution of any bond,
undertaking, contract or suretyship, or other written obligation in the nature thereof, such signature and seal when so used being hereby adopted by
the Company as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Company, to be valid and binding upon the Company with the
same force and effect as though manually affixed.
I
I
,..ro-:c-rmrrrlh
"~...~ :..~ q. ....~.~ ~'''I",
" ~ '.... J6~~ #;:
/,} v.~.~~"""'.f"~J" ~~ CERTIFICATION
I, RONALD t( HAY;ES~fAs"sistadi, Secretary of Great American Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power, of
'. ,""-,, ~ ,-.. ,
Attorney and the Resolutions oL~he Board of Directors of MarchJ,J993 ,have not been revoked and are now in full force and effect.
I
I
Signed ari~ieaJ~d this
-::;r~: ~A -" .:_.........,,~~
'...... -....
, '''.'''!''~'''''"",-",.-""",,,-
day of
I
$ 1029$ (11/97)
a~)~"'\- ---
--, .~;..~-- -'-t~"-.!"7~ ---.-.,.-~.."
'~,','I\lilnt SCL'fL'larr
:::_~)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINTfIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ...........................................,.......................................................5
1.01 Defined Terms............ ............................ ....... ..................... .............. ............ ............................ .......... 5
1.02 Terminology................. ................ .................................. ............ ........ .................................... ............ 8
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATI'ERS ........................................., .........................................,............. ................... 8
2.01 Delivery of Bonds............................................................................................................................... 8
2.02 Copies of Documents................. ..................................... .............................. ............................,......... 8
2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed .......................................................................8
2.04 Starting the Work...................................................... ......................................................................... 9
2.05 Before Starting Construction ... ............................................... ...... .... .................................................. 9
2.06 Preconstruction Conference................................................... .... ..... .... ............................................... 9
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ..................... ...................... ....... ..... .......... .......................... ............... 9
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE .:....................................................:........ 10
3.01 Intent.......................... .................................... ............. .... .............. ...... ......... ...................................... 10
3.02 Reference Standards... ..................................................... ...... ............ ................................................. 10
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies........,..................... ...:............ ............. ................................... 10
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ............................................., ..... ...................... ... 11
3.05 Reuse of Documents......... .............................. ............................ ........ ............ .................................... 11
ARTICLE 4 - AVAll..ABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDmONS;
REFERENCE POINTS........... ............................. ......... ...... ....... ....... ......... ................... ........ ............ ......... 11
4.01 Availability of Lands .......... ...... ..................... ....... ...... ..... ............. :................ ....... ............. ....... .......... 11
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ................................................................................................... 11
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ......................................................................................,12
4.04 Underground F aci lilies. ................................................. ................. ................................................... 13
4.05 Reference Points................................................................................................................................. 13
4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ....................................................................................... 13
ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................,....................... 15
5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ........................................................................................... 15
5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ............ .... .... .........,............................................................................. 15
5.03 Certificates of Insurance...................................................... ...:......... ................................................. 15
5,04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance ................................................................................................. 15 '
5.05 0 WNER 's Liability Insurance........................... ........................... ........ .................................. ............. 16
5.06 Property Insurance..................................................................... ...... ................ .................................. 16
5.07 Waiver of Rights.......................................................... ........................ .......: ....................................... 17
5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .................................................................................. 18
5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ..................................................................... 18
5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer.................................................................... 19
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSffiILITIES.............. .................................. .................................................. 19
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence........................................................ ...................,........................... 19
6.02 Labor; Working Hours"............................................... ...................... ................................................. 19
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment.............. ............................... ....................................................... 19,
6.04 Progress Schedule..,................................................ ........................... ................................................ 19
6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" ................................... ..... ....................... .......................................... ..... 20
2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ,................, .... ..............................., ................-.-............................................ 22
6.08 Permits............,........................... .............................................................................................. ......... 22
6.09 Laws and Regulations....:.........., ,........................................................................................................ 22
6.10 Taxes................................,..................."..,..................................................-..................... ......... ......... 23
6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ..... ............. ...........................;................................................................. 23
6.13 Safety and Protection............................................. ................... ...... ................................................... 24
6.14 Safety Representative.. ..........:................................. ...... .......... .... .................. .......... ............................ 24
6.15 Hazard Communication Programs............. .................................. ....... ............................................ .... 24
6.16 Emergencies............... .............................................................. ........... ...:........................................... 24
6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples ....... ............. ........................................................................................... 24
6.18 Continuing the Work............................................. .......................... .................................................... 26
6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee .......................................................................... 26
6.20 Indemnification..........,...........................................................................................,..,...",............... .., 26
ARTICLE 7 - OTIIER WORK.................... .................................................................................................................... 27
7.01 Related ~Vork at Site..................................................................... ...................................................... 27
'7.02 Coordination............................................................. ......... ........ ................................................... ..... 27
ARTICLE 8 ~; OWNER'S RESPONSffiILITIES .... ........ ..... ........ ....... ....... ................ ..:....... ...... ......... ................. ............ 28
8.01 Communications to Contractor........................ ...... ....... ..... ....... .... ... .... ........................... .... ................ 28
, 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER ................................... ...... ..... ......................................... .... ..................... 28
8.03 Furnish Data................ .................................................... ........ ....... .................................... ............... 28
8.04 Pay Promptly When Due ..... ...... .........;.....................................~............................. ............................. 28
8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests............................................................................................ 28
8.06 Insurance........,.......-................................................................... ......................................................,. 28
8.07 Change Orders.....:................... ~.......................... ............................................................................... 28
8.08Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ......-...................... ....................................... .......... .......................... 28
8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities .......................................................................................... 28
8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ........... ................................................................... 28
8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements, ................................................................................................. 28
ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ............................................................................. 29
9.01 0 WNER 'S Representative......... ..... ............................... ............. ............ ......................................... .... 29
9.02 Visits to Site......................................................... ....................... ........................................................ 29
9.03 Project Representative.....................:....................... ........................................................................... 29
9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations............................... ........................................................................ 29
9.05 A uthorized Variations in Work..........-.......................................... .................. ...................................... 29
9.06 Rejecting Defective Work................................. ...... ............... ..,........................................................... 29
9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ...................................................................................30
9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents andAcceptability of Work................................... 30
9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilities...................................:........................... 30
ARTICLE 1'0- CHANGES IN TIIE WORK; CLAIMS......................................................-.........................:...................31
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work,.............................................................. ......................................... 31
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work.....................................................:............................................. 31
10.03 Execution of Change Orders...................................... ........... ............................................................ 31
10.04 Notification to Surety.......... .........;.:..............................................., ............. ........." ....................... .... 31
10.05 Claims and Disputes. ,.............. ........:......................................................................, ......, ..... ....., ....... 31
ARTICLE 11 - COST OF TIIE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK................................................ 32
11.01 Cost of the Work.."..... ..........., ........................ .............. .......................... ........ ........... ..........., ........... 32
11.02 Cash Allowances ,....,.. .............. ....................., ..................... ................................. ..... ................ ....... 34
11.03 Unit Price Work.... ....... ,......... ......................... .............................................. ..... ............................. ,. 34
3
ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES..............:...............;................ 35 .
12.01 Change of Contract Price ................................... .................... .......... ................................ ................ 35
12.02 Change of Contract Times.... ............................................... .................;............................. .............. 35
12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR 's Control......................................................................................... 36
12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR's Control ................... ....................................................................... 36
12.06 Delay Damages................. ,.,.....................,......................... ..... .......... .............................................. 36
ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK..................................................... ............ ................................................................ 36
13.01 Notice of Defects.............................................. .............. ..... ......... ..................................................... 36
13.02 Access to Work..............................,............... ....... .......... .......... ........................................................ 36
13.03 Tests and Inspections............................................................... ........... .....................................,........ 36
13.04 Uncovering Work.......................,.................."...............,............ ...................................................... 37
13.05 0 WNER May Stop the Work ..... ........ :'...........,.......................................... ..:..... ....:.. .... ............., .......... 31"
13.06 Correction or Removal ofDeftctive Work ........................................................................................ 38
13.07 Correction Period................................................. .......... .................................................................. 38
. ,'13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ............................ ............................................. ......... ........ ................ 38
13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work .............................................................................................. 38
ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ....................................................................... 39
14.01 Schedule of Values.. ...:. ............. ................ ........ ......... .............................. .............................. ......;..... 39
14.02 Progress Payments .......... .......... ........................ ........ .................... ........... ............................. ........... 39
14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title' ................................................................................... ...............41
14.04 Substantial Completion....................................... ......... ............. ........................................................ 41
14.05 Partial Utilization............................................................. ................................................................ 42
14.06 Final Inspection................. ............,.................... ............ .............. .................................................... 42
14.07 Final Payment..,......... ................. .'.................. ............. ..................................................................... 42
14.09 Waiver of Claims..........,..........."..:........................................... .............,.......................................... 43
ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................................................43.
15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work.............,................. .......... ................;......... ..................... .................... 43
15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause ..................... ..............................................................................43
15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience........................................................................................ 44
15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate................................................................................... 44
ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION,.. .................,..".............................. ............. ................................................... 45
16.01 Methods and Procedures ............." ,." ....... ..................................................... .... ............'.... .............. 45
ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS................................................................... ....... ..................................................... 45
17.01 Giving Notice....................................."........................................ .................................................... 45
17.02 Computation of Times .. .............................,........................ ......... ...................................................... 45
17.03 Cumulative Remedies ............................................... ......... ......... ........ ....................................... ....... 45
17.04 Survival of Obligations.............,. ................... ...... .......... ................ ........................... ................ ......... 45
17.05 Controlling Law........,............... ........................... ............. ............. ................................ ........... ......... 45
4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
GENERAL CONDmONS
I
I
ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
I
A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and
printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed
below will have' the meanings indicated which are
applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.
.1'.."-
, ..
. ,i. ,_.' .'. .\ ..... I ." ~ . '" .....
... ':'I'.r-~"-),;: t.......:. "... '. ~ '. . ..".
1. Addenda-Written or graphic instruments
issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct,
or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents.
1
I
I
2. Agreement-The written instrument which
is evidence of the agreement' between . OWNER and
CONTRACTOR covering the Work.
3. Application for Payment-The, form
acceptable to ENGINEER which, is to be used by CON-
TRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting",
, '. progress or finaf payments and which-is to,be'accompa-.. '
nied by such supporting documentation as is required by
the Contract Documents.
....
1
I
4. Asbestos-Any material that contains more
than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing
asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels
established by the United States Occupational Safety and
Health Administration.
1
I
5. Bid-The offer or proposal of a bidder \
submitted on the prescribed form setting forth, the prices
for the Work to be performed.
I
6. Bidding Documents-The Bidding
Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (in-
cluding all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
I
7. Bidding Requirements-The Advertisement
or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security
form, if any, and the Bid form with any supplements.
I
8. Bonds-Performance and payment bonds
and other instruments of security.
I
9. Change Order-A document recommended
by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision
I
I
in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement.
10. C/aim-A demand or assertion by OWNER
or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract
Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with
respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for
money or services by a third party is not a Claim.
11: Contract-The' entire and integrated written'"
agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The, Contract supersedes prior
negotiations, representations, or' agreements, whether
written or oral.
12. Contract Documents-The Contract Docu-
ments establish the rights and obligations of the parties :'
and include the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to
the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (includ-
ing documentation accompanying the Bid and any post
Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of
Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement,"",
the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds,' these General
Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the
Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more,
specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all
Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change
Directives, Field Orders, and ENGINEER's written
interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the
Effective Date of the Agreement. Approved Shop
Drawings and the reports and drawings of subsurface and
physical conditions are not Contract Documents. Only
printed or hard copies of the items listed in this
paragraph are Contract Documents, Files in electronic
media fonnat of text, data, graphics, and the like that
may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are not
Contract Documents. '
13. Contract Price-The moneys payable by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in
the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph
11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work).
14. Contract Times-The number of days or the
dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial
Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is
ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's
written recommendation of final payment.
5
I
I
'15>CONTRACTOR--The individual or entity
with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement
I
I
I
I',..
,?,-"
I
I
16. Cost of the Work-See paragraph 11.0 LA
for definition.
17 . Drawings-That part of the Contract
Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which
graphically 'sh9wS the scope, extent. and character of the
Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR ,Shop
Drawings and other CONTRACfOR submittals are not
Drawings as so defined.
" '~'. 18. Effective. Dateo! the 'Agreement- The date'
indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effec-
tive, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on
which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last
of the two parties to sign and deliver.
l~f ENGINEER-The individual or entity
named as such in the Agreement. "
..1
20. ENGINEER's Consultant--An individual or
entity having a contract with ENGINEER' to furnish
services as ENGINEER's independent professionaL
associate or consultant 'with respect to the Project and '
who is identified as' such in the Supplementary..,.."
Conditions.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
21. Field Order--A written order i~ed by
ENGINEER which requires minor changes in the Work
but which does not involve a change in the Contract
Price or the Contract Times.
22. General Requirements-Sections of Division
1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements
pertain to all sections of the Specifications,
23. Hazardous Environmental ,Condition~-The
presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petro~eum.
Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such
quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial '
danger to persons or property exposed thereto in
connection with the Work.
24. Hazardous Waste-The term Hazardous
Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section; 1004
of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903)
as amended from time to time.
I
25. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulat-
ions-Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations,
ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmen-
I
I
tal bodies;,,' agencies,' authorities, and courts having',
jurisdiction.
26. Liens-Charges, security interests, or
encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or
personal property.
27. Mi/estone-A principal event specified in
the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate com-
pletion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all
the Work.
28. Notice of Award--The written notice by'
'"OWNER. to the apparent",successful.,bidder stating that.,
upon timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder
with the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER
will sign and deliver the Agreement.
29. Notice to Proceed-A written notice given
by OWNER to CON1RACTOR fixing the date on which
the Contract Times will commence to run and on which
CONTRACfOR shall start to perform the Work under
the Contract Documents.
30. OWNER-The individuaJ, entity,' public
body" or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has
, entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to '
be performed.
31. Partial Uti/ization--Use by OWNER of a
substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to
Substantial Completion of all the Work.
32. PCBs-Polychlorinated biphenyls.
33. Petroleum-Petroleum, including crude oil
or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard condi-
tions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit
and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil,
petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline,
kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste
and crude oils.
34. Project-The total construction of which the
Work to be performed under the Contract Documents
may be the whole, or a part as may be indicated
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
35. Project Manua/--The bound documentary
information prepared for bidding and constructing the
Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual,
which may be bound in one or more volumes, is
contained in the table(s) of contents.
6
36. Radioactive Materia/-Source, :special
nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as
amended from time to time.
37. Resident Project Representative--The
authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be
assigned to the Site or any part thereof.
.,,"'~. . ~- . . " --- ..
38. Samples-Physical examples of materials,
equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the
standards by. which:such, portion' of the"Work,wilk.be..,
judged.
39. Shop Drawings--AlI drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, ' schedules, and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for '
CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONlRACTOR to'
illustrate some portion of the Work.
40. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the
Contract Documents as being furnished by OWNER
upon which the Work is to be performed, including
rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such:, '.
other lands furnished by OWNER which are designated c."
fur the me mCONTRACTOR
41. Specifications-That part of the Contract
Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of . ' '
materials, equipment, systems, standards, and
workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
42. Subcontractor-An individual or entity
having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with
any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of
the Work at the Site,
43. Substantial Completion-The time at which
the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to
the point where; in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work
(or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete; in
accordance with the Contract Documents, so that. the
Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the
purposes for which it is intended. The te.nns
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as
applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial
Completion thereof.
44. Supplementary Conditions-- That part of the
Contract Documents which amends or supplements these
General Conditions.
.... I.; .
I
,I
I
I
45. Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a
direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcon-
tractor to furnish materials or equipment to be
incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any
Subcontractor.
46. Underground Facilities-All underground
pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes,
vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or
attachments, and any encasements containing such
facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases,
steam, liquidJ petroleUlDd;,products, telephone' .of,.other
communications, cable television, water, wastewater,
storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other
control systems.
I
I
I
I
47. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on
the basis of unit prices.
48. Work-The entire completed construction or
the variom separately identifiable parts thereof required
to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work
includes and is the result of performing or providing all
labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce"
such construction, and furnishing, installing, and
incorporating all materials and equipment into such
construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.
I
I
49. Work Change Directive--A written
statement to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the
Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER
and recommended by ENGINEER ordering an addition,
deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to
differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions
under which the Work is to be performed or to emergen-
cies. A Work Change Directiye will not change the
Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that
the parties expect that the change ordered or documented
by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a
subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations
by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price
or Contract Times,
I
I
I
I
I
I
50. Written Amendment--A written statement
modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER
and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and nonnally dealing with the
nonengineering or nontechnical rather than strictly
construction-related aspects of the Contract Documents.
I
I
7
I
I
I
,1.02 . Terminology
I
A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives
I
1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the
terms "as allowed," "as approved," or terms of like
effect or import are used, or the adjectives
"reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper,"
"satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe an action or detennination of
ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such
action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in
general, the completed Work for compliance with the
requirements of and information, in the Contract
Documents and conformance with the design concept
of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
(unless there is a specific statement indicating
othenvise). The use of any such term or adjective
shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any
duty or authority to supervise'or direct the
performance of the Work or any duty or authority to
undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of
paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the Contract
Documents.
I
I
I
'I
,I
I
B. Day
1. The word "day" shall constitute a
calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight,
to the next midnight.
'I
C. Defective
1
1. The word "defective," when modifying
the word "Work," refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it does
not conform to the Contract Documents or does
. not meet the requirements of any inspection,
reference standard, test, or approval referred to in
the Contract Documents, or has been damaged
prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final
payment (unless responsibility for the 'protection
thereof has been assumed by OWNER at
Substantial Completion in accordance with
paragraph 14.04 or 14.05).
I
I
I
I
D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide
I
1. The word "furnish," when used in
connection with services, materials, or equipment,
shall mean to supply and deliver said services,
materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other
I
I
specified location) ready' for use or installation
and in usable or,operable condition.
2. The word "install," when used, in
connection with services, materials, or equipment,
shall mean to, put into use or place in final
position said services, materials, or equipment
complete and ready for intended use.
3. The words "perform" or "provide,"
when used in connection with services, materials,
or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install
said services, materials, or equipment complete
and ready for intended use; ,~, ,"
4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or
"provide" is not used in connection with services,
materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring
'an obligation, of CONTRACTOR, "provide" is
implied.
E. Unless stated othenvise in the Contract Docu-,
ments, words or phrases which have a well-known
technical or construction industry or trade meaning are
used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such
recognized meaning.
ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATIERS
2.01 Delivery of Bonds
A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed
Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may
be required to furnish.
2.02 Copies of Documents
A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to
ten copies of the Contract Documents.' -Additional copies
will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to
Proceed
A. The Contract Tunes will commence to run on
the thirtieth day after th,e Effective Date of the Agree-
"ment or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day
indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed
may be given at any time within 30 days after the
Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the
8
Contract Times' commenCe to run later'tliaIi'llie sixtieth" ~,'"
day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after
the Effective Date of the Agreement, whichever date is
earlier.
2.04 Starting the Work
A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work
on the date when the Contract Times commence to run.
No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on
which the Contract Times commence to run.
2.05 Before Starting Construction
A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Contract Docu-
ments: Before undertaking each part of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and comP3!e the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent
figures therein and all applicable field measurements.
CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writfug to
ENGINEER any conflict" error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and
shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to
OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict,
error, ambiguity, or discrepancy . in the Contract. .
Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after
the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise
specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR
shall submit to ENGINEER for its timely review:
1. a preliminary progress schedule
indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for
starting and completing the various stages of the
Work, including any Milestones specified in the
Contract Documents;
2. a preliminary schedule of Shop
Drawing and Sample submittals which will list
each required submittal and the times for sub-
mitting, reviewing, and processing such submittal;
and
3. a preliminary schedule of values for all
of the Work which includes quantities and prices
of items which when added together equal the
Contract Price and subdivides the Work into
component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the
basis for progress payments during perfonnance
of the Work. Such prices will include an
I
appropriate amount of overhead "and profit",.,."
applicable to each item of Work.
I
I
I
I
'I
C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any Work at the
Site is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each
deliver to the other, with copies to each additional
insured identified in the SupplementaIy Conditions,
certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
which either of them or any additional insured may
reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR and OWNER
respectively are required to purchase and maintain in
accordance with Article 5:
2.06 Preconstruction Conference' --'
A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to
run, but before any Work at the Site is started, a
conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER,
and others as appropriate, will be held to establish a
working understanding among the parties as to the Work
and to discuss the, schedules referred, to in paragraph .' .
2.05.B, procedures for handling Shop DraWings and
other submittals, processing Applications for Payment,
and maintaining required records.
I
I
I
2.07 Initial Acceptance afSchedules
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, at least ten days before submission of the first
Application for Payment a conference attended by CON- .
TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will
be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as
provided below the schedules submitted in accordance
with paragraph 2.05,B, CONTRACTOR shall have an
additional ten days to make corrections and adjusunents
and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress
payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until
acceptable schedules are submitted to ENGINEER
I
I
I
I
I
1. The progress schedule will be accept-
able to ENGINEER if it provides an orderly
progression of the Work to completion within any
specified Milestones and the Contract Times.
Such acceptance will not impose on ENGINEER
responsibility for the progress schedule, for
sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work
nor interfere with 9r relieve CONTRACTOR from
CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor.
I
I
I
2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop
Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable
to ENGINEER if it provides a workable
arrangement for reviewing and processing the
required submittals.
I
I
9
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I'
I
3. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values
will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and
substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of
the Contract Price to component parts of the
Work.
ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
3.01
Intent.
A. The Contract Doewnents are complementary;
what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by
all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
describe a functionally complete Project (or,part thereof),..
to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Doeu--,..,
ments. Any labor, docwnentation, services, materials, or
equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the
Contract Docwnents or from prevailing custom or trade
usage as being required to produce the intended result
will be provided whether or not specifically called for at
no additional cost to OWNER.
C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract '
Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in
Article 9. '
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards, Specifications, Codes,' Laws, and
Regulations
1. Reference to standards, specifications,
manuals, or codes of any technical' society,
organization, or association, or to Laws or
Regulations, whether such reference be specific or
by implication, shall mean the standard,
specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regula-
tions in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or
on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there
were no Bids), except as may be otherwise
specifically stated in the Contract Doewnents.
2. No provision of any such standard,
specification, manual or code, or any' instruction
of a Supplier shall be effective to change the
duties or responsibilities of OWNER
CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER or any of their
subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees
from those set forth in the Contract Documents,
nor shall any such provision or instruction be
effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER, or
any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents, or
employees any duty or authority to supervise, 9r
direct the performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent
with the provisions of the Contract Docwnents.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies
.... . '\
1. If, during the performance of the Work,
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error,
ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract
Docwnents or between the Contract Doeuments
and any provision of any Law or Regulation
applicable to~ the performance of the Work or of
any standard, specification, manual or code, or of
any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR
shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once.
CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency as
required by paragraph 6.16.A) until an
amendment or supplement to the Contract
Docwnents has been issued by one of the methods
indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided, however,
that CONTRACTOR. shall not be liable to
OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any
such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy
unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically
stated in the Contract Doewnents, the provisions
of the Contract Documents shall take precedence
in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy between the provisions of the Con-
tract Documents and:
a. the prOVISIons of any standard,
specification, manual, code, or instruction
(whether or not specifically incorporated by
reference in the Contract Documents); or
b. the provisionS of any Laws or
Regulations applicable to the performance of
the Work (unless such an interpretation of the
provisions of the Contract Documents would
result in violation of such Law or ReguIation).
10
....11: .
~. :..~ :.:.~"
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract
Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to
provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the
Work or to modify the tenns and conditions thereof in
one or more of the following ways: (i) a Written Amend-
ment; (ii) a Change Order; or (iii) a Work Change
Directive.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents
may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations~in:the Work may be.'authorized".by.one or
more of the following ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii)
ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; or
(iii) ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarification.
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other individual or entity performing, or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect
contract with OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any
title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings,
Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any
thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or ',',":,
ENGINEER's Consultant, including electronic media
editions; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, ,
Specifications, other documents,' or copies thereof .,on ,',
extensions of the Project or any other project without"
written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific
written verification or adaption by ENGINEER This
prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and '
acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of
the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude
CONTRACTOR from retaining copies of the Contract
Documents for record purposes.
ARTICLE 4 - A V AILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDmONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
4.01 A vai/abi/ity of Lands
A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall
notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or
restrictions not of general application but specifically
related to use of the Site with which CONTRACTOR
must comply in performing the Work. OWNER will
obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for
I
permanent ,structures or permanent. changes' in ,existing
facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to
agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if
any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, or both. as a result of any delay in OWNER's
furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a qaim
therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
,I
I
I
I
'''1'
B. Upon r~onable written request, OWNER shall
furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of
record legal title and legal description of the lands upon
which the Work is to be performed and OWNER's
interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing
,..a,mechanic!s 'or. construction~lien',against such. lands in
accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional
lands and access thereto that may be required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials
and equipment. '~
I
I
,4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A, Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary
Conditions identify:
I
1. those reports of explorations and tests .-
of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the
Site that ENGINEER has used in preparing the
Contract Documents; and
I
I
I
I
I
2. those drawings of physical conditions
in or relating to existing surface or subsurface
structures at or contiguous to the Site (except
Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used
in preparing the Contract Documents.
B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on
Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely
upon the general accuracy of the "technical data"
contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports ,
and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such
"technical data" is identified in the Supplementary
Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical '
data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any .
Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to:
I
1. ,the completeness of such reports and
drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, includ-
ing, but not limited to, any aspects of the means,
methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures
of construction to be employed by
I
I
11
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
>' :CONTRACTOR; and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opnuons,
and information contained in such reports or
shown or indicated in such drawings; or
3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of
or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
any such other data, interpretations,' opinions, or
information.
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
. .... '~,! . i'-j'': .': .f. "
. ~ .-i',~."- ....J
A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the
Site that is uncovered or revealed either: '
I
.'1
1. is of such a nature as to establish that
any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is
entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02. is
ma~erially' inaccurate; or .
I
I
I
1
I
I
2. is of such a nature as to require a
change in the Contract Documents~ or
3. differs materially from that shown or.
indicated in the Contract Documents; or
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from-..:,,;
conditions ordinarily encountered.. , arid generally
recognized as inherent in work of the character provided '
. for in the Contract Documents;
then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly afte~ becoming
aware thereof and before further disturbing the
subsurface or physical conditions or performing any
Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as
'required by paragraph 6.16.A), notify O~R and
ENGINEER in writing about, such condition.
CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition
or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as
aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. '
I
I
I
I
I
B. ENGINEER's Review: After receipt of written
notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will
promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the
necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration
or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in
writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of
ENGINEER's findings and conclusions.
C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments
12
"L The Contract Price or the Contract
Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the
extent that the existence of such differing
subsurface or physical condition causes an in-
crease or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or
time required for, performance of the Work;
subject, however, to the following:
a. such condition must meet anyone of
more of the categories described in paragraph
4.03.A; and
b. with respect to Work that is paid for on
a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in ,Contract
Price will be subject to the provisions of para-
graphs 9,08 and 11.03.
2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to
any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times if:
a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence
of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR
made a final commitment to OWNER ,in
respect of Contract Price and Contract Times
by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound
under a negotiated contract; or ,
. b. the existence of such condition could
reasonably have been discovered or revealed.as . .
a result of any examination, investigation, .
exploration, test, or study of the Site and
contiguous . areas required by the Bidding
Requirements or Contract Documents to be
conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to
CONTRACTOR's making such final com-
mitment; or
c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the
written notice within the time and as required
by paragraph 4.03.A.
3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are
unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount
or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract
Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be
made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05;
However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and
ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to
CONTRACTOR for any. claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or
other dispute resolution costs) sustained by
, . CONTRACTOR .onor .in~' connection. with, any
other project or anticipated project.
4.04 Underground Facilities
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the Site is based on information and data
furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by. the owners of
such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or by
others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the
Supplementary Conditions:
, .,..... -:!~., ',,,~, ::,:... ,....
:'. .~t~,:';.~':,.;'(i1I,... ~ .,. ..~"t,..., -:':' ~~' ,t.' ".
1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of
any such information or data; and '
2. the cost of all of the, following will be
included in the Contract Price, and CONTRAC-
TOR shall have full responsibility for:,
a. reviewing and checking all such
information and data,
b. locating all Underground Facilities.
shown or indicated in the Contract..'
Documents,
c. coordination of the Work with the
owners of such Underground Facilities,
including OWNER, during construction, and
d. the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any
damage thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Not Shown or Indicated
1. If an Underground Facility is
uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site
which was not shown or indicated, or not shown
or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the
Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall,
promptly after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or
performing any Work in connection therewith
(except in an emergency as required by paragraph
6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground
Facility and give written notice tb that owner and
to OWNER and ENGINEER ENGINEER will
promptly review the Underground Facility and
determine the extent, if any, to which a change is
required in the Contract Documents to reflect and
document,the consequences,of , the. <existence or
location of the Underground Facility. During
such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
for the safety and protection of such Underground
Facility.
I
",,1
I
I
2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change
in the Contract Documents is required, a Work
Change Directive or a Change Order will be
issued to. reflect and document such consequences.
An equitable adjustment shall be made in the
Contract Price of Contract Times, or both. to the
extent that they are attributable to the existence or
location of any Underground.Facility.,that.was not
shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with
reasonable accuracy in the Contract Document')
and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and
could not reasonably have been expected to tie
aWare of or, to have anticipated. If OWNER and
CONTRACTOR are unable, to agree on
entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any,
of any such adjustment in Contract Price or
Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR
may make a Claim therefor as provided in
paragraph 10.05.
I
I
I
I
I
4.05 Reference Points
I
A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to
establish reference points for construction which' in
ENGINEER's' judgment are necessary to enable CON-
TRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect
and preserve the established reference points and
property monuments, and shall make no changes or
relocations without the prior written approval of
OWNER CONTRACTOR. shall report to ENGINEER
whenever any reference point or property monument is
lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessary changes' in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of
such reference points or property monuments by
professionally qualified personnel.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to
the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of
those reports and drawings relating ,to a Hazardous
Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any,
that have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the
preparation of the Contract Documents,
I
13
I
I
Ie,
I
I
1
"I
"
I
'I
I
1
I,
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
rl;~....' i.~
, ':" .. B:, Limited Reliance' by CONTRACFOR, on
Technical Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely
. upon the general accuracy of the "technical data"
, contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports
and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such
"technical data" is ide~tified in the Supplementary
Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical
data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any
Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to:
L the completeness of such reports and
drawings for, CONTRACTOR's purposes,
including;' but -not limited to" any .aspects. of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction to be employed by
CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions
and information contained in such reports or
shown or indicated in such drawings; or'
3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of
or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
any such other data, interpretations, opinions or
infonnation.
C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any
Hazardous Environmental Condition Uncovered' or re-",'
vealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in '
Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract
Documents to be within the scope of the Work. CON-
TRACTOR shall be responsible for a Hazardous
Environmental Condition created with any materials
brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors,
Suppliers, or anyone eIse for whom CONTRACTOR is
responsible.
D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous
Environmental Condition or . if CONTRACTOR or
anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates
a Hazardous Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR'
shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such
condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such
condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an
emergency as required by paragraph 6.16); and. (iii)
notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and promptly
thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER
shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning the
necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to
evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any.
E. "CONTRACTOR shall not.be required to resume
Work in connection with such condition or in any
affected area until after OWNER has obtained any
required permits related thereto and delivered to
CONTRACTOR written notice: (i) specifying that such
condition and any affected area is or has been rendered
safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any
special conditions under which such Work may be re-
sumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot
agree as, to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if
any, of any adjiJstment in Contract Price or Contract
Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such
special conditions under which Work is agreed to be
resumed bY'e0NTRACTOR, eithec.party' may-make.a
Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
F. If after receipt of such written notice
CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work
based on a reasonable belief it is unSafe, or does not agree
to resume such Work under such special conditions, then
OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the -
area affected by such condition to be deleted from the
Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as
to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an
adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a
result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either.,
party may make a Claim therefor as provided in
paragraph 10.05. OWNER may. have such deleted
portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces
or others in accordance with Article 7.
G, To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors,
partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and
subcontractors of each and any of them from and against
all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out
of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition,
provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition:
(i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or
Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to
be included within the scope of the. Work, and (ii) was
not created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom
CONTRACTOR is. responsible, Nothing in this para-
graph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any
individual or entity from and against the consequences of
that individual's or entity's own negligence.
H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
14
,hannless OWNER, ENGINEER:; ENGINEER~s Consul..;'
tants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees,
agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and
any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses,
and damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous
Environmental Condition created by CONTRACTOR or
by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible.
Nothing in this paragraph 4.06.F shall obligate
CONTRACTOR to indemnify aily individual or entity
from and against the consequences of that individual's or
\'enti tY' S' own negligence. ' ,." 'A'" .~' :.-,.,,":..~,....' " " ,-
I. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and
4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous
Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the
Site.
ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds
A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and
payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the"faithful performaDce",'- .
and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under
the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in
effect at least until one year after the date when final
payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by
Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Contract Documents.
B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the
Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by
Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such
sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies
Holding Certificates of Authority-as Acceptable Sureties
on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Compa-
nies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the
Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch,
U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds signed by
an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such
agent's authority to act.
C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CON-
TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or
its right to do business is tenninated in any state where
any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the
I
requirements 'of paragraph'5;01.B,' CONTRACTOR shall"
within 20 days thereafter substitute another Bond and
surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements
of paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02.
I,
5.02
Licensed Sureties and Insurers
I
I
A. All Bonds and insurance required by the
Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by
OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from
surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or
authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is
located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits
"""::::::~~~~6al::;~::1::~~C:~:~~m;:~=~'-""'~~'I:'
and qualifications as may be provided in the Supple-
mentary Conditions,
I
5.03 '
Certificates of Insurance
I
A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with,
copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- .
mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other
evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other
additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to
purchase and maintain. OWNER. shall deliver to
CONTRACTOR, with copies to each additional insured"
identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates
of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested
by CONTRACTOR or any other additional insured),
which OWNER is required to purchase and maintain.
I
I
I
I
5.04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance
A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain
such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the
Work being performed and as will provide protection
from claims set forth below which may arise out of or
result from CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work
and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the
Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to
perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts
any of them may be liable:
I
I
I
I
1. claims under workers' compensation,
disability benefits, and other similar employee
benefit acts;
I
2. claims for damages because of bodily
injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death
of CONTRACTOR's employees;
I
I
15
I
I
"I,
I
I
I
1
""I.
'I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
"
. . 3.' "claims for - damages because of bodily,
injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person
other than CONTRACTOR's employees;
4. claims for damages insured by
reasonably available personal injury liability
coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as
a result of an offense directly or indirectly related
to the employment of such person by
CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for
any other reason;
5. claims for damages, other than to the
Work-itself,' because of injury ,to' or, destruction of
tangible property wherever located, including loss
of use resulting therefrom; and
6. claims for "damages because of bodily
injury or death of any. person or property damage,
arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use
of any motor vehicle. '
B. The policies of insurance so required by this
paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall:
1. with respect to insurance required by
paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, \.".',
include as additional insureds (subject to any ,
customary exclusion in respect of professional
liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's c ,
Consultants, and any other indlviduals or entities
identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of
whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and
include coverage for the respective officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents, and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of
all' such additional insureds, and the insurance
. afforded to these additional insureds shall provide
primary coverage for all claims covered thereby;
2. include at least the specific coverages
and be written for not less than the limits of
liability provided in the Supplementary
Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations,
whichever is greater;
3.
include
completed
operations
insurance;
4. include contractual liability insurance
covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations
under paragraphs 6.07,6.11, and 6.20;
. , 5. '" contain' a provision or endorsement that '
the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materi-
ally changed or renewal refused until at least
thirty days prior written notice has been given to
OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other
additional insured identified in the Supplementary
Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has
been issued (and the certificates of insurance
furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to
paragraph 5.03 will so provide);
6. remain in effect at least until final
payment and at all times thereafter when CON-
~ ,-TRACTGR, may,.be correcting,-. removing, ..or
replacing defective, Work in accordance with
paragraph 13,07; and
7, with respect to completed operations
, insurance, and any insurance coverage written on
a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least
two years after final payment (and
CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each
other additional insured identified in the Supple-
mentary Conditions, to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to
OWNER and any such additional insured of
continuation of such. insurance at final payment ,,'
and one year thereafter).
5.05 OWNER's Liability Insurance
A. In addition to the insurance required to be
provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04,
OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and
maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability
insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which
may arise from operations under the Contract Docu-
ments.
5.06 Property Insurance
A. 'Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
COJ;lditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain
property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the
amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to
such deductible amounts as may be provided in the
Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and
Regwations). This insurance shall:
1. include the interests of OWNER, CON-
TRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other
individuals or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, and the officers,
16
, ,directors, 'partners, ' employees; ':agents, and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of
them, each of whom is deemed to have an insur-
able interest and shall be listed as an additional
insured'
,
. . .....,~,.. :,-,,.'-
2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk"
or open peril or special causes of loss policy form
that shall at least include insurance for physical
loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings,
false work, and materials and equipment in
,transit, and shall insure against at least the
following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning,
"',:""", extended'coveragej"theft;:vandalism and malicious-";",;"'
mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal,
demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws
and Regulations, water damage, and such other
perils or causes of loss as may be specifically
required by the Supplementary Conditions; ,
j'. . .
3. include expenses incurred in the repair"
or replacement of any insured property (including
but not limited to fees and charges of engineers
and architects);
4. cover materials and equipment stored at
the Site or at another location that was' agreed to '"
in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated
in the Work, provided that such materials and
equipment have been included in an Application
for Payment recommended by ENGINEER;
5. allow for partial utilization of the Work
by OWNER;
6. include testing and startup; and
7. be maintained in effect until final pay-
ment is made unless otherwise agreed to in
writing by OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGI-
NEER with 30 days written notice to each other
additional insured to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued.
B. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such
boiler and machinery insurance or additional property
insurance as may be required by the Supplementary
Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include
the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontrac-
tors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any
other individuals or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to
have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an
insured or additional insured.
I
.. . -:.' . ~~
. ~","".'..
.1
.."or -.' ..r.-, I". .......:,~"-',-~.F-i.:;... .
C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates
or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and
maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will
contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage
afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or
renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice
has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to
each other additional insured to whom a certificate of
insurance has been issued and will contain waiver
provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07.
I
I
I
D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing
:~':n~:p~~~~g ~:~:~=~;i~=s~':e~~=~'hi -, ::1-
TOR, Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent
of any deductible amounts that are identified in the
Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within such I
identified deductible amount will be borne by CON-
TRACTOR, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such
loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance cover-. ' 'I
age within the limits of such amounts, each may
purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense.
E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other I
special insurance be included in the property insurance
policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall,
if Possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof I
will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate
Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to com-
mencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in I
writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such
other insurance has been procured by OWNER
5.07
Waiver of Rights
I
A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all
policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06
will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors,
ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other
individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds
(and,the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents,
aild other consultants and subcontractors of each and any
of them) in such policies and will provide primary cover-
age for all losses and damages caused by the perils or
causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall
contain provisions to the effect that in the event of
payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no
rights of recovery against any of the insureds or
additional insureds' thereunder. OWNER and CON-
TRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their
respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents,
and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any
I
I
I
I
I
I
17
I
I
,,1
I
I
I
'1
..I..
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
''r~ : .'
of , them for all losses and damages caused by, arising,out
of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss
covered by such policies and any other property
insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive
all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or
entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be
listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents, and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them)
under such policies for losses and damages so caused.
None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that
any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds
of insurance.' held by OWNER as<tnlstee,Jor'otherWise
payable under any policy so issued.
B. OWNER waives all rights against
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER,
ENGlNEER's 'Consultants, and the. officers, directors, ".
partners, employees, agents; and other consultants and <
subcontractors of each and any of them for:
1.' loss due to business interrUption, loss of
use, or other consequential loss extending beyond
direct physical loss or damage. to OWNER's'
property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or ,,:'.
resulting from fire or other peril whether or not
insured by OWNER; and
2. loss or damage to the completed Project'".,.
or part thereof caused by, arising, out of, or
resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause
of loss covered by any property insurance main-
tained on the completed Project or part thereof by
OWNER during partial utilization pursuant to
paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion
,pursuant to paragraph 14,04, or after final
payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07.
C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER
covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred
to in paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the
effect that in the: event of payment of any such loss,
damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no
rights of recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontrac-
tors, ENGINEER., or ENGINEER's Consultants and the
officers, directors, partners, employees, agents" and other
consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them.
5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds
A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for
,
".j.
the insureds; as their interests may, appear, subject, to the
requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of
paragraph 5.08.B. OWNER shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the
damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys
so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and
, 'the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order
. or Written Amendment.
B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in, interest shall object, in :,wri ting,. wi thin 15 days
after the occurrence of loss to' OWNER's exercise of this
power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary
, ,shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance
. with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach.
, If no such agreement ,among the parties in interest is
'~reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the ;',..
loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any"
party in interest, OWNER as fiduciary shall give bond for
the proper performance of such duties.
5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to
Replace
A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any
objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions
of the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and-",
maintained by the other party in accordance with Article.
5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract
Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other'
party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the
certificates (or other evidence requested) required by
paragraph 2.05.C. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall
each provide to the other such additional information in
respect of insurance provided as,the other may reasonably
request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all
of the Bonds and insurance required of such party by the
Contract Documents, such party shall, notify the other
party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the
start of the Work, or of such failure to. maintain prior to
any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to
obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such
other party's interests at the expense of the party who was
required to provide such coverage, and a Change Orfter
shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly.
18
f. '. .' " ";.,." "",~:,..,'. . Jr' ",~ ..:..;..... .
5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property
Insurer
,:_.. . ,,_. .'.. J
A. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy 9r use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph
14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before
the insurers providing the property insuiance p~t to
paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in
writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated
thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance
shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies,
but .the 'property''''insurance',shall, ,not; be'.cariceled .or:,
permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or
occupancy.
ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSmn...ITIES '
6.01
Supervision and Superintendence
A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and
direct the Work competently and efficiently" devoting "~":'"
such attention thereto and applying such,' skiiIs ,and ",,;,,:,. .
expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRAC-. .
, TOR shall be solely responsible for the means,~methods,,;,,:..:" .",
techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction" ."
but CONTRACTOR shall' not, be responsible for the
negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER in the design or
specification of a specific means, method, technique,
sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or
indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see
, that the completed Work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents.
B, At all times during the progress of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident
superintendent thereto who shall not be replaced without
written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under
extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
CONTRACTOR's representative at the Site and shall
have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All
communications given to or received from thesuperin-
tendent shall be binding on CONTRACTOR.
6.02 Labor; Working Hours
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,
suitably qualified personnel to survey, layout, and
I
construct the Work,as'required,'by".the Contract Docu-
ments. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good
discipline and order at the Site.
I
I
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or
protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site
or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the
Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be
performed during regular working hours, and CON-
TRACTOR will not pennit overtime work or the
performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal I
holiday without OWNER's written consent (which will
not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written
,notice to ENGINEER>"'""""",,,,, '......,,' '",:-, '." ", t;":~'l""I-
I
6.03
Services, Materials, and Equipment
I
A. Unless otherwise specified in, the General Re-
quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume
full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, . '
labor, transportation, construction equipment. and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat,
telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities,
" and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the '
performance, testing; start-up, and completion of the
, Work.
I
I
I
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into
the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be"~ ,'. .
of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in ' I
the Contract Doc\ffilents. All warranties and guarantees
specifically called for by the Specifications shall
expressly run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by I
ENGINEER, . CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory
evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the
source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment.
All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied,
installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned,
and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the
applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided
in the Contract Documents.
I
I;
6.04
Progress Schedule
I
A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress
schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07
as it may be adjusted from time t6 time as provided
below,
I
1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGI-
NEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the
progress schedule that will not result in changing
I
I
19
I
I
I
'.the tontractTimes (or Milestones). 'Such,adjust-
ments will conform generally to the progress
schedule then in effect and additiorially will
comply with any provisions of the General Re-
quirements applicable thereto.
I
I
2. Proposed adjustments in the progress
schedUle that will change the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with
the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments
maY' only be made by a Change Order or Written
Amendment in accordance with Article 12.
I
I
'6;05 Substitutes and "Or~Equa/s"'-:"""
I.
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a
particular Supplier, the specification or. description is
intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and
" quality required. Unless the specification or description.,'.
contains or is followed by words reading that ~o like, .
equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is
permitted, other items of material or equipment or
material or equipment of other Suppliers may be
submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circum-
stances described below. '
....'
. I'
,I
1
~: ':;1:. . -
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in ENGINEER's
sole discretion an item of material or equipment,'..,. ", '. .
proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal
to that named and sufficiently similar so that no
change in related Work will be required, it may be
considered by ENGINEER as an "or-equal" item,
in which case review and approval of the proposed
item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be
accomplished without compliance with some or
all of the requirements for approval of proposed
substitute items. For the purposes of this
paragraph 6.05.A.l, a proposed item of material
or equipment will be considered functionally
equal to an item so named if:
a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment
ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least
equal 'in quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics; (ii) it will
reliably perform at least equally well the
function imposed by the design concept of the
completed Project as a functioning whole, and;
b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i) there
is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii)
it will conform substantially, even with
20
deviations, to the detailed requirements of the
item named in the Contract Documents.
2. Substitute Items
a. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an
item of material or equipment proposed by
CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an
"or-equal" item under paragraph 6.05.A.l, it
will be considered a proposed substitute item.
b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient
information as provided below to allow ENGI-
, , . NEER to determine that the item of material
or equipment proposed is essentially equiva-
lent to that named and an acceptable substitute
therefor. Requests for review of proposed
substitute items of material or equipment will
not be accepted by ENGINEER from anyone
other than CONTRACTOR.
c, The procedure for review by ENGI-
NEER will be as set forth in paragraph
6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General
Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide
is appropriate under the circumstances. '
d. CONTRACTOR shall first make
written application to ENGINEER for review
of a proposed substitute item of material or '
equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to
furnish or use. The application shall certify,
that the proposed substitute item will perform
adequately the functions and achieve the
results called for by the general design, be
similar in substance to that' specified, and be
suited to the same use as that specified. The
application will state the extent, if any, to
which the use of the proposed substitute item
will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement
of Substantial Completion on time, whether or
not use of the proposed substitute item in the
Work will require a change in any, of the
Contract Documents (orin the provisions of
any other direct contract with OWNER for
work on the Project) to adapt the design to the
proposed substitute item and whether or not
incorporation or USe of the proposed substitute
item in connection with the Work is subject to
payment of any license fee or royalty. All
variations of-the proposed substitute item from
that specified will be identified in the applica-
tion, and available engineering, sales,
maintenance, repair, and replacement services
will be' indicated;'"'~'1ihe application" will also
contain an itemized estimate of all costs or
credits that will result directly or indirectly
from use of such substitute item, including
costs of redesign and claims of other con-
tractors affected by any resulting change, all of
which will be considered by ENGINEER in
evaluating the proposed substitute item.
ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to
furnish additional data about the proposed
substitute item.
"";":. .1.,'l;:..t"_7.~'.
B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures:
. '1f'a specific"means;; "inethod,-- technique, "sequence,;,;,.or/.'" .., '
procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and
expressly required by the Contract Documents, CON-
TRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means,
method, technique, sequence,' or procedure of con-
'stnIction approved by ENGINEER CONTRACTOR ,.
shall submit sufficient information to allow ENGINEER,
in ENGINEER's sole discretion. ,to determine that the '
substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called
for by the Contract Documents. The procedure for
review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in
subparagraph 6.05.A.2.
~..~.:-,"" \- ..
. '~....~:
C. Engineer's Evaluation:. ENGINEER will be ..
allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each '
proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs
6.05.A and 6.05.B.ENGINEER will be the sole judge of.,,,,,-',;", '
acceptability. No "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered,'
installed or utilized until ENGINEER's review is
complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change
Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for
an "or equal," ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR
in writing of any negative determination.
D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense
a special performance guarantee or other surety with
respect to any substitute.
E. ENGINEER's Cost Reimbursement:
ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER
and ENGINEER's Consultants in evaluating substitute
proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to
paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B and in making changes
in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any
other direct contract with OWNER for work on the
Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER
approves a substitute item so proposed or Submitted by
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and
I
ENGINEER' s'"Consultants'., for.--evaluating-" each such
proposed substitute,
I
F. CONTRACTOR's, Expense: CONTRACTOR
shall provide, all data in support of any proposed
substil!1te or "or-equal" at CONTRACTOR's expense.
I
I
6.06
Others
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon-
tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including
those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph
'6;06.B), 'wnethe'r, ,initiallf"'or,'as .a, replacement;,,;against', '<",
whom OWNER may have reasonable objection. CON-
TRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Sub-
contractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to
furnish or perform any of the' Work against whom
CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
I
'I'.'
I
B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the
identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other
individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in
advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date
prior- to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if
CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accor-
dance with the Supplementary Conditions" OWNER's
acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make
written objection thereto by the date indicated for
acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the '.
Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified, may
be revoked on the basis of'reasonable objection after due
investigation. CONTRACTOR shall submit an accept-
able replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier,
or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will
be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by
such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will
be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance
by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other
individuat or entity, whether initially or as a replacement,
shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or
ENGINEER to reject defective Work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. CONTRAcrOR shall be fully responsible to
OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of
the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or
entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as
CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's
own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract
Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any
contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGI-
NEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other
I
I
I
21
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
...1
I
,.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
individual or entity, nor. shall it create any obligation on
the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to payor to see to the
payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may
otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations.
D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for
scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect
contract with CONTRACTOR.
E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontrac-
tors,.Suppliers,and such,other"individuals or,entities per-
forming or furnishing any of the Work to communicate
with ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR.
F. The divisions and sections of the 'Specifications
and the ideIltifications of any Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcon-
tractors or Suppliers or delineating. the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a
Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant, to an appro-
priate agreement between. CONTRACTOR and . the
Subcontractor, or, Supplier, which:, specifically binds .the
Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of
OWNER and ENGINEER.', Whenever any such ..,
agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is
listed as an additional insured on the property insurance
provided in paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the
CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier will
contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier
waives all rights against OWNER, CONTRACTOR,
ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other
individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary
Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds
(and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents,
and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any
of them) for all Iosses and damages caused by, arising out
of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or
causes of loss covered by such policies and any other
property insurance applicable' to the Work, If the
insurers on any such policies require separate waiver
forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier,
CONTRACTOR will obtain the same,
6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees ilnd
royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the
.;;. ,(1.
Work of . any invention; . ,design,. ,process,,- product, or
device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights
held by others. If a particular invention, design, process,
product, or device is specifiedin the Contract Documents
for use in the performance of the Work and if to the
actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is
subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the
payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the
existence of such rights shall be disclosed by OWNER in
the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted
by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall
indemnify and hold hannless OWNER, ENGINEER,
ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors,
. " partners, employees ,or. agents,. and other consultants ,of
each and any of them from and against all claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees
and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringe-
ment of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in
the performance of the Work or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,
process, product, or device not specified in the Contract
Documents,
.",. .'
6.08 Permits
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary ,
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all '.
construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist: .
CONTRACTOR, when necessarY, in obtaining such.
permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all
governmental charges. and' inspection fees necessary for
the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the
time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall
pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the
Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility
owners for capital costs related thereto, such as plant
investment fees.
6.09 Laws and Regulations
A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and
comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the
performance of the Work. Except where otherwise
expressly required by applicable, Laws and Regulations,
neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shalI be responsible for
monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws
or Regulations.
B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing
or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs,
22
losses; and damages-(including but not limited to all fees
and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work;
however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary
responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations,
but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of
CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.03.
..,\;.. .., ~
C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at
the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of
the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on
, 'the cost or. time of . performance of.the Work.may'be .the,..
subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract
Times. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if
any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made
therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
6.10 Taxes
A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer,
use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the Project. which are,
applicable during the performance: of the Work.'.
6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas
1. CONTRACTOR shall confine
construction equipment, the storage of materials
and equipment, and the operations of workers to
the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and
Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber
the Site and other areas with construction
equipment or other materials or equipment.
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility
for any damage to any such land or area, or to the
owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land
or areas resulting from the performance of the
Work.
2. Should any claim be made by any such
owner or occupant because of the performance of
the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle
with such other party by negotiation or otherwise
resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute ~
resolution proceeding or at law.
3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws
and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify
and.... hold 'harmless.,..OWNER;". ENGINEER.
ENGINEER's Consultant, and the officers,
directors, partners, employees, agents, and other
consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses, and damages
(including but not limited to all fees and charges
of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other
dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating
to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought
by any such owner or occupant against OWNER,
ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified
hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon
CONTRACTOR's, performance of the ,WoJ'k:. ..:~..'
I
I
I
I
I
".'0 I
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the
Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR
shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumula-
tions of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris.
Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish,
and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and
Regulations.
I
I
C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of
the Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make '
it ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of "
the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all.,
tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery,
and surplus materials and shall restore to original
condition all property not designated for alteration by the
Contract Documents.
I
I
I
D. Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not
load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in
any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall
CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent
property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
I
6,12 Record Documents
I
I
A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place
at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifica-
tions, Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders;:
Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written
interpretations and clarifications in good order and
annotated to show changes, made during conStruction.
These record documents together with all approved
Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop
Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference.
Upon completion of the Work, these record documents,
Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGI-
NEER for OWNER.
I
I
I
I
23
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I'"
6.13. .; Safety and Protection ,'.. .'. "," ..,.:'-
A CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for
initiating, maintaining and supervising all safetY precau-
tions and programs in connection with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary, precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection
to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site. or who may be
affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equip-
" ",ment.,. to be, 'incorporated therein;. whether in,
storage on or off the Site; and
I
'1
,3. other property at the Site or adjacent
'thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns; walks,
,pavements, roadways, structures, utiliti,es, and
"Underground Facilities not designated for
removal, relocation, or replacement in the course
of construction.
I
I
B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applica-
ble Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons ~
or property, or to, the protection of persons or ,property,.:;,., ."
from damage,-injury,or loss; and ,shall erect and 'main-1""','
tain all necessary safeguards for such, safety an~ protec-
tion. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent
property and of Underground Facilities and other utility '~.,;
owners when prosecution' of the Work may affect them.
and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal,
relocation, and replacement of their property. All
damage, 'injury" or loss to any property referTed to in
paragraph 6.13.A2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or
indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform
any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR
(except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Draw~
ings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of
,OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, or
anyone. employed by any of them, or anyone for whose
acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or
negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Su~ntractor,
Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or.
indirectly employed by any of them). CONTRACTOR's
duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of
the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work
is completed and ENGINEER has issued 'a notice to
OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with
paragraph 14,07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
otherwise expressly <provided. in . ',connection ,with
Substantial Completion).
6.14 Safety Representative
A. CONTRACfOR shall designate a qualified and
experienced safety reprysentative at the Site whose duties
and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents
and the maintaining and supervising of safety
precautions and programs. .
6.15 Hazard Communication Programs
'- '" A: CONTRACTOR shallberesponsible.for coordi~,
nating any exchange of material safety' data sheets or
other hazard communication information required to be
made available to or exchanged between or among
employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or
Regulations.
6.16 Emergencies
A In emergencies affecting the safety or protection
of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent
thereto, CONTRACTOR is, obligated to act to prevent
threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR.,:
~, shall' give ENGINEER prompt written' notice . if
CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in
the Work or variations from the Contract Documents
. , ,have been caused thereby or are required as a result .
thereof. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the
Contract Documents is" required because of the action
taken by CONTRACfOR in response to such an
emergency, a Work Change Directive or Charige Order
will be issued.
6.17
Shop Drawings and Samples
A. CONTRACfOR shall submit Shop Drawings to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with
the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample
submittals, All submittals will be identified as ENGI-
NEER may require and in the number of copies specified
in the General Requirements. The data shown on the
Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quan-
tities, dimensions, specified performance and design
criteria, materials, and similar, data to show ENGINEER
the services, materials, and equipment CONTRACfOR
proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review
the information for the limited purposes required by
paragraph 6.17,E.
B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with
24
the acCeptable: schedule'o'[,Shop" Drawings and Sample
submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to
material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog
numbers, and the use for which intended and otherwise ,
as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINEER to
review the submittal for the limited p~ses required by
paragraph 6.17.E. The numbers of each Sample to be
submitted will be as specified in the Specifications.
C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by
the Contract Documents or the schedule of, Shop
Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGI-
NEER as required by paragraph 2.07, any related Work
performed ,prior; to ENGINEER's review and ,approval, of '"' ",
the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and
responsibility of CONTRACTOR.
D: Submittal Procedures
1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing . .
or Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have
. determined and verified:
.,......
a. all field measurements, quantities,
dimensions, specified. performance' criteria, '. ..
installation, requirements, 'materials,,:~catalog...: ;,~.," '.'
numbers,. and similar information with.respecLtj," ,: :,:. . . "
thereto; , .
b. all materials with respect to ,intended '~,c:~, '(. .
use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, . ..
assembly, and installation pertaining to the '
performance of the Work;
c. all information relative to means, meth-
ods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto; and
d. CONTRACTOR shall also have
reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing
or Sample with other Shop Drawings and
Samples and with the requirements of the
Work and the Contract Documents.
2, Each submittal shall bear a ~p or
specific written indication that CONTRACTOR
has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under
the Contract Documents with respect to
CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that
submittal,
3. At the time of each submittal, -CON-
TRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific
25
written.notice,'of"such .variations; if any, that the
Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have
from the requirements of the Contract Documents,
such notice to be in a written communication
separate from the sUbmittal; and, in addition, shall
cause a specific 'notation to be made on each Shop
Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER
for review and approval of each such variation.
'I
I
I
I
E. ENGINEER's Review
I
I
1. ENGINEER will timely review and
approve Shop Drawings and Samples in
,. accordance , with the"schedule of,Shop,.;Drawings ,.
and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER.
ENGINEER's review and approval will be only
to determine if the items covered by the submittals
will, after installation or incorporation in the
Work, conform to the information given in the
Contract Documents and be compatible with the
design concept. ,of the completed Project as a
functioiring whole as indicated by the Contrad
Documents.
I
I
I
2. ENGINEER's review and approval will
not extend. to ,means" methods" . techniques" '.
sequences, or procedures of construction, (except.:....c," I
where a particular means, method, technique,
sequence, or, procedure of construction is
specifically and expressly called for, by the '
Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or '
programs incident thereto. The review and
approval of a separate item as such will not
indicate approval of the assembly in which the
item functions.
I
3. ENGINEER's review and approval of
Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CON-
TRACTOR from responsibility for any variation
from the requirements of the Contract Documents
unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called
ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at
the time of each submittal as required.'by
paragraph 6.17.D.3and ENGINEER has given
written approval of each such variatio!l by specific
written notation thereof incorporated in or
accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample
approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER
relieve: CONTRACTOR from responsibility for
complying with the requirements of paragraph
6.17.D.1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
F. Resubmitta/.Procedures"..,...
I
1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections
required by ENGINEER and shall return the
required number of corrected copies of Shop
Drawings and submit as required new Samples for
review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct
specific attention in writing to revisions other
than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on
previous submittals.
1
1
6.18 Continuing the Work
)'1
A. . , CONTRACTOR" shall. carry on ,the Work and
adhere, to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER No Work shall be delayed
or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or
as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in
writing.
1
1
:1
6.19 CONTRACTOR's Genera/Warranty and
Guarantee
A. CONTRACTOR warrants, and 'guarantees to' ~ '
OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's' Consultants.".,' '"
, that all 'Work will be in accordance..with,the;Contract.1~"', .
Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's
warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or
damage caused by:'
1
I
1. abuse, modification, or improper main-
tenance or operation by persons other than CON-
lRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any
other individual or entity for whom
CONTRACTOR is responsible; or
1
I
2.
usage.
normal wear and tear under normal
I
B. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will
constitute an acceptance of Work that is' not in accor-
dance with the Contract Documents or a releaSe of
CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents:
I
1
1
1. observations by ENGINEE~
2, recommendation by ENGINEER or
payment by OWNER of any progress or final
payment;
1
I
,3... the-issuance"of. a' certificate' of Sub-
stantial Completion 'by ENGINEER or any
payment related thereto by OWNER;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any
part ,thereof by OWNER;
5. any acceptance by OWNER or any
failure to do so;
6. any review and. approval of a Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a
notice of acceptability by ENGINEER;
.:. ~. : 7~ . .: ~ . : '.!.
.. 1!'"
7. any inspection, test. or approval by
others; or
8. any correction of defective Work by
OWNER
6.20 Indemnification
A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consul-,.
, . tants, and the officers, directors, partners" . employees, '.'"
", agents, and other consultants and'subcontractors of each.,
and any of them: from and against all claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including,but not limited to all fees
and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the perfor-
mance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost,
loss, or damage:
1. is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease, or death. or to injury to or destruction of
tangible property (other than the Work itself),
including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and
2. is caused in whole or in part by any
negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or
entity directly or indirectly employed by any of
them to perform any of the Work or anyone for
whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless
of whether or not caused in part by any negligence
or omission of an individual or entity indemnified
hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon
such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations
regardless of the negligence of any such
individual or entity,
26
B. ' In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI-
NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents,
officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employ-
ee (or the survivor or personal representative of such
employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.20.A shall
not be limited in any way by any limitation on the
amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits
payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such
Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity
: under. workers' ,compensation acts;"disabilityJ,benefit. acts,
or other employee benefit acts.
C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRAC-
TOR under paragraph 6.20.A shall riot extend to the
liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's' Consultants or
to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and
other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of ."
them arising out of:
1. the preparation or approval of, or the
failure to prepare or approve" maps, Drawings,."
opinions, reports, " surveys;, ,Change. Orders,-,
designs, or Specifications;'or..: . .
2. giving directions, or ,instructions, or
failing to give them, if that is the , primary cause of:
the injury or damage.
ARTICLE 7 - OTIIER WORK
7.01 Related Work at Site
A. OWNER may perform other work related to the
Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other
direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed
by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the
Contract Documents, then:
1, written notice thereof will be given to
CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other
work; and
2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are
unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount
or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract
Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as
I
.. a result of such other'work; a Claim may be made
therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
,I,
B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other
contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and
each uti~ty owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is per-
fonning the other work with OWNER's employees)
proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable
opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials
and equipment and the execution of such other work and
shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CON-
TRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of
.'~\ the.:Work, ,that, .maybe required,. tOr properly- connect or
otherwise make' its several parts come together and
properly integrate with such other work. CON-
TRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and
will only cut or ,alter their work with the written consent
. of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affect-
ed. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR '
under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility
owners and other contractors to the extent that there are
comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR
in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility
owners and other contractors.
I
I
I
'.."I..
I
I
I
C. If the proper execution or results of any part of
CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7" CONTRACTOR shall
inspect such other work and promptly report to ENGI-
NEER in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in
such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable
for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's
Work. CONTRACTOR's failure to so report will
constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and
proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work
except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other
work.
I
I
I
I
7.02 Coordination
I
A. If OWNER intends to contract with, others for
the performanCe of other work on the Project at the Site,
the following Will be set forth in Supplementary Condi-
tions:
I
L the individual or entity who will have
authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various contractors will be
identified;
I
I
I
27
I
I
I
1
I
1
"1"
1
'I
1-
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2~ ,..the specific, matters to be covered by
such authority and responsibility will be itemized;
and
3. the extent of such authority and
responsibilities will be provided.
B. Unless othetwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and
responsibility for such coordination.
ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSmn..ITIES
- .'. '.,...~,:. -;\,... ,.-~>"l
.. .:,....,1i' )'.
8.01 Communications to Contractor
A: Except as othetwise provided in these General
Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to,
CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER;.~ : ,
8.02 Replacement of ENGiNEER
A. In case of termination of the employment of ..,
ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint. an engineer to..
whom · CONTRACTOR. makes ,'no .reasonable 'objection;:.',~ ',':.
whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that .
of the former ENGINEER
8.03 Furnish Data
A. OWNER shall promptly, furnish the data
required of OWNER under the Contract Documents.
8.04 Pay Promptly When Due
A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRAC-
TOR promptly when they are due as provided in
paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C.
8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests
A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands
and easements and providing engineering swveys to
establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01
and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER's identifying
and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of
reports of explorations and tests of subSUlface conditions
and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to
existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous
to the Site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in
preparing the Contract Documents.
8.06 insurance, ,....' '..,'.;.
A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to
purchasing and maintaining liability and property insur-
ance are set forth in Article 5.
8.07 Change Orders
A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders
as indicated in paragraph 10.03.
8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
, A. OWNER's responsibility.in respect to certain
inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph
13.03.B.
8.09 Limitations on, OWNER 's Responsibilities
A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have
control or authority. over, nor be responsible for,
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, .se-
quences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of. CONTRACTOR to comply. with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.
OWNER will not be responsible for. CONTRACTOR's,
failure to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental
Condition
A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undis-
closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in
paragraph 4.06.
8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements
A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to
furnish CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence: that
financial arrangements. have been lnade to satisfy
OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents,
OWNER's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set
forth in the Supplementary Conditions.
28
ARTICLE,9, "",ENGINEER~ SST ATUS-Dl:JRING
CONSTRUCTION
9.01
OWNER'S Representative
A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative
during the construction period. The duties 'and responsi-
bilities and the limitations of authority. of ENGINEER as
OWNER's representative during cOns1l1Jction are set
forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed
without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER.
.-~f<! ,~.... '~'..
- ~ ..: '-:.' ~!: '.
.. .."",.4~"1;-:..~"0..:iA't'-:""J"":'.-...~..... "." _ ',.'
9.02
Visits to Site
.,..~"J:..\'
A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at inter-
vals appropriate to the various stages of construction as
ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an '
experienced and qualified design professional the
progress that has been made and the quality. of the .';. ,.: . ,
various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed.Work.,
Based on information obtained during such visits and
observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER,
will detennine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents: ENGINEER~,'
will not be required to'make exhaustive or continuous~':;"-..\o""
inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of '
the Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward .
providing for OWNER a greater degree of, confidence ,.,.:;,,',
that the completed Work will conform generally to the .
Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and
observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed
of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard
OWNER against defective Work.
B. ENGINEER's visits and observations are subject
to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and
responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and particu-
larly, but without limitation, during or as a result of
ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's
Work ENGINEER will not supervise, direct. control, or
have authority over or be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work.
9.03
Project Representative
A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will furnish a Resident Project, Representative to assist
ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of
I
.., .,the Work. .-The'responsibilities:and-authority and limita- '
tions thereon of any such Resident Project Representative
and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and
in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates
another representative or agent to represent OWNER at
the Site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant. agent or
employee, the responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will
be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
."..1
I
I
9.04
Clarifications and Interpretations
I
A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable prompt-
.-., ';', nesssuch,written clarificationsi'or".interpretations of the.:;:'_
requirements of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER
may detennine necessary, which shall be consistent. with
the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract
Documents. Such written clarifications and
interpreta~ons will be binding on OWNER and
CONTRACTOR. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are
unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or
extent, ,if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or
Contract Times, or ,both, that should be allowed, as a
result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim
may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
:'1"
I
I
I
, 9.05
Authorized Variations in Work.
I
A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in
'the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu-
ments. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and
will be binding on OWNER and also on CON-
TRACTOR, who shall perform the Work involved
promptly, If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if
any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim may
be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
I
I
I
I
9,06
Rejecting Defective Work
I
A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective,
or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a
completed Project that conforms to the Contract
Documents or that will prejudice the integrity, of the
design concept of the completed Project as a functioning
whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGI-
NEER will also have authority to require special inspec-
tion or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph
I
I
I
29
I
I
1
1
I
I
.'1
,I,
,I'
1
. "..:; -
I
, ..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
13.04, whether or not the ,Work is fabricated, installed, or
completed.
9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments
A. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6,17.
B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.
C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Applications for Payment, see Article 14.
",t. '. ~, ..,;. '.
. '.'" -. "~. .);-.: :""', ..:' ~
9.08 Determinationsfor Unit Price Work
, A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities
and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR ENGINEER will review with CON- .' " "
TRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determina-
tions on such matters before rendering a,written decision"".., '
thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Pay-
ment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision
thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by ,
ENGINEER to reflect changed factual conditions or more
accurate data) upon OWNER, and CONTRACTOR, :'
subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.05.
9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract
Documents and Acceptability of Work ,f"
A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes
and other matters relating to the acceptability of the
Work, the quantities and classifications of Unit Price
Work, the interpretation of the requirements of the
Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the
Work, and Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price,
or Contract Times will be referred initially to
ENGINEER in writing, in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a
formal decision. '
B. When functioning as interpreter and judge
under this paragraph 9.09" ENGINEER will not 'show,
partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be
liable in connection with any interpretation or decision .
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of
a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph
9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, or other
matter (except any which have been waived by the
makirig or acceptance of final payment as provided in
paragraph 14.07) will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by. OWNEK()pCONTRACT0R of such rights or
remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter.
9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and
Responsibilities
A. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility
under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the
Contract Documents nor any decision made by
ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exer-
cise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking,
exercise,' or . 'performance of any authority or,respon-
sibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise
to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by
ENGINEER to CONTI\ACTOR, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety
for or employee or agent of any of them.
B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control,., '
or have authority over' or be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques" se-
quences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. .,
ENGINEER will not be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accor-
dance with the Contract Documents. '.
C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts
or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor,
any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity
performing any of the Work.
D, ENGINEER's review of the final Application
for Payment and accompanying documentation and all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and
approvals, and other documentation required to be
delivered by paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine
generally that their content complies with the require-
ments of, and in the case of certificates of inspections,
tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate
compliance with, the Contract Documents.
E. The limitations upon authority and responsibili-
ty set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to
ENGINEER's' Consultants, Resident Project Repre-
sentative, and assistants. "
30
,ARTICLE.1O,- CHANGES IN TIIE WORK; CLAIMS
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Agreement and
without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time
or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or
revisions in the Work by a Written Amendment, a
Change Order, or a Work Change Directive~ ,Upon
receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be
.co' .,':~, performed' ,under the" .applicable'-i,.conditions "of the"
Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically
provided).
.
B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree on entitlement to, or on the, amount or extent" if "
any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a
Work Change Directive,-, a Claim may be,made, therefor ,;,,~,..
as provided in paragraph 10.05.
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
A. CON1RACTOR shall -not ,be' entitled.'to. anc,:,'
increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times with respect to any work performed that, :,
is not required by the Contract Documents,'as amended,:..{,.,.,'::"
modified, 'or supplemented as provided in paragraph
3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in
paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as
provided in paragraph 13.04,B.
10.03 Execution of Change Orders
A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute
appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGI-
NEER (or Written Amendments) covering:
1. changes in the Work which are: (i)
ordered by OWNER pursuant .to paragraph
1O.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance .of
defective Work under paragraph 13.08.A or
OWNER's correction of defective Work under
paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
2. changes in the Contract Price or
Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties,
including any undisputed sum or amount of time
for Work actually performed in accordance with a
Work Change Directive; and
A. If notice of any change affecting the general
scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not'limited to, Contract Price
or Contract' Times) is required by the provisions of any
Bond to be given .to a surety, the giving of ;my such,
notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility. The,
amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted to.,
reflect the effect of any such change:,
10.04
1'1':'. .
I
," ":3. ' changes in' the.. Contract rPriceor .. ..
Contract Times which embody the substance of
any written decision rendered by ENGINEER
pursuant to paragraph 10.05; provided that, in
lieu of executing any such Change Order, an
appeal may be taken from any such decision in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract
Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations,
but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall
carty on the Work and adhere to the' progress
schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18.A.
~I
I
I
Notification to Surety
I
A.': "I
,~...~:...,- " .... n.... .. '" ....:ot:H:.;;::-.-.;...L.~~~;~"'-.: ::,.- ....
I
I
10.05 Claims and Disputes
A. Notice: Written notice stating the general
, nature of each Claim, dispute,' or other matter shall be "
delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other
party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than
30 days) after the start of the event giving risethereto."
Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or
other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to
the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract
within 60 days' after the start of such event (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to
submit additional or more accurate data in support of
such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an
adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.01.B. A
Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be
prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph
12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's
written statement' that the adjustment 'claimed is the
entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is
entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party
shall submit any response, to ENGINEER and the
claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's
last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional
time).
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
B. ENGINEER's Decision: ENGINEER will
. render a formal decision in writing within 30 days after
receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last
submittal of the opposing party, if any. ENGINEER's
31
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
written decision on such,Claim, dispute, or-other matter
will be final and binding upon OWNER and
CONTRACTOR unless:
1. an appeal from ENGINEER's decision
is taken within the time limits and in accordance
with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in
Article 16; or
2. if no such dispute resolution procedures
have been set forth in Article 16, a written notice
, of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written
decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRAC-
TOR, to ,the ,other. and to ENGINEER. within 30
days after the date of such decision, and a formal
proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a
forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 days
after the date of such decision or within 60 days
after Substantial Completion. whichever is later',
(unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER '
. and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or . .,-
remedies as the appealing party may have with "
respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in ..
accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision,;.!."..
in writing within the time stated in paragraph 1O.05.B,a",,", '."
decision denying the CIIDm in itS entirety. shall be
deemed to have been issued 31 days after reCeipt of the "
last submittal of, the claimant or the last .submittalof the',.''!! '''~'''',,'.
opposing party, if any.
D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or
Contract Times (or Milestones) will, be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05,
ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH
ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRlCE WORK
11.01 Cost of the Work
A. Costs Included:' The term Cost of the Work
means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid
by CONTRACTOR in the proper performaJice of .the
Work. When the value of any Work covered by' a
Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in
Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the
Work. the costs to be reimbursed to CONTRACTOR will
be only those additional or incremental costs required
because of the change in the Work or because of the
event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may
be 'agreed to in writing:by OWNER:;. such costs shall be in
amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of
the Project, shall include only the following items, and
shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph
11.01.B.
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct
employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of
the Work under schedules of job classifications
agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR
Such employees shall include without limitation
superintendents, foremen, and other personnel
employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for
'.employees not. employed full. time,< on"the Work.
shall be apportioned on the basis of their time
spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include,
but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus, the
cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social
security contributions, unemployment, excise, and
payroll taxes" workers' compensation. health and
retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation'
and holiday pay applicable thereto., The expenses
of performing Work outside of regular working
hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays,
shall be included in the above to the extent
authorized by OWNER
2. Cost of all materials and equipment
furnished and incorporated in the Work, including
costs. of transportation and storage thereof" and,
Suppliers' field services required in connection
therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to
CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds
with CONTRACTOR with which to make pay-
ments, in which case the cash discounts shall
accrue to OWNER All trade discounts, rebates
and refunds and returns from sale of surplus
materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER,
and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so
that they may be obtained,
3, Payments made by CONTRACTOR to
Subcontractors for Work performed by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER:; CON-
TRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from
subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CON-
TRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to
OWNER:; who will then determine, with the
advice of ENGINEER:; which bids, if any, will be
acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the
Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of
the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost' of
the Work and fee shall be determined in the same
32
"manner as C0NTRA0I'OR's Cost of the Work
and fee as provided in this paragraph 11.01.
4. Costs of special consultants (including
but not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accoun-
tants) employed for services specifically related to
the Work.
5. Supplemental
following:
including
the
costs
..'~.,
a. The proportion of necessary trans-
portation, travel,., .'and ,~subsistence. 'expenses, of,. ,
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in dis-
charge of duties connected with the Work,
b. Co~ including transportation and
maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equip-
ment, machinery, appliances, office, and' tempo-
rary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not ' .
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the
perfonnance of the Work, and cost, ,less market
value, of such items used but not consumed which
remain the property of CONTRACTOR
c, Rentals of all construction equip-"~".
ment and machinery, and the parts thereof wheth- '
er rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accor-
dance with rental agreements approved' byOWN-'! ,,'.. "
ER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the costs.
of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly,
dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs
shall be in accordance with the terms of said
rental agreements. The rental of any such equip-
ment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the
use thereof is nolonger necessary for the Work.
d, Sales, consumer, use, and other similar
taxes related to the Work, and for which CON-
TRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regu-
lations.
e . Deposits lost for causes other than
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Sub-
contractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of
them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees
for pennits and licenses.
f. Losses and damages (and related
expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained
by CONTRACTOR in connection with the perfor-
I
I-
.,. ..r
mance. of the'Work.(except.losses and.damage.c;..-
within the deductible amounts of property
insurance established in accordance with
paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and
damages have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of
them may be liable. Such losses shall include
settlements made with the written consent and
approval. of OWNER' No such losses, damages,
and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the
Work for the purpose of detennining
... CONTRACTOR~s,.fee,~=','-'" ~~ , "' ,<<. .,' ." ',," "", ., ""'I'
g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary
facilities at the Site.
I
I
I
h. Minor expenSes such as telegrams, long
distance telephone calls, telephone service at the
Site, expressage, and similar petty cash items in
connection with the"Work.
I
I
i. When the Cost of the Work is used to
determine the value of a Change Order or of a
Claim, the cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of the changes, in
the Work or caused by the event giving rise to the
Claim.
I
I
j. When all the Work is perfonned on the
basis of cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all
Bonds and insurance CONTRACTOR is required
by the Contract Documents to purchase and
maintain.
I
I
B. Costs Excluded: The tenn Cost of the Work
shall not include any of the following items:
I
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of
CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals
(of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general
managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attor-
neys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and con-
tracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks,
and other personnel employed by CON-
TRACTOR, whether at the Site or in
CONTRACTOR's principal or branch office for
general administration of the Work and not
specifically included in the agreed upon schedule
of job classifications referred to in paragraph
11.01.A.I or specifically covered by paragraph
11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered
I
I
I
I
I
33
I
1
I
I
I
"," administrative", ,costs ',. covered, by the
CONTRACTOR's fee.
2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's princi-
pal and branch offices, other than
CONTRACTOR's office at the Site.
3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital
expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's
capital employed for the Work and charges
against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments,
I
I
4. Costs due to the negligence of CON-
" . '. :"TRACTOR, any Subcontractor,of:. anyone, directly
or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be liable, including
but not limited to, the correction of defective
Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly
supplied, and, making good any damage to
property.
I
I
I
I
," .,<:"
I
I
I
5. Other overhead or. general expense
costs of any kind and the costs of any item not
specifically and expressly included in paragraphs
11.01.A and 11.01.B.
C. CONTRACTOR's Fee:. ,When all, the Work is
perfonned on the basis of cost-plus, CONTRACTOR's
fee shall be detennined as set forth in the Agreement. -,
When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order""",;.
or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is
detennined on the basis of Cost of the Work,
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be detennined as set forth in
paragraph 12.01.C.
D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the
Work for any purpose is to be detennined pursuant to
paragraphs 11.Ol.A and 11.Ol.B, CONTRACTOR will
establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with
generally accepted accounting practices and submit in ,a
fonn acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost
breakdown together with supporting data,
I
11.02 Cash A/Iowances
I
I
I
I
A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has in-
cluded in the Contract Price all allowances so named in
the Contract Documents and shall.cause the Work so
covered to be perfonned for such sums as may be
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR agrees that:
1. the allowances include the cost to
CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade
I
_discounts) of materials and equipment required by
the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all
applicable taxes; and
2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading
and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs,
overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated
for the allowances have been included in the
Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no
demand for additional payment on account of any
of the foregoing will be valid.
B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change
,;Order will, be-issuedas recommended by ENGINEER to
reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of
Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall
be correspondingly adjusted.
11.03 Unit Price. Work,
A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all,
or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the
Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit
Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price
for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work
times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in
the Agreement. . The estimated quantities of items of Unit '-
Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the
purpose of comparison of Bids and detennining an initial
Contract Price. . Determinations, of the actual quantities ".'
and classifications of Unit Price Work perfonned by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER subject to
the provisions of paragraph 9.08,
B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to
cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each
separately identified item.
C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim
for an adjusunent in the Contract Price in accordance
with paragraph 10,05 if:
1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work perfonned by CONTRACTOR differs mate-
rially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
and
2, there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect 'any other item of Work; and
3. if CONTRACTOR believes that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in
34
Contract Price asa result of.having'incurred addi- .", .F. ,
tional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER
is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the
parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any
such increase or decrease.
ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE;
CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.01 Change of Contract Price
~ I."" . "..,.. .'",-, ." "
.._..., .. . . .r....;_..,j~: ;.i.~ '. . . .\...~j. .
A. The Contract Price may only be, changed by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim
for an adjusttnent in the Contract Price shall be based on
written notice submitted by the party making the Claim
to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in .
accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05.
B. The value of any Work covered by auChange '.,',
Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be determined as follows:
1. where the Work involved is covered by
unit prices contained. in the Contract.Documents,'~':" :"
by application of such unit prices to the quantities
of the items involved (subject to the provisions of '
paragraph 11.03 ); or
2. where the Work involved is not covered
by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead .
and profit not necessarily in accordance with
paragraph 12.01.C.2); or
3, where the Work involved is not covered.
by unit prices contained in the Contract
Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not
reached under paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis
of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided
in paragraph 11.01) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee
for overhead and profit (determined as provided in. 12.02
paragraph 12.01.C).
I
2. .' if a fixed fee is, not agreed.upon,. then a
fee based on the following percentages of the
various portions of the Cost of the Work:
...,..1,..
a. for costs incurred under paragraphs
11.01.A.l and 11.01.A.2, the
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be 15 percent;
I
I
b. for costs incurred under paragraph
11.,01.A.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be
five percent;
I
.. '1
c. where one or more tiers of subcon-
tracts are,on:the,basis.ofCost of,the'.Work.plus.,'
a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the
intent of paragraph 12.01.C.2.a is that the
Subcontractor who actually perfonns the
Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15
percent ,of the costs incurred by such
Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.01.A.l and
11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcon-
. tractor and CONTRACTOR will each be paid
a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the
next lower tier Subcontractor;
I
I
I
d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of.
costs itemized under paragraphs .11.0 1.A.4,. ,
11.01.A.5,and 11.01.B;
I
. e. the amount of credit to be allowed by
CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change
which results in a net decrease in cost will be
the 'amount of the actual net decrease in cost
plus a deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by
an amount equal to five percent of such net
decrease; and
I
I
I
I
f. when both additions and credits are in-
volved in anyone change, the adjusttnent in
CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on
the basis of the net change in accordance with
paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a through 12.01.C.2.e,
inclusive,
Change of Contract Times
I
A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be
changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment.
Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by
the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the
other party to, the Contract in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph 10.05.
C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: The CONTRACTOR's:
fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as
follows:
1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
35
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
I :. '.~
1
I
I',
I
~ .. .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
" .,B. Any. adjustment of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones)
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of
this Article 12.
12.03' D,elays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control
A. Where CONTRACTOR is. prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract
Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will
be extended in, an amount equal to the time lost due to
"such delay if a.Claim is. made ,therefor. as provided in
paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control'of CON-
TRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or
neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or
other contractors performing other work as cOntemplated
by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather ,,'
conditions, or acts of God.
12.04 Delays Within CONTRA CTOR 'sControl,
A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be
extended due to delays! within, the control of
CONTRACTOR Delays attributable to and within the.,,:,~
control ofa Subcontractor,orSupplier:shall.be deemed to.,>",
be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR
12.05 Delays Beyond OWNEWs and CONTRACTOR:s.',.,
Control
A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract
Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of
both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the
Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the
time lost due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's
sole and exclusive remedy for such delay.
12.06 Delay Damages
A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be
liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Suppli~
er, or any other person or organization, or to any surety
'for or employee or agent of any of them; for damages
arising out of or resulting from:
1. delays caused by or within the control
of CONTRACTOR; or
2. delays beyond the control, of both
OWNER and CONTRACTOR including but not
limited to fires, floods, epidemics,abnormal
weather. conditions, acts of God. or acts or neglect
by utility owners or o~er c~ntractors performing
other work as contemplated by Article 7.
B. Nothing in this paragraph 12.06 bars a change
in Contract Price p~t to this Article 12 to
compensate CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference,
or disruption directly attributable to actions or inactions
of OWNER or anyone for whom OWNER is responsible.
ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;
CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
.,..DEFECTIVE WORK ":.'.~t.. .,.'
13.01 Notice of Defects
A. Prompt notice of all defective Work. of which
OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be
given to CONTRACTOR All defective Work may be
rejected, corrected, or accepted' as provided in this
Article 13.
13.02 Access to Work
A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con-
sultants, other representauves and personnel of OWNER,
independent , testing . laboratories, . and ,governmental .
agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to
the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their obser-
vation, inspecting, and testing, CONTRACTOR shall
provide them proper and safe conditions for such access
and advise them of CONTRACTOR's Site safety
procedures and programs so that they may comply
therewith as applicable.
13.03 Tests and Inspections,
A. CONTRACTOR shall: give ENGINEER timely
notice of readiness of the Work for all required
inspections, tests, or approvals' and shall cooperate with
inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required
inspections or tests.
B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services
of an independent testing laboratory to perform all
inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract
Documents except:
1, for inspections, tests, or approvals
covered by paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D
below;
36
D. CONTRACTOR shall be' responsible for
arranging and obtaining and" shall pay all costs in ' " ,
connection with any, inspections, tests,' or, approvals.>,,,,,
required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of
materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work;
or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment..
submitted for approval' ,prior, to, .CONTRACTOR's '",~,
purchase thereof for incorporation in,the:Work.:-: Such:-::f.'-:"";' "13.05 'OWNERMay Stop the Work "
inspections, tests, or approvals' shall be perforined by",
organizations acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER
2. that costs incurred in connection with
tests or inspections conducted pursuant to para-
graph'13.04,B shall be paid as provided. in said
paragraph 13.04,B; and
3. as otherwise specifically provided in
the Contract Documents,
..;'i .,.,'L.,.
C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body
having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an
employee or other representative of such public body,
CONTRACTOR .toShall",,,assume < full ' reSponsibility,;:-.for,
arranging and' obtaining such inspections, tests" or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and
furnish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspec-
tion or approval.
. ;-'." ~.': ,.,'
E. If any Work (or the work of o~ers) that is to be
inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRAC- " ,
TOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it
must, if requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for
observation. '
F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph
13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless
CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of
CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and
ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in
response to such notice,
13.04
Uncovering Work
A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written
request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGI-
NEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and
replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense.
B. If ENGINEER considers it neces~ or
advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER
or inspected or tested by others, CONTMCTOR, at
ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose, or
I
< ., ,;otherwise make available for observation,. inspection, or . .-,'. ',1
testing as ENGINEER may,require, that portion of the
Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, materi-
al, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is
defective, CONTRACfORshall pay all Claims, costs,
losses, and damages (inCiluding but not limited to all fees
and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to' such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and
testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction
(including but not limited to' all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be
, entitled to an app, r,OPriatedecrease, in, the ,Contract.Price..:" '. .. "I'
If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof,
OWNER may make.a Claim ,therefor as provided in
paragraph 10.05, If, however, such Work is not found to
be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an
increase in the Contract. Price or an extension of the
Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directlyattribut-.
able, to . such ,uncovering, exposure,.. observation, : ..', I'
inspection, ,testing, replacement,. and reconstruction., "If , .:.. "
the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent :f.
thereof, CONTRACTOR may. make a Claim therefor as"
. provided in paragraph 10.05.
I
I
I
I
I
A., If the Work is defective, or CONTRACT9R , ,
fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable.. .
materials or equipment, or fails to perfonn the Work in:
such a way that the completed Work will conform to the
Contract Documents, OWNER may order CON-
TRACfOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof,
until the cauSe for such order has been eliminated;
however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work shall not
give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise
this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier,' any other individual or
entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of
them.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
37
I
I
I,
I
I
I
'I
,I,
..1
,..,I. "
.~.,... ~ , ~ ,'10,
.'1
~.':'Q... .
"'''1
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
1
13.06' " Correction or Removal of Defective Work
A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective
Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed,
or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove
it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not
defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees
and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such
correction or removal (including but not limited to all
costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
. ~'..''''~. .~:,.~. ......:.:1\.' .." ..~.'
13.07 Correction Period
A. If within one year after the date of Substantial
Completion or such longer period of time as may be
prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any,
applicable special guarantee required by the Contract
Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract '
Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the
repair of any damages to the land or areas made available
for CONTRACTOR's use by OWNER or permitted by
Laws and Regulations as contemplated in paragraph
6.11.A is found to be defective; CONTRACTOR shall', .
.. promptly, without cost'to OWNER, and in accordance ,'..',;..,, ..
with OWNER's written instructions: (i) repair such
defective land or areas, or (ii) correct such defective
Work 'or, if the defective Work, has been rejected by" ,"
OWNER, remove it from the Project and replace it with .
Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfactorily correct
or repair or remove and replace any damage to other
Work:, to the work of others or other land or areas
resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not
promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or
in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of
loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work
corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work re-
moved and replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and
damages (including but not limited to .all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such
correction or repair or such removal and replacement
(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replace-
ment of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.
B. In special circumstances where a particular item
of equipment is placed in continuous service before
Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction'
period for that item may start to run from an earlier date
if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amend-
ment.
C. Where defective Work (and damage to other
Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed
and replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction
period hereunder with respect to such Work will be
extended for an additional period of one year after such
correction or removal and replacement has been
satisfactorily completed.
D. CONTRACTOR's obligations under this
paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or
warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall
not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the
provisions of any applicable;,statute of, limitation', or
repose.
13,08 Acceptance of Defective Work
A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal
and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior
to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment,
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may, do so.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and
damages (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution.,costs) attributable to OWNER's evaluation, of ..
and determination to accept such defective Work (such
costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness)
and the. diminished value of the. Work to the extent not'
otherwise paid by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this
sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, a
Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary
revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the
Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate
decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished
value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to
agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a
Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the
acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an
appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to
OWNER.
13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work
A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable
time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct
defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work
as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph
13.06,A, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if
CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision
of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven
38
-.' . '.' ';'
days' 'written notice' to CONTRACTOR,-correct and.>',""
remedy any such deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this
paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In
connection with such corrective and remedial action,
OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all: or part
of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and
suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take
possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, con-
struction equipment and machinery at the Site, and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid
. CONTRACTOR, .but, . ,which are; stored:l~elsewhere. .,...
CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's
representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other
contractors, and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. '~'.. ,.'.
..;....
C. All Claims, costs, losses, and . damages ,.
(including but not limited to all fees and charges of,..,
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals . ,
and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution
costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the
rights and remedies under this paragraph 13.09 will be .,.,'.'
charged against CONTRACTOR,-anda Change Order ':"4':"..,:' ,
will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the !, :
Contract pocuments with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to.an,appropriate decrease in". "', '..,
the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to '
the amount of the adjustment, OWNER may make a
Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such
claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be
limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of
others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or
replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work,
D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an exten-
sion of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any
delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the
exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies
under this paragraph 13,09.
ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
14.01 Schedule of Values
A. The schedule of values established as provided
in paragraph 2,07,A will serve as the basis for progress
I
payments and will be incorporated. -into, a fonn""oft,.,
Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be
based on the number of units completed.
I
I
14.02 Progress Payments
A. Applications for Payments
I
1. " At leaSt 20 days before the date estab-
lished for each progress payment (but not more
often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall
submit to ENGINEER for review an Application
for Payment filled out and signed,by CONTRAC-,.,., I
TOR covering the Work completed as of the date
of the Application and accompanied by such sup-
porting documentation as is required by the Con-
tract Documents.' If payment is requested on the
basis of materials. and equipment not incorporated
in the Work bur'delivered and suitably stored at
the Site or at another location agreed to in
writing, the Application for Payment shall also be
accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other
documentation warranting that OWNER has
received the materials and equipment free and
clear of all Liens and evide.nce that the materials ,,'
and equipment. are covered, by appropriate"
property insurance or other arrangements to
protect OWNER's interest therein; all of which
must be satisfactory to OWNER '.
I
I
I
I
I
2. ' Beginning with the second Application I
for Payment, each Application shall include an
affidavit of CONTRACTOR stating that all
previous progress payments received on account I
of the Work have been applied on account to
discharge CONTRACTOR's legitimate
obligations associated with prior Applications for I
Payment.
3, The amount of retainage with respect to
pro-gress payments will be as stipulated in the I
Agreement. "'t:,
B. Review of Applications
I
1. ENGINEER will, within 10 days after
receipt of each Application for Payment, either
indicate in writing a recommendation of payment
and present the Application to OWNER or return
the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in
writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CON-
I
I
I
39
I
1
1
TRACTOR may make the necessary corrections
and resubmit the Application,
I
2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any
payment requested in an Application for Payment
will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to
OWNER, based on ENGINEER's observations on
the Site of the executed Work as an experienced
and qualified design professional and on
ENGINEER's review of the Application for
Payment and the accompanying data and
schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's
knowledge, information and belief:
I
1
I'
r."" '._' '.~. ..'
a. the Work has progressed to the point
indicated;
I
b. the quality of the Work is generally in
accordance with the Contract Documents (sub-. ..
ject to an evaluation of the Work as a function-
ing whole prior to or upon Substantial
Completion, to the results of. any subsequent
tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a
final detennination of quantities and
classifications for Unit Price Work under
paragraph 9.08"and,to any,other qualifications '. ", "
stated in the recommendation); and, , '
I
I
I
c. the conditions precedent to ,
CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such pay--.
ment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as
it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the
Work.
I
I
3. By recommending any such payment
ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have
represented that: (i) inspections made to check the
quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been
performed have been exhaustive, extended to
every aspect of the Work in progress, orinvolved
detailed inspections of the Work beyond the
responsibilities specifically assigned to
ENGINEER in the Contract Documents; or (ii)
that there may not be other matters or issues
between the parties that might entitle CONTRAC-
TOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle
OWNER to withhold payment toCONTRAC-
TOR.
I
I
I
I
4. Neither ENGINEER's review' of
CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of
recommending payments nor ENGINEER's
recommendation of any payment, including final
payment, will impose responsibility on
I
I
I
40
ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the
Work or' for the means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures of construction, or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto,
or for CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with
Laws, and Regulations applicable to
CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
Additionally, said review or recommendation will
not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make
any examination to ascertain how or for what
purposes CONTRACTOR has used the moneys
paid on account of the Contract Price, or to
detennine that title to any of the Work, materials,
or equipmenhhaspassed to' OWNER 'free and
clear of any Liens.
5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend
the whole or any part of any payment if, in "
ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect, to
make the representations to OWNER referred to .'
in paragraph 14.02.B.2. ENGINEER may also
refuse to recommend any such payment or,
because of subsequently discoveDed evidence or
the results of subsequent inspections or tests,
revise or revoke any such payment
recommendation previously made, to such extent"
as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to "
protect OWNER from loss because:
a. the Work is defective, or completed
Work has been damaged, requiring correction
or replacement;
b, the Contract Price has been reduced by'
Written Amendment or Change Orders;
c. OWNER has been required to correct
defective Work or complete Work in accor-
dance with paragraph 13.09; or
d. ENGINEER has' actual knowledge of
the occurrence of any of the events enumerated
in paragraph 15.02,A.
C. Payment Becomes Due
l. Ten days after presentation of the
Application for Payment to OWNER with
ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount
recommended will (subject to the provisions of
paragraph 14,02.D) become due, and when due
will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR.
... ,D; Reduction in Payment
_.--'-<to- . . ,~,.; ,
1. OWNER may refuse to make payment
of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER
because:
a. claims have been made against OWN-
ER on account of CONTRACTOR's perfor-
mance or furnishing of the Work;
. . .~ ,.1'" ~~. ..
b. Liens have been filed in connection
with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR
has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to
OWNER . to . securei7'~the;. :satisfaction and
discharge of such Liens;
c. there are other items entitling OWNER
to a set-off against the amount recommended;
or
d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5,c or
paragraph 15.02.A.
2, If OWNER refuses to make payment of
the full amount recommended by ENGINEER; .',.
OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate
written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating .
the reasons for such action <.and . promptly pay:
CONTRACTOR any amount. remaining after
deduction of the amount so withheld. OWNER
shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount
so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to
by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when
CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's
satisfaction the reasons for such action.
3. If it is subsequently detennined that
OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified,
the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated
as an amount due as detennined by paragraph
14.02.C.1. '
14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title
A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that
title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by
any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in
the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the
time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
14.04 Substantial Completion
I
A. When CONTRACTOR..considers~ the..!:entire
Work ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall
notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the
entire Work is substantially complete (except for items
specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and
request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion. Promptly thereafter, OWNER, CONTRAC-
TOR, and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the
Work to detennine the status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider the Work, substantially
complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER
considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER
. , ,will prepare and deliver to OWNER a, tentative, certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of
Substantial Completion, There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have ,.
seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during ,
which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any .~
provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after
considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that ,
the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will
within 14 days after submission of the tentative certifi-
cate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing,
stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of
OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said 14
days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRAC-
TOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion '.
(with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative
certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the
time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division
of responsibilities pending final payment between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security,
operation, safety, and protection of the Work,
maintenance, heat, utilities, insUrance, and warranties
and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR
agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in
writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive
certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's
aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER
and CONTRACTOR until final payment.
I
I
I
I
"I"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude
CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substan-
tial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CON-
TRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct
items on the tentative list.
I
I
41
I
I
I
I
I
~. I ..-~ ~, .
14.05 . Partial. Utilization
A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any
substantially completed part of the Work which has
specifically been identified in the Contract DocIiments, or
which OWNER, ENG~ER,' and CONTRACTOR
agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part
of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended
purpose without significant interference with
CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the
Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Com-
pletion of all the Work subject to the following condi-
tions.
I
"1
I
I
. ..,."~. .... ..:";: t'o ',.;
., ,-..... . ", :"..:, .
1. OWNER at any time' may request
CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to
use any such part of the Work which OWNER
believes to be ready for its intended use and
substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees~,
that such part of the Work is substantially
complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWN- ..
, ER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is -
substantially complete and request ENGINEER to,
issue a certificate of Substantial ,Completion for
that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any
time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in
writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such "';,"''''
part of the Work ready for its intended use and
substantially complete and request ENGINEER to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for, ,:},
that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time
after either such . request, OWNER,
, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall ,make an
inspection of that part of the Work to determine
its status of completion. If ENGINEER does not
con~ider that part of the Work to be substantially
complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and
CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons
therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of the
Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part
of the Work and the division of respOnsibility in
respect thereof and access thereto.
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
2. No occupancy or separate operation of
part of the Work may occur prior to compliance
with the requirements': of paragraph 5.10
regarding property insurance.
I
I
I
I
14.06 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that
the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with',
OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON-
TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this
inspection reveals that the, Work is incomplete or
defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such
measures as are necessary to complete such Work or
remedy such deficiencies.
14.07 Final Payment
A. Application for Payment
. 1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the
opinion of,ENGINEER, .satisfactorily completed
all corrections identified during the final
inspection and has delivered, in accordance with
the Contract Documents, all maintenance and
operating instructions, schedules" guarantees,
Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance
certificates of inspection, marked-up record docu-
ments (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other
documents;' CONTRACTOR may make
application for final payment following the
procedure for progress payments.
2. The final Application for Payment shall
be accompanied (except as previously delivered)
by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract
Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by. subparagraph ."
5.04.B.7; (ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final
payment; and (iii) complete and legally effective
releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all
Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in
connection with the Work.
3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of
Liens specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as
approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may
furnish receipts or releases in full arid an affidavit
of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and
receipts include all labor, services, material, and
equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and
(ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and
other indebtedness connected with the Work for
which OWNER or OWNER's property might in
any way be responsible have been paid or
otherwise satisfied; If any Subcontractor or
Supplier fails to furnish, such a release or receipt
in full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or
other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to
indemnify OWNER against any Lien.
42
""--. ~~ ''7E;~,::,~
B. Review of Application and Acceptance'
1. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's obser..,
vation of the Work during construction and final
inspection, and ENGINEER's review of the final
Application for Payment and accompanying docu-
mentation as required by the Contract Documents,
ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been
completed and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents have
been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days
after receipt of the final Application for Payment,
,indicate. in writing,;,',ENGINEER~s .recommen-,...
dation of payment and present the Application for
Payment to OWNER for payment. At the same
time ENGINEER will also give written notice to
OWf'JER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is
acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph -
14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the
Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR.
indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to
recommend final payment, 'in which case CON-
TRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections
and resubmit the Application for Payment.
C. Payment Becomes Due
1. Thirty days after the presentation to .
OWNER of the Application for Payrilent and
accompanying documentation,' the amount
recommended by ENGINEER will become due
and, when due, will be paid by OWNER to CON-
lRACTOR.
14.08 Final Completion Delayed
A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR. final
completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if
,ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of
CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and
recommendation of ENGINEER. and without tenninat-
ing the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for
that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If
the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work
not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, ;md if BondS have been
furnished as required in paragraph 5.01, the written
consent of the surety to the payment of the . balance due
for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted
shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER
with the Application for such payment. Such payment
shall be made under the terms and conditions governing
I
final payment, except that it. shall not constitute a waiver
of Claims.
I
I
I
14.09 WaiverofClaims
A. The making and acceptance of final payment
will constitute: ' .
1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER
against CONTRACTOR. except Claims arising
from unsettled Liens, from defective Work
appearing after, final inspection pursuant to
paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the
1" ,. '. '. 'Contract Documents.or the terms ,of any special.
guarantees specified therein, or from
CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under
the Contract Documents; and
I
'~I'
I
I
2. a waiver of all Claims byCONTRAC-
TOR against OWNER other than those previou,sly
made in writing which are still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
I
15,01 OWNER May Suspend Work
I
A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may
suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of
not more than 90 ,consecutive days by notice in writing to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date
on which Work will be resumed, CONTRACTOR shall
resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or
an extension of the Contract Times, or both. directly
attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR
makes a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause
A. The occurrenc.e of anyone or more of the
following events will justify tennination for cause:
1. CONTRACTOR's persistent failure to
perform the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents' (including, but not limited to, failure
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the
progress schedule established under paragraph
2,07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to
paragraph 6.04);
43
I
I
I
I
2. CONTRACTOR's disregard of Laws
or Regulations of any public body having jurisdic-
tion;
1
I
3. CONTRACTOR's disregard of the
authority of ENGINEER; or
I
4. CONTRACTOR's violation in any
substantial way of any provisions of the Contract
Documents.
I
B. If one or more of the events identified in
paragraph 15.02.A occur, OWNER may, after giving,
CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days
written notice, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR,
exclude CONTRACTOR from the Site, and take
possession of the Work 'and of all COJ:ITR,ACTOR's
tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery
at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could
be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to
CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate
in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the
Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRActOR but
which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as
OWNER may deem expedient. In such, case,
CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until 'the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees
and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute
resolution costs) sustained by OWNER arising out of or
relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid
to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses, and
damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR
shall pay the difference to OWNER. .Such claims, costs,
losses, and' damages incurred by OWNER will be
reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and,
when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a
Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies
under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to
obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of OWNER against
CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys 'due
CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CON-
TRACTOR from liability,
I
I
15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience
I
I
A. Upon seven days written notice to' CON-
TRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without
cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy
of OWNER, elect to 'terminate the Contract. In such
case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication
of any items):
1. for completed and acceptable Work
executed in accordance with the Contract Docu-
ments prior to the effective date of termination,
including fair and reasonable sums for overhead
and profit on such Work;
-,,, ' . 2:" " for. expenses. sustained prior to, the
effective date of termination in performing
services and furnishing labor, materials, or equip-
ment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and
reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such
expenses;
3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damag-
es (including but not limited to all fees and
charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or
other dispute resolution costs) incurred in
settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and
4. for reasonable expenses directly
attributable to termination. '
B. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of
loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic
loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate
A. If, through no act. or fault of CONTRACTOR,
the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days
by OWNER or under an order of court or other public
authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application
for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or
OWNER fails for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any
sUm finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR
may, upon seven days written notice to OWNER and
ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do
not remedy such suspension or failure within that time,
terminate the Contract and recover from OWNER
payment on the same tenns as provided in paragraph
15.03. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without
prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER
has failed to act on an' Application for Payment within 30
days after it is submitted, or OWNER has, failed for 30
44
days to pay CONTRACTOR any,sum"finally determined
to be due, CONTRACTOR may, seven days after written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until
payment is made of all such amounts due
CONTRACTOR including interest thereon. The provi-
sions of this paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude"
CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under paragraph
10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract
Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly
attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping the Work as
permitted by this paragraph,
ARTICLE 16 - DISPtJIfE RESOLUTION
16.01 Methods and Procedures
A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if
any, shall be as set forth in the SuppleIpentary
Conditions. If no method and procedure has been set
forth, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.09
and 10.05, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise
such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have
under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations
in respect of any dispute,
ARTICLE 17-NnSCELLANEOUS
17.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any proVISIon of the Contract
Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will
be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in
person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to
an officer of the corporation for whom iUs intended, or if
delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail,
postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the
giver of the notice.
17.02 Computation of Times
A. When any period of time is referred to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be C9mputed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period.
If the last day of any such period falls on a SatUrday or
Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of
the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from
the computation.
I
17.03 Cumulative Remedies, ~,o;.....
I
A. The duties and obligations imposed by these
General Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are
not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any
rights and remedies available to any or all of them which
are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regula-
tions, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions
of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated
,specifically in the Contract Documents in connection
with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy
, to which they apply."...",,.,, ",,'
I
I
I
I
17.04 Survival of Obligations
A. All representations, indemnifications, warran-
ties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in
accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all
continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Docu-
ments, ,will survive final payment, completion, and
acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of
the Agreement.
I
I
17,05 Controlling Law
I
A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the
state in which the Project is located.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
45
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.. , . + '
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDmONS
1.
These supplementary conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction
Contract and other provisions of the Contract Docurilents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so
amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect
2.
The terms used in the supplementary condition which are defmed in the Standard General Conditions to the
Construction Contract have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions.
3.
Amend :first sentence of paragraph i2.
Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to five (5) copies. . .
4.
Revise paragraph 2.7.
Before any work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with a copy to
ENGINEER, certificates ( and other evidence of insurance requested by. OWNER) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4.
s.
Amend paragraph 4.2,1
Add: A geotechnical report has been prepared by Atlanta Testing and Engineering and has been
included in the Contract Documents for the Contractor's use.
6.
The limits oflillbility for the insurance required by paragraph 5,3 of the General ConditiOns shall provide coverage
for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: ,
a.
Policies. Certificates, Limits and Disposition of Documents. - The Contractor shall obtain at his
expense insurance with limits as shown hereinbelow unless the Contractor desires to broaden the limits
and obtain more protection,
[I]
OWNER'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE - Taken out in Olime of the owner as
insured. (See Invitation to Bid for exact legal name of owner.)
Bodily injury, including death -limits of $1 ,000,000.00 for each person and $2,000,000.00
for each accident.
Property damage - limits of $500,000.00 for each accident and $1,000,000.00 for the
aggregate of operations.
DISPOSITION: Original policy must be deposited with owner prior to commencement of
work.
CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE - Taken out in the name of the
Contractor,
Bodily injury, including death -limits of $1 ,000,000.00 for each person and $2,000,000.00
for each accident.
Property damage - limits Of $500,000,00 for each accident and $1,000,000.00 for the
aggregate of operations. '
DISPOSITION: Certificate of insurance must be sent to owner prior to commencement of
work.
CONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE - Taken out in the name of the
Contractor,
Bodily injury, including death -limits of $1 ,000,000.00 for each person and $2,000,000.00
for each accident.
Property damage - limits of $500,000.00 for each accident and $1,000,000.00 for the
aggregate of operations.
DISPOSITION: Certificate of insurance must be sent to Owner prior to commencement of
work.
BUilDER'S RISK INSURANCE - Payable to the Contractor and Owner, as their interests may
[2]
[3]
[4]
1
FILE\\\ENGIN EERIS YS\PROJECTS\427D4\ADMINISPECS\CIVlL\ 191 Q-17,OQC
I
appear, upon the entire structure and upon all materials in or adjacent thereto which are to be I
made a part of the insured structure to 100% of tb.e insurable value thereof covering fire,
extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief
DISPOSITION: Original policy must be deposited with 0wDei' prior to commencement of I
work.
b.
Acceptability of Insurers to Owner. - No insurance will be acceptable unless written by a company
licensed by the State Insurance Commissioner to do business in Georgia at the time the policy is issued,
and the company must in addition be acceptable to the Owner. To avoid inconvenience, any general
contractor or subcontractor must' get in touch with the Owner to determine whether the insurance
company or companies he expects to use is or are acceptable to the Owner. All policies and certificates
must be signed or countersigned, as the case may be, by resident Georgia agentS.
c.
Termination of Obligation ,'to'!nsure. - Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary;othe
obligation to insure as prescribed herein shall not terminate until the Engineer shall have executed the
final certificate.
d.
Contractor shall purchase and mamtain during the full course of construction "All Risk" Builder's Risk
Insurance coverage which names the Contractor, Owner and Engineer as co-insured.
)
The Contractor will nun ,over areas completed for construction prior to substantial completion Contractor.
shall maintain insurance on work he performs within "battery limits".
e.
7.
Add to paragraph 13.3
I
I
I
I
I
I
The OWNER will select the TESTING AGENCY for the PROJECT. The CONTRACTOR shall pay"
the TESTING AGENCY for services rendered in connection with the PROJECT from the Allowance set I
forth in the BID FORM. Contractor may not markup TESTING AGENCY'S bills. TESTING
AGENCY'S invoices to the CON1RACTOR shall be submitted with the CON1RACTOR'S Pay Request '.'..,' ,
and correlated to the Pay Request line item Testing Allowance. Contractor shall also submit a WAIVER . I
OF LIEN for all prior months billings by TESTING AGENCY as well as all other
SUBCONTRACTORS.
8.
Delete ARTICLE 16.
2
F1LE\\\ENGlNEERIS YSlPROJECTS\42704\ADMIN1SPECSlCIV1L\l91 0-17, DOC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
NOTICE OF AWARD
Dated
[Certified Mail- Return Receipt Requested]
TO:
(BIDDER)
ADDRESS:
Contract:
(Insert name of Contract as it appears in the BiddingDocum~ts)
Project:
OWNER's Contract No.
You are notified that your Bid dated . , for the above Contract
has been considered. You are the apparent Successful Bidder and have been awarded a Contract for _
(Indicate total Work, alternates or sections or Work awarded)
The Contract Price of your Contract is
Dollars ($
).
[Insert appropriate data if Unit Prices are used. Change language for Cost-Plus contracts]
_ copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of
Award. _ sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you
immediately.
You must comply With the following conditions precedent within 15 days of the date you receive this
Notice of Award.
1. Deliver to the OWNER _ fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents. [Each of the
Contract Documents must bear your signature' on ( )].
2. Deliver with the executed Contract Documents the Contract security (Bonds) as specified in the
Instructions to Bidders (Article 20), [and] General Conditions (paragraph 5.01) [and Supplementary
Conditions (paragraph SC-5.01).]
EJCDC No. 1910-22 (1996 Edition)
Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of
America and the Construction Specifications Institute. ;
3. (List other conditions. precedent).
\ I '~ ..
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your
Bid in default, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid security forfeited.
Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, OWNER will return to you one fully
executed counterpart of the Contract Docwnents. '
(OWNER)
By:
(AurnoRIZED SIGNATIJRE)
(TITLE)
Copy to ENGINEER
(Use Certified Mail,
Return Receipt Requested)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I':
I
I
I
I
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Dated
TO:
(CONTRACTOR)
ADDRESS!:
Contract:
(Insert name of Contract as it appears in the Contract Documents)
Project:
OWNER'S CONTRACT NO.
You are notified that the Contract Times under the above contract will commence to run on
. By that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract
Documents. In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement the date of Substantial Completion is
and the date of readiness for final payment is '
Before you may start any Work at the Site, paragraph 2.05.C of the General Conditions provides that
you and Owner must each deliver to the other (with copies to Engineer and other identified additional
insureds) certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Also, before you may start any Work at the Site, you must
(add other requirements)
(OWNER)
By:
(AU1HORIZED SIGNATURE) .
(TITLE)
Copy to ENGINEER
...
(Use Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested)
EJCDC No. 1910-23 (1996 Edition)
Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of
America and the Construction Specifications Institute.
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO.
To:
From:
Contract:
Project:
OWNER's Contract No.
For Work accomplished through the date of:
(OWNER)
(CONTRACTOR)
ENGINEER's Project No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Original Contract Price:
Net change by Change Orders and Written Amendments (+ or -):
Current Contract Price (1 plus 2):
Total completed and stored to date:
Retainage (per Agreement):
_% Q(C()~pleted Work: $.
_% of stored material: $
Total Retainage:
Total completed and stored to date less retainage (4 minus 5):
Less previous Application for Payments:
DUE THIS APPLICATION (6 MINUS 7):
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
6.
7.
8.
Accompanying Documentation:
CONTRACTOR'S Certification:
The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that (1) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on
account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied on account to discharge
CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for
Payment numbered 1 through _ inclusive; (2) title of all Work, materials and equipment incorporated in said"
Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment ,',
free and clear of all Liens, security interests and encumbrances (except such as are covered by a Bond acceptable to
OWNER indemnifying OWNER against any such Lien, security interest or encumbrance); and (3) all Work
covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and not defective.
Dated
CONTRACTOR
By:
State of
County of
Subscribed and sworn to before me this
day of
Notary Public
My Commission expires:
Payment of the above AMOUNT DUE TIllS APPLICATION is recommended.
(>
Dated
ENGINEER
By:
EJCDC No. 1910-8-E (1996 Edition)
Prepared by the Enginccn Joint Contrnct DocumcnIs Commil1cc and endorsed by The Associated General Conlnldors of America and the Construction Specification
Institute,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CHANGE ORDER
No.
EFFECTIVE DATE
DATE OF ISSUANCE
OWNER
CONTRACI'OR
Contract:
Project:
OWNER's Contract No.
ENGINEER
ENGINEER's Contract No.
You are directed to make the following changes in the Contract Documents:
Description:
Reason for Change Order:
Attachments: (List documents supporting change)
CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE:
Original Contract Price
$
Net Increase (Decrease) from previous Change Orders,
No. - to -
$
Contract Price prior to this Change Order:
$
Net increase (decrease) of this Change Order:
$
Contract Price with all approved Change Orders: ,
$
CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES:
Original Contract Times:
Substantial Completion:
Ready for final payment:
(days or dates)
Net change from previous Change Orders No. ~ to .
No.
Substantial Completion:
Ready for final payment:
(days)
Contract Times prior to this Change Order:
Substantial Completion:
Ready for final payment:
(days or dates)
Net increase (decrease) this Change Order:
Substantial Completion:
Ready for final payment:
(days)
Contract Times with all approved Change Orders:
Substantial Completion:
Ready for final payment:
(days or dates)
RECOMMENDED: APPROVED:
By: By:
ENGINEER (Authorized Signature) OWNER (Authorized Signature)
ACCEPTED:
By:
CONTRACTOR(Authorized Signature)
Date:
Date:
Date:
EJCOC 191O-8-B (1996 Edition)
Prepared by the Engineers loint Contract Documents Committee lIIId eDdorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America lIIId the Construction Specifications Institute.
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
DATE OF ISSUANCE
OWNER
CONTRACTOR'
Contract:
Project:
OWNER's Contract No.
ENGINEER's Project No.
:...... ~-'
This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the Contract Documents or to the following..
specified parts thereof:
To
OWNER
And To
CONTRACTOR
The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER,
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance
with the Contract Documents on
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A tentative list of itemS to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-inclusive, and the
failure to include an item in itdoes not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete alLthe Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by
CONTRACTOR within days of the above date of Substantial Completion.
EJCDC No. 1910-8-0 (1996 Edition)
Prepared by the Enginccn' Joint ConllaCt Doc:umcnts Committee aDd endoned by The Associated General Contractors of America and the Construction Specifications
Institute.
I
I
I
I
I
'.' 'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance,
heat, utilities, insurance and warranties arid guarantees shall be as follows:
OWNER:
CONTRACTOR:
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate:
[For items to be attached see definition of Substantial Completion as supplemented and other ,
specifically noted conditions precedent to achieving Substantial Completion as required by Contract
Documents.]
This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents
nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
Executed by ENGINEER on
Date
ENGINEER
By:
(Authorized Signature)
CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on
Date
CONfRACTOR
By:
(Authorized Signature)
OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on
Date
OWNER
By:
(Authorized Signature)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General' and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Project consists of a 1 Million Gallon Elevated Water Storage Tank (Composite or
Steel Construction).
1. Project Location: Frontage Road, Augusta-Richmond County, Georgia
2. Owner:
Augusta-Ri9hmond County Board of Commissioners,.
Augusta Utilities Department
2760 Peach Orchard Rd.
Augusta, GA 30906-5408
B. Contract Documents, dated July 1, 1998 were prepared for the Project by:
Johnson, Laschober and Associates, P.C.
1296 Broad Street
Augusta, GA 30901
C. The Work consists of:
Clearing and grubbing the grading limits, storm drainage, asphalt paving, gravel
driveway, water main and valving including pits, fencing, site soil erosion and
sediment contro~ site grassing, electrical lighting and receptacles and elevated water
storage tank design and construction.
D. The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. General:; During the construction period the Contractor shall have full use of the premises
for construction operations, including use of the site. The Contractor's use of the
premises is limited only by the Owner's right to perform work or to retain other
contractors on portions of the Project.
1.4 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010 - 1
A.
Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right~o occupy and to place and
install equipment iri,.completed areas of the project prior to Substantial.Completion, ..,
provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placing
of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
1.
The Owner will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific
portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner occupancy.
Prior to partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational. ,Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed.
Upon occupancy, the Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical
systems serving occupied portions of the project.
Upon occupancy, the Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and
. custodial service for occupied portions~ofthe project. ".:."d' .
2.
3.
.. . .l. ..... .~_'
-1-'.0-'
1.5 MISCELLANEUOS PROVISIONS
A.
Ownerwill select the T~g Agency for the project. Testing Agency will be paid as set
forth in the Supplementary General Conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
.. '0,'. I'"
... .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES. ,
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by ,bidders and stated. on the Bid Form';-:,,\
for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted
from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in
either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials,
equipment, systems, or installation methods described ,in the Contract Documents.
1. The cost or credit for each altern~te is the net addition to or deduction from the
Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments
are made to the Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or'adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and
fully integrate that Work into the Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and
similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not
mentioned as part of the Alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract; notify each party
involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been
accepted, rejected, or deferred for lat~r consideration. Include a complete description of
negotiated modifications to alternates. '
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract.
D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section, Specification
ALTERNATES
01030 - 1
Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to
achieve the Work described under each alternate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1
'. "j-.."J ....,.1_ .:.'.
SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A.
Alternate No. 1-1 and 1-2:" Add electrical lighting system as indicated in Specification
,'Sections 13200Aand 13200B (Steeb and Composite .'f,anks).: ~, ,~, - .,
B.
Alternate No.2: Add roof handrail as indicated in Specification Section 13200B
C.
Alternate No.3: Add overhead door as indicated in Specificatio!1 Section 13200B.
D.
Alternate No..4:- Add concrete base slab as indicated'in.Specification SectionJ3200B. '.
E.
Alternate No.5: Interior ladder landings at 30',o.c. as indicated in Specification Section
, 13200B.
END OF SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES
01030 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
"';"1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01300 - SUBMlTT ALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUM:M.AR Y
.. .~ +, .-, .
A This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required
for performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Shop Drawings.
3. Product Data.
B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract
Documents for requirements for,administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but
are not limited to, the following:
1. Permits.
2. Applications for Payment.
3. Performance and payment bonds.
4. Insurance certificates.
5. List of subcontractors.
1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities., Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of perfonnance
of related construction activities to avoid delay,
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the
Work so processing will not be delayed by the need !o review submittals
concurrently for coordination.
a. The Owner reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until all related submittals are received.
3. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time required
SUBMITTALS 01300 - 1
to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review, inCluding time for
. resubmittals.
a. Allow 2 weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if the Architect must
delay processing to permit coordination with subsequent submittals.
b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial
submittal. . >
c. Allow 2 weeks for reprocessing each submittaL '
d. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to
transmit submittal~ to the Owner sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit
processmg.
....,......~l_ .,,,
B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title bloc~ <?ll each submittal for
,L<;, ' ,identification.. Indicate, the-;nameofthe entity that prepared each submittal. on, the.lahek,.:",
or title block.
1. Provide a space approxiinately 4 by 5 inches (100 by 125 mm) on the label or beside
the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval
markings and the action taken.
2. Include the following information on the label for processing and,recording action
taken.
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of the Owner.
d. Name and address ofthe Contractor.
e. Name and address of the subcontractor.
f Name and address of the supplier.
g. Name of the manufacturer.
h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
1. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Owner using a transmittal form. The
Architect will not accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.
1. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form,
or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements,
including variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that
information complies with Contract Document requirements.
1.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar.:.chart-type, contractor's
construction schedule. Submit within 30 days after the date established for
"Commencement of the Work."
, SUBMITTALS
01300 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
."1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of constructi.on for each major portion of the
Work, including submittal review, testing, and instcmation.
C. Cost Correlation: At the head of the schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating
planned and actual costs, On the line, show dollar volume of Work performed as of the
dates used for preparation of payment requests.
D. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity where ,-
revisions have been recognized or, made. Issue the updated sc.heduleconcurrently with
the report of each meeting.
1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS
t ,".
A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle, or
otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract
Documents or copy standard information as the basis of ,Shop Drawings. Standard
information prepared without specific reference to the Proje~ is not a Shop Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, , ,
patterns, templates and similar Drawings, Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 rom) but no larger
than 36 by 48 inches (890 by 1220 rom).
7. Initial Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black-line prints for the Owner's review. The
Owner will return one prints.
8. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black-line prints; submit 5 prints where required
for maintenance manuals. The Owner will retain 2 prints and return the remainder.
9. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action
, taken.
1.6 PRODUCT DATA
A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.
Product Data includes printed information,' such as manufacturer's installation
instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates,
standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves.
1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product
Data includes information on several products that are not required, mark copies to
indicate the applicable information. Include the following information:
SUBMITTALS 01300 - 3
a.
,'," b;"..
Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
Compliance with trade association standards., ,- .~;CJ"..
Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
Application of testing agency labels and seals.
Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
Notation of coordination requirements.
c.
d.
e.
f
2.
Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract
Documents has been confirmed.
Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where
selection of options is required,
Submittals: Submit 3 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies where
required for ,mai!1tenance, manuals. The:Owner, will retain one and will:retumthe,
other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required.
3.
4.
. ~. "i. if )."
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Documenfprovisions is observed, the
submittal may serve as the final submittal. '
5. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors,
suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required for performance of
construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal, forms.
a. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the
Installer's possession.
b. Do not pennit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with
construction.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS
A. Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer's
instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality-control submittals as required
under other Sections of the Specifications.
B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a
product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized
certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements.
1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other
individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Submittal of inspection and test reports from independent
testing agencies.
SUBMITTALS
01300-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.8 OWNER'S ACTION
'A. .Except for,submittals for the record or information, where action and return is required,
the Owner will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly.
1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
B. Action Stamp: The Owner will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action stamp. The
Owner will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken.
C. Unsolicited Submittals: The Owner will return unsolicited submittals to the sender
without action.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01300 '
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions ana other Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control
servIces.
B. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports
performed by Contractor, by mdependent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do, ,""'"''
not include contract enforcement activities performed by Owner.
C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements.."
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for
compliance with Contract Document requirements.
D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures,:
not production of standard products.
1. , Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction actIVItIes are .'.' -_
specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections
may also cover production of standard products. .
2. Specified inspections, tests, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-
control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Owner,
or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another'
identified entity, Contractor'shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality-control
services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having
jurisdiction. Costs for these, services are included in the Contract Sum. .
1. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and
other quality-control services are required, the Owner will engage the services of a
qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. Payment for these
, services will be made by the Contractor from the Inspection and Testing Allowance
as setup in the Bid Form. Contractor shall submit the invoice of the Testing Agency
with the Monthly Payment request and Waiver of Lien for the previous months
QUALITY CONTROL
01400 - 1
invoice of the Testing Agency.
B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests,
or other quality-control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with
Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's
responsibility. '
1. ,- The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the
Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction
indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements.
C. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and
similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency
sufficiently in advance of operations t.o permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services
required include, but are nor limited to, the following: .
1. Provide access to the Work.
2. Furnish incidentanabor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests.
3. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing'
or aSsist the agency,in taking samples. .
4. Provide facilities for storage and curing of test samples. :
5. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials
mixes that require control by the testing agency.
6. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site.
D. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged toperfolm inspections,
sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall
cooperate with the Owner and the Contractor in performance.-ofthe agencisduties. ",The ":',-.,
testing agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests: " '
1. The agency shall notify the Owner and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of the
Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.
E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with
a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the'necessity of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests.
1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for irispections, tests, taking
samples, and similar activities.
1.4 SUBMITTALS.
A. The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each
inspection, test, or similar service to the Owner.
QUALITY CONTROL
01400 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but
are not limited to, t11'(( following: ',;
a. Date of issue.
b. Project title and number.
c. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
f. Designation of the Work and test method.
g. Identification of product and Specification Section.
h. Complete inspection or test data.
1. Test results and an interpretation oftest results.
J. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.
k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work
complies with Contract Document requirements.
1. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
m. Recommendations on retesting.
.- .
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REP AIR AND PROTECTION
A." General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar, services, repair,...",
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.-'"
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect
repaired construction.
C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for'inspection, testing, or similar services. '
END OF SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
01400 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.,
4. Submittal of warranties.
5. Final cleaning.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate
Sections in .l)ivisions 2 through 16.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial
Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or ,first follows, the date
Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
2. Advise the Owner ,of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Subniit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and
access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and
similar releases. '
5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project phQtographs, damage or
settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record iilformation.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise
the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of the Owner's operation and
maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from the site,
along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 1
along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.
B.
Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the OWNER will either
proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The OWNER
will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the
Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will
be issued.
1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A.
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection fOf certification of final
acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Reinspection Procedure: The OWNER will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice ":,, .
that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been:"'.,
completed.
1.
Upon completion of reinspection, the OWNER will prepare a certificate of final
acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the OWNER will advise the Contractor of
Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are
required for final acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
(Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 ~ 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02050 - SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A General: A soils investigation report has been prepared for the site of this work by
Atlanta Testing and Engineering, hereinafter referred to as the ~oil Engineer.
1.2 RELATED WORK
A Related work described elsewhere:
1. Excavation for footings and foundations: Section entitled "Earthwork".
1.3 GENERAL
A. Attachment: The soils investigation report is attached to this section.
B. Use of Data:
1. This report was obtained for the Contractor's use in design. The report is available
for bidders' information, but is not a warranty of subsurface conditions.
2. Bidders should visit the site and acquaint themselves with all existing conditions.
Prior to bidding, bidders may make their own subsurface investigations to satisfy
themselves as to site and subsurface conditions, but all such investigations shall be
performed only under time schedules and arrangements approved in advance by the
Engineer.
. 1.4 ATTACHMENT
A. Subsurface Exploration and Report.
END OF SECTION 02050
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
02050 - 1
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
fi1I ~
IlSJ atlanta testing & ~ngineering
--
.. .n . _
, . . . .... . ..
. . . ..
. .. .. :. .- .".. "". ,"
" ~:RE~ORTOF SUBSt.JRF~CE':,:,:'::..::/:; : .','. ',': ,':
,,;,' EXP' L"O' RAT' "I"O..'".'N" ';".::,':{."::,:<.:'.:./'.,'::::;::(:::
'". : .;" '. . '~':. . -" '.:t-.-:..:. :.::;....;-;.::: ;:;::-: . .":::.::: '.;".:
.. .... .......
.. . . ... . . .
::. .,.. . -';";: ':<'.';'.'-'>~',.:. '".,
, , ,
. ... . . . .. .. . .
,::,.' 1 OOO"OOO-Gallon ", , ':: <" ,
" , ,', , ,,' <',.,.':.':. ;",,:,' ,,,', ':', ..""
': .' ':,:: ",;:'::;'~levate~..'.V ate:~;:::~~~k':",':'::i::,';:,:;::::';::'.": :
,=;:.:::' :.,';;,.... ~,gg~H1;:~:Ri~hmon(1::9(:f~:llty;:G.~9F~~,::::.:::::,':..:.:
-
. "
, ,
... ...... .
. ... .., ....
-.,;.-
Prepared for:
Johnson Laschober & Assodates
1293 Broad Street
Augusta, Georgia 30903
Prepared by:
Atlanta Testing & Engineering
, 3 Technology Circle
Columbia, South Carolina 29203
(803) 935-1700
Job No. U-1016. Report No. 103623
May 11, 1998
-. ~. .. .- ,...
. =,.~-~~ :i~ ~. ~ ~~~.. .~~~ ~=~ ;.;_c~ ;~~~ :.~\g ~;'j~0,;~~ ,:~~:~~:~:~ ~~~ ~ ~, ~~; : ~~ ~,
~'7:;, ~ atlanta test'lng!'-' ,~,~'--. -, ~ ,'......' ,,-' ,.-,.,. '~.~'-;-- . . I
_; 1\..A _ S ~! f;,..J:: ,~S!~! I::) · ,-;, 10; i; C i es: :iiC 6 ~:",,:):n~e"'iii'l
... '. . "_"' '_' _. " . __ . . __; '......".. l~. l i I......., . J .: . ~
..:; ,8 ~ec~:~~:,~~:::' ~:~:::,,~o ::;':~(~)~~:~~ ~f::~::) :3&~~Jnt:; t S 3ti'l
May 11, 1998
,Johnson Laschober & Associates
1293 Broad Street
Augusta, Georgia 30903
Attention: Mr ~ Brian Slater
Re: Report of Subsurface Exploration
I,OOO,OOO-Gallon Elevated Water Tank ,
Augusta, Richmond County, _Georgia
Job No. U-I016, Report No. 103623
Gentlemen:
Atlanta Testing & Engineering (AT &E) has completed a subsurface exploration for the referenced project.
This exploration was conducted in general accordance with our Proposal No. 97-1778, dated December
31, 1997 as authorized by Mr. Slater. The purpose of the exploration was to obtain subsurface data so
that we could evaluate feasible foundation system(s), general soil and/or 'rock conditions, groundwater
levels across the site, general earthwork considerations, and potential earthwork problems. This report
represents our understanding of the project, the subsurface conditions encountered, and our assessments
and recommendations regarding the above considerations.
The scope of our services did not include any environmental assessment or, investigation for the presence
or absence of wetlands or hazardous or toxic materials in the soil, surface water, groundwater, or air;
on, below, or around the site. Any statements in this report or on the soil boring logs regarding odors
noted or unusual or suspicious items or conditions observed are strictly for the infonnation of our client.
REPORT OVERVIEW
Site soils consist of low to moderate consistency Coastal Plain sands and clays to the 75 feet maximum
depth of exploration. The upper 8:1: feet of the soil profile was generally low consistency sands. Soil
consistencies below that level were considerably higher. Stabilized groundwater levels ranged from ll-Ih
to 18-lh feet below the ground surface.
georgia · florida · carolinas
. '. r.
I
:,1
I
'I
I
pi
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
Job No. U-1016
Report No. 103623
Page No. -2-
If the estimated settle~e.nts are within structural tolerance level, both tank configurations (steel or
composite) can be supported by shailow spread footings bearing in the moderate consistency native soil
at a depth of eight (8) feet below the existing ground surface. Foundations bearing at this depth can be
sized based on a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 4 ksf.
PROJECT INFORMATION
We understand that the project will include the erection of a 1 ,000 , oOo-gallon elevated water tank. Under
current consideration are two elevated tank designs, a steel tank with a central riser and eight perimeter
legs and a composite tank with a central riser supporting the entire tank. Information provided by the
manufacture indicates that when fully loaded the steel tank would have a combined dead and live load
of 2,620 kips on the central riser and 813 kips on each leg. Seismic and wind loads add an additional
316 kips to each perimeter leg. The composite tank has a total (dead and live) load of 10,045 kips on
the central riser. .Seismic loads add an additional 98 kips. The basal overturning moment on this
structure due to earthquake loading is 67,200 kip-foot.
EXPLORATION AND TESTING PROCEDURES
The procedures used by Atlanta Testing & Engineering for field sampling and testing are in general
accordance with ASTM procedures and established geotechnical engineering practice. Brief descriptions
of field procedures used as well as the data obtained are presented in the Appendix of this report.
A total of 4 soil test borings were performed in the area of the tank footprint, 1 boring at the tank center,
and 3 borings along the perimeter. The perimeter borings were extended to a depth of 40 feet while the
central boring was taken at a depth of 75 feet. All of the borings were perfonried using a truck mounted
drill rig. Standard penetration tests were performed in the soil test borings at 2-112 to 5 feet intervals.
Prior to performing the soil test borings, a member of our professional staff performed a brief site
reconnaissance, noting pertinent site and topographic features as well as surface indicators of the site's
geology. The boring locations as shown on the site plan provided by JLA were staked in the field by
members of their staff and are assumed to be accurate. The data is presented on the Boring Location Plan
in the Appendix. No surface elevations were provided and, therefore, are not shown on the Test Boring
Records.
The split-spoon samples obtained during the 'standard penetration testing were returned to our laboratory
and were reviewed by a graduate geotechnical engineer. The purposes of this review were to check the
field classifications, visually estimate the relative percentages of the soils' constituents (sand, clay, etc.)
and identify pertinent structural features. The stratification lines shown on the boring records represent
the approximate boundaries between soil types, and the actual transition may be gradual.
Job No. U-lOI6
Report No. 103623
Page No. -3-
SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
SITE CONDITIONS
The proposed site.is located on the south side of Frontage Road, approximately 670 feet west of its
intersection with Wheeler Road in Augusta, Richmond County, Georgia. The 0.7:t acre site is set back
from Frontage Road approximately 135 feet and accessed by a 20 feet wide right-of-way easement. The
'. proposed site adjoins a retention pond area along its west side. " .
The site is thickly forested with small hardwood trees. Within the area of the proposed water tank, we
understand the site to be generally flat.
AREA GEOLOGY
The site is in Georgia's Coastal Plain Physiographic Province. The Coastal Plain is a wedge-shaped
deposit of Cretaceous and younger sediments which ranges in thickness from near zero at the contact with
the Piedmont Physiographic Province (the Fall Line) along its northwest edge, to thousands of feet at the
coast. Coastal Plain soils are marine deposits which range in age from recent near ,the contact with
ancient continental'rocks at the "Fall Line" to Cretaceous near the coast. They contain various materials
including interbedded soft arid hard limestones, gravels, sands, silts, and clays, as well as organics.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS.
Below a 3 to 6 inch veneer of topsoil, the borings encountered low to moderate consistency Coastal Plain
soils to the 75 feet maximum depth of exploration. The upper 8 feet of the site soils consist of low
consistency fine sands with standard penetration resistance values ranging from 2 blows per foot (bpf)
to 9 bpf. Below that level and to a depth of about 28 feet, the standard penetration resistance values
increased markedly, ranging from 16 to 56 bpf and averaging in the middle twenties. The remainder of
the explored profile consisted of moderate to high consistency Coastal Plain sands and clays. Standard
penetration resistance values typically averaged in the middle thirties.
Groundwater was encountered in each of the borings performed at the site. Stabilized groundwater levels
ranged from II-Ih feet to I8-lh feet below the ground surface. We do not anticipate'that groundwater
will adversely affect construCtion activities butmay be encountered at the base of the footing excavations,
depending upon the time of year in which construction takes place.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Job No. U-I016
Report No. 103623
Page No. -4-
LIl\HT A TIONS OF CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Johnson Laschober & As~ociates for specific
application to the subject project. Our conclusions and recommendations have been prepared using
generally accepted standards of geotechnical engineering practice in the State of GC?orgia. No other
warranty is expressed or implied. This company is not responsible for the conclusions, opinions, or
recommendations of others based on these data.
Our conclusions and recommendations are based on the design information furnished to us, the data
obtained from the previously described subsurface exploration, and our past experience. They do not
reflect variations in the subsurface conditions which are likely to exist between, our borings and in
unexplored areas of the site. These variations result from the inQerent variability ~f the subsurface condi-
tions in this geologic region. If such variations become apparent during construction, it will be necessary ,
for us to ,fe-evaluate our conclusions and recommendations based upon on-site, observation of the
conditions.
If the overall design location of the water tank is changed, the recommendations contained in this report
must not be considered 'valid unless the changes are reviewed by our, firm and our recommendations
modified or verified in writing. When the design is finalized; we should be given the opportunity to
review the foundation plan, grading plan, and applicable portions of the project specifications. This
review will. allow us to check whether these documents are consistent with the intent of our
recommendations.
Field observations, monitoring, and quality assurance testing during earthwork and foundation installation
are an extension of the geotechnical design. We recommend that the owner retain these services and that
we be allowed to continue our involvement in the project through these phases of construction. Our firm
, ,
. ,
is not responsible for interpretation of the data contained in this report by others, nor do we accept any
responsibility for job site safety which is the sole responsibility of the contractor:
Job No. U-IOI6
Report No. 103623
Page No. -5-
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMl\1ENDATIONS
GENERAL DISCUSSION
The foundation recommendations (shalloW spread footings) and associlited consequences (i.e., settlement)
have been relayed to the engineers. We ~nderstand that these recommendations are acceptable within the
constraints of their design. For this reason, we have not addressed the possibility ot deep foundations.
Due to the inherent variability of the Coastal Plain soils on which the foundations will bear, ~e
recommend that the assumed soil conditions be verified in the field during construction. The means and
methods of verification are discussed herein.
FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS'
Foundation Analvsis
As indicated by the structural engineer,. either of the two tank configurations may be used in the final
design. Therefore, we have been requested to analyze each case. For each rriOdelwe have used a
maximum allowabl,e bearing pressure of 4 ksf and a bearing surface of 8 f~t below the existing ground.
surface, allowing the foundation to bear on the moderate conSistency Coastal Plain soils found in the
borings at that depth. Based on the bea~ng capacity analysis of the various footing configurations, the
4 ksf maximum allowable bearing pressure embodies a factor safety of at least :3 against bearing capacity
failure.
Steel Tank
For the steel tank, we have used a vertical load of 2,620 kips applied to the central riser and 813 kips
on each of the eight perimeter legs. This assumes that both the dead and live loads will contribute to the
long term settlement. of the structure. Seismic loads are temporary loads' and are not expected to
contribute to long term settlement. The model indicates that settlement on the order' of 2-~ inches,and
2 inches at the central riser and perimeter legs, respectively should be anticipated. Differential settlement
between the center and perimeter columns should be on the order of * inch;
Composite Tank
A combined load of 10,045 kips (dead ;1I1d live loads) was similarly used to model the settlement for the
composite tank. A settlement magnitude at the center of a singular square footing (i.e, mat foundation)
would be on the order of 3-* inches, _with a differential settlement of approximately. I inch. Designing
the foundation as a rigid mat capable of withstanding the differential settlement would reduce the total
settlement to about 3 inches. A subgrade reaction modulus of 25 pci should be used in such a design.
, The mat should be designed rigid enough to maintain a uniform'soil bearing pressure of 4 ksf.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LI1\1IT A TIONS .OF CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Job No. U-I016
Report No. 103623
Page No. -4-
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Johnson Laschober & Associates for specific
application to the subject project. Our conclusions and recommendations have been prepared using
generally accepted standards of geotechnical engineering practice in the State of Georgia. No other
warranty is expressed or implied. This company is not responsible for the conclu~ions, opinions, or
recommendations of others based",.DIl. these data. , ,',
Our conclusions and recommendations are.. based on the design information furnished to us, the data
obtained from the previously described subs!lrface exploration, and our past experience. They do not
reflect variations in the subsurface conditions which are likely to exist between our borings and in
unexplored areas of the site. These variations: result from the inherent variability of the subsurface condi-
, tions in this geologic region. If such variations become apparent during construction, it will be necessary ,
for us to ..re-evaluate our conclusions and recommendations based upon on-'site ,observation of the
conditions'.
If the overall design location of the water tank is changed, the recommendations contained in this report
must not be considered valid. unless the ~hanges are reviewed by our firm and our recommendations
modified or verified in writing. When the design is finalized, we should be given the opportunity to
review the foundation plan, grading plan, and applicable portions of the project specifications. This
review will. allow us to chec~ whether these documents ,are consistent with the .intent of our
recommendations.
Field observations, monitoring, and quality assurance testing during earthwork and foundation installation
are an extension of the geotechnical design. We recommend that the owner retain these services and that
we be allowed to continue our involvement in the project through these phases of construction. Our firm
is not responsible for interpretation of the data contained in this report by others, 'nor do we accept any
responsibility for job site safety which is, the sole responsibility of the contractor.
Job No. U-1016
Report No. 103623
Page No. -5-
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOl\1MENDATIONS
GENERAL DISCUSSION
The foundation recommendations'(shallow spread footings)and associated consequences (i.e., settlement)
have been relayed to the engineers. We understand that these recommendations are acceptable within the
constraints oftheir"design. For this reason, we hav.enot addressed the possibilityot deep foundations.
Due to the inherent' variability of the Coastal Plain soils on which the foundations will bear, we
recommend that the assumed soil conditions be verified in the field during 'construction. the means and
methods of verification are discussed her~in.
FOUNDATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Foundation Analvsis
As indicated by the structural engineer, either of the two tank configurations may be used in the final
design. Therefore, we have been requested to analyze each case. For each model we have used a
maximum allowable bearing p.ressure of 4 lesf and a bearing surface of 8 feet below the existing ground,,;
surface, allowing the foundation to bear' on the moderate consistency Coastal Plain soils found in the
borings at that depth. Based on the bealing capacity analysis of the variouS footing configurations, the-
4 ksf maximum allowable bearing pressu'te embodies a factor safety of at least 3 against bearing capacity ,
, '
failure.
Steel Tank
For the steel tank, we have used a vertical load of 2,620 kips applied to the central riser and 813 kips
on each of the eight perimeter legs. This assumes that both the dead and live-loads will contribute to the
long term settlement of the structUre. ' Seismic loads are temporary loads and are not' expected to
contribute to long term settlement. The model indicates that settlement on the,order of 2-~ inches and
2 inches at the central riser and perimeter legs, respectively should be anticipated. Differential settlement
between the center and perimeter columns should be on the order of * inch.
Composite Tank
A combined load of 10,045 kips (deadand live loads) was similarly used to model the settlement for the
composite tank. A settlement magnitude at the center of a singular square footing (i.e, mat foundation)
would be on the order of 3-~ inches, with a differential settlement of approximately 1 inch. Designing
the foundation as a rigid mat capable of withstanding the differential settlement would reduce the total
settlement to about 3 inches. A subgrade reaction modulus of 25 pcishould be used in such a design.
, The mat should be designed rigid enough to maintain a uniform soil beariIlg pressure of 4 lesf.
I.
I
I
I
I
cr." I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
General Recommendations
Job No. U-I016
Report No. 103623
Page No. -6-
Soil forces may be used to resist both uplift and sliding of the foundation. The weight of the footing and
the compacted soil above it may be u~ed to resist uplift forces. To compute the soil weight, we
recommend that a unit weight of 110 pcf be used above the groundwater table. This unit weight is based
upon the assumption that the excavated native soils will be used as compacted backfill and that these soils
will be compacted to at least 95 p,ercent of their standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM 0698).
~ ' .
The volume of soil may be assumed to be a wedge that extends 15 degrees from the vertical from the top
perimeter edge of the footing to the ground surface.
..
Passive earth pressure of soil adjacent to the footing as well as soil friction at the footing base may be
used to resist shear. An ultimate friction coefficient between the concrete fopting and soil can be assumed
to be 0.35. For computational purposes, the ultimate passive soil resistance may be assumed to act as
a.fluid with an equivalent unit weight of 325 pcf. We recommend that a safety factor of at least 2 be
used to determine the soil's allowable resistance to shear and uplift.
In order to achieve sufficient uplift, overturning, and horizontal shear resistance~ footings may require
a deeper embedme~t or a greater footprint size than needed to satisfy the bearing capacity and settlement
criteria. We will be available to review the final foundation design for conformance with geotechnical
conditions .
The strength properties of soil exposed at the footing subgrade will change if exposed to weather
extremes. Every effort should be made to place concrete the same day as the excavation is completed.
If inclement weather is expected, a lean (1,000 psi) concrete veneer about 3 inches thick should be placed
on the exposed subgrade. If these protective measures are not implemented, excavation of disturbed soil
may be required. .
Review of the boring data indicate that some variability in subsurface conditions can be expected. Our
estimated settlements assume that the subsurface conditions beneath each footing are similar to conditions
defined by our borings, while conditions at the unsampled areas are assumed to be the average of the
sampled areas. We therefore recommend that each individual footing excavation be evaluated by a
representative of our firm to observe that the field conditions are reflective of our assumptions. The
evaluation should include hand auger borings with penetrometer tests. A description of the penetrometer
and its use is attach~d in the Appendix. Any low consistency soil identified during these evaluations
should be undercut and replaced with compacted No. 57 stone or mass concrete.
Job No. U-1016
Report No. 103623
Page No. -7-
Excavation for the foundations will create a thin veneer of disturbed soil at the foundation subgrade. For,.
excavation work above the groundwater level, we recommend that this disturbed soil be selectively hand
cleaned prior to placing the reinforcing steel or compacted in place to least 95 percent of its standard
Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D698). For below groundwater excavations, the footing bottom
should be underlain by at least 12 inches of No. 57 stone to prevent loosening of footing subgrade soils
by upward seepage forces. The stone further provides a porous medium for pumping the groundwater
and a stable ,working ,surface for reinforcing steel placement. Furthermore, th~ footing bott<;>m should
be free of all fall-in prior to placing concrete.
Due to the variability of the subgrade soils, we recommend that the compJeted tank be stage-loaded and
releveled, if necessary, to compensate for differential settlement. Settlement monitoring points should
be established on the anchor bolts following erection of the structure. Thereafter, the tank should be
incrementally loaded with water. We recommend that the load be applied in four equal increments up
to the design load. A minimum waiting period of 48 hours between each increment is recommended.
Once filled, settlement at the anchor bolts should be monitored periodically. Total estimated settlement
under the influence of the design load of 4 ksf has been previously noted for the two tank configurations.
The actual magnitude of settlement will depend on the variability of the subsurface conditions. For
planning purposes" we suggest that you allow 2 to 3 weeks for the Completion of settlement monitoring. -"
If objectional differential settlement has occurred, the tank can be drained and releveled using the leveling
nuts on the ancbor bolts. . Details regarding the monitoring of settlement an~ releveling of the foundation
should be determined by representatives of Atlanta Testing & Engineering during construction. Based
on the anticipated magnitude of settlement, we recommend that flexible connections for all piping be
incorporated into the design of the water tower.
EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS
Only a minimal amount of earthwork is anticipated to be required for construction of the entrance drive,
underground utilities, etc. We recommend that the construction area be stripped of surface vegetation
and topsoil. Prior to fill placement, the exposed sU,bgrade should be evaluated by a member of our staff
by observing proofrolling with a loaded tandem axle dump truck or similar piece of rubber tired
equipment. Any areas judged to rut or deflect excessively should be undercut to firm native soils prior
to placing any fill. These soils should be placed in relatively thin layers (not exceeding 6 to 8 inches)
and compacted to at least 95 percent of the soil's maximum dry density as determined by the standard
Proctor compaction test (ASTM D698). In our opinion, excavated natural soils from the site can be used
as structural fill, although some moisture content adjustment of the soils will be necessary to achieve
satisfactory compaction.
Density tests should be performed as needed by our personnel to confirm that the required compaction
is being obtained. The backfill over the spread footings should also be compacted to the recommended
density to achieve the recommended uplift resistance. Density tests should be performed on at least 1-
foot vertical increments.
I
I
I
I
I
'I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
i
~
Job No. U-1016
Report No. 103623
Page No. -8-
; ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Atlanta Testing & Engineering appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you on this phase of the
project. We remain available to provide consulting services and quality control testing during the
construction phase. If you have any questions concerning this report or if we may be of further service,
please call us.
Respectfully submitted,
.. j(dn OimhnJrI'
Kevin Sohrabnia, P.E.
Senior Geotechnical and Materials Engineer
SC Registration No. 16603
PAM/KS:Icpm.:,
Attachments
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
!
, 1
!
APPENDIX
. ' SITE LOCATION..PLAN -",
BORING LOCATION PLAN
TEST' BORING RECORDS
PROCEDURES
ASFE - IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR
ENGINEERING REPORT
~)~',:?iff:~$l, ::?1}il::::~~' ': : :'~'@::@~':::::\:%$?~;:8@~~1;;~~:C:::':;:'::t::r:<J::\\'..::j;:~~)Stt7:\:i:t::::il" (li::\~4~'\\)\I< ~
t},F;~~~:'~F;~g;;';~;,~+:: ':' ; "::::~l:t);\\~rf~::'~~z;j::;:': :'>: Y~~~~-:'\~::,:::':;::}1&t\2::::<', ~\;, ~::;.::~:~t0~~:; :::: :,. ~
::\'fj} '" "~V2:":>i:',l~' ",)"\," '31fM::::?:!;r.:~,..., ,.. '" ,,', ' '~'::::'E1i,:PP8-,ht,;b~ ~),.. t:::\; .,',. (j,.. " , ::l
:y~:;:-::::\;:,',:,: :<:::~i.\l:;l'li'II"lili "11:11 :,':: ':,:':-:::>~S;'~tj>Ef;\":':~;J:'''::,>:':::':':::;i:~~~::X:,;::\%'~~,rJrYi:~:,\:::j;:;;:(~h,::l ~-
!,; ..', :, ',~,,:,: ~)" 1, " ,......, ,:..~;f":,'::'",~,:,;",,:,:;~, ,".: :"'~~'Vii~:::::o:~:':\::::ji~f,~I' .,..;:::,F:.:,;,:"::~<~-.j.
:::~<::,;?\i::::::,:[~~i;ii;::\}:: '~' :'1(, ::' ":,,,::,: "'::::,:':':';:U/:::\i:::::;:';/::.:::::,::,:;;,:::;}.;: rGiJ~':~Cio:f.~~j:;'i,:~~;s;.:";~:~~:.'.i::,,::i~:I::::!::.:\::i:ti~r ':',' -
:g;,';'~:[~t~~mr:':': ::ili,~:~*'~;;;::::;;vg.::,:,,:::,,::,:,::::::'::\(::::::':::;:::':"':~~\:]:\:i::,:::~tjk:J::i:j:=;J~pr.~I':'~:9t::U~.", :i:': g ~
d:;/:':,: "':/:;-~:I<ll:::~:;:I"~'\ :?:~~:~; ::::,::;:::::;,:-,::::,::::::::-:",./: ':':':::::}4~:;;;;:::::'::,'i.g::l~':[t:t.;"::~;:::(: ,,:\~gg~~~~:, r':':':::;:::>,;:!,\: ': ': ~ ~
iii;' :.-:'.... . . '. .:. : ",: :',: ":~~' \m' :.::: ~i ~S:i.;,;::':"':""':::,::: -:. ": .:~.:::::r.: '::: ::'7If:~~:r"i~~W~~t~:2...::'6:r:.:: r:::::v:;J, ..::..:::qg~:::I:::I:j:!'::'li~:;:~"; ~.: .},,8~~~~I;~}:::\f;.' ;:::. -,
"'.. ;', "'S~ ',': """ ;', ..,'.."'.....:.::;,;::,:,:,:,:,;:';.,;,' ..,.:, ::,".',:., ,~w,:, ;r;::-",,"::!~:r;""{j!UPY: :;"<~f:,:{:;\:.:tt{:?:/.,:t
ig:f~~:i;tfL~:<::;,i:':\i \\:::::.:~ ,,::/,:';; '3;;:',::~' ',;"~' ,.',., ",,::'.\},.,,'~~: ':~~~11!-i~'::::-;lj:':I,":3i<!..:i::,:'::tI:ii~' ~ -
~"~Iijft;n::':!)\',: :~;C-'~~U1~~i,:?,l:{,.c,;'".:~::;::~~~;~t ~ ~ ~
'-:.;:'\' ' ..',",,;. R? \~';l' :::,dii;::~~~':::::';:Y" '~i~ ',,," ..j;Ho~, ::::,.., .., ":',' ,,'. '" ,;;::::,,, ",..' , ::: u z
i@~' '" :~':\:,',:, : .,'. %dr :,;~L::;)~~,~ffi~imm~l: ' ~~ :'::":':':'~~-:<::::::::::::A#,:::,;,..:,,::;::j::;:Y;L::;)::::::~t;hr;3.i:,;!?;::]:::::::::} II)
~',t,::, : '.:' '.:::,~z:~;<j:]'IJ:' ~1J~<;:'~8':'~:~ :::::~~(' .JIT;f ,,:~j;It.I:::'::~,.~g:~~:~~~h.::~~}~~~;;f.~:~~'::.:i:'..;.:::.;;;-~;J~,!:.: "': -=-
:: .,.. ,"',',' .."l..".,~::)\;:::..,.. ,..:~)):;:; ~.,.., t..."'.,..,:::':::,:.,:::::=,@\::..."'" '.':."....-:J:\:f('...':.....'..'
~ ',,' ';:.!:":'i::~:,, ,;;':, .~~~~' ,:,,"'~':.~,~,:1'(~:::::::.,.: ';~:~: :i~< ::::,: :'::.::;[' ~:',;.::.:;':::':.::::~},:~,.i:.:i,:~,:;;;):;:::.:::::::::.,:':E:::::; ::.:::,:::;;{:'~':.:.l:::;:::\;~:!i::;::i::::;:!:i:ii:::i;::!;:.:;,.\:.::;:~;~:~~~t:;;.i ~ ~
.....' ....,:::'?ti~\.:0 :',:' : ",:,'.; : :'t;~~~. ~'X ~::::};:::::ll' , ' "":' ': :':': ~(:t}): :.:2:;:::,::': ,::,:.,; :1':::' :,:;:\~~:;o:,:,<7fif.:,:,:,\,:,:;,:,:::;:::::;:,::::::::;::!:::::}:::";,,:,:,:.:~'t::::.'I;~ \ J:
~;:,::: ,..,~{,(:?::):r... '''Y':: (::;(lY::::{I' ...... "'~;:~Jt.tr"'"'' .."% "....,... ....",..,..",..... .. "':,::~::...,....,...;::::::lttl~,.:~,. 'U
~ji~:':::::~f;:::::':::::,:::.:.:..:U.~ .:~~~~;~J,.,::i~~.,~::l':,:::,::'::::':':::::::,' "::)~~'::;~~I,j:':::::::::::;:?i:ill:i:::~ ,::;.',;:::;:::::::'::;",:::,;:::;:::;;'j;::J:'::~:::i:!:,:'::::I,:::i::,i::~::i:':~,:!~:i:::::;;!;:I!~;::iW I \/~ ~
{:)..-",:;~J::.:::::::ili.E:~f ' l' <..,;{fK::}!: ',. , .., ......., .......~,:.. @'::"l' '....,' ,..............' ..' ...."",.., . '..........., y=....".."f{}j m
r}1:8::t:*;i%t::~\~:.:K: 'J;X:;~ik;:::'~U{i'::::~::i:::::::;:;91:?'::;f;'t\;:::;:::r::~t ~<;(:,:.'r'(:,(:;:::T::)'i::::,::::,:U:+:~:~;t11~gl4.:kf ". : ~
~ii~~i.iif.T,.i:S~~f':~::i'.;ihW4;.i;~i;:d~l~j'\::i;t-/i i ~ i2
~::~(2{{~~~ ~\~ :;:{i~~t;~i::/j};::..'::~'~~;-'::':::'~':.)'KJ.!;i:!::~ :''::::::::'::;::/::/';:: ,::::::::>?;.: ,:\:':: ':::,: :<":: \:t/-::;;'::,:;,:;:) ::~\:::f;j:;:~;,:: :'," ~
:~'f;:.&;UO::"f-,:.;~~:,:.:;fd)i:/J.-riri{J ;:~:;~::~ ,:,':. ',':' i:/'~:/ ,',::' :,}::-:\, :' ',-":,:., :" ; ,"<': ,:",:,:.;L~:>::2":ji:i1El#~{\//:": CO
~'3?~g::;{l~~J$~,~:~~i~lf::.0.,t.,,:: '/::..~~~k,''''','', :',:);:;:;;::j:;:,=::~..'~~tX:~-;~:S)~::....,::t., ',<\;.::: :.::]:!: ~ ~
.., ,,:~~3';('1.~../, '.. ;~~/:,~J~;:~J,,/::=.t.:::'r!N:. \<:;::,:.::::'i::::',:;:,,>)::i;:(::::':;':::'T\r::;:;',<~ l ,::r-::1:~~~<,O:l:: 0 ~
:.J..,.... ....,,'='~:~4:::T~, ,:::''1;::,,::~.. N"",::::, ..',::::j-.' ' '\:~;' '" ,. I:::::,:: ....'
;,;::. 'Li, <:d1@::U:' :::::,:~Lilrt:l?~-:'< L<=::::~:;:{:::b~ i\)(:': ,\:,,:',:',:,,;;;:=:j1';."':,: :;;::'-;~4t%::" > ~.~.,'l<:: :::::::;:::::.: :";' -
il;;r~{f(,:::!:!:::!::,:! ::.::::;,::,::::~.,:;:::;::,J':m.]ii:~:i~.":~~'~~:~'1~~:~~i~:"':i';';;':.:":.,.:, \ "':.:.,.:.::::';':/ 's
~i;;~l!l~~~lifG';~.il;;!J~}!F~1 ill!l~i~~!~i~~;;.!k;"i~ ...{'
;gii~~k;; ;:.'. ..i!~,~;})t~;;'fi!1~;\: ~i(;;~'1t!.::.::1:;,;~j;'i.i;7i':h{;1 . ;': ;
'i~~g~~ ".;.';"!/l!1(.:;.:~;;,~~:;~\;;'\.:..::i~.t(.~J~~'-; ~'.!:".
~~$7-:~,~.,,:: ':' ~> ;Ufl!::"::j":Ei:: :::: :.-: ~+~f.;':!:!:,:,:::,:Jr:::<::r::,':: ~~II::<ii f}<::,~~~~~::~:.(,:l~;I:i: !'~..~I~:'.',< :1'"
IO".~, '. ''&' .. . ,....... ' ...' ... ..,.:d;]~'a<ll'U;J.:; ~._~ .,}:\:\::\.. l- ,.... ...',
:RfD~~ffA<C,;,;~> ~,~: \j,L,;,' VJ :::: ':,:':\ ::::::::"~:;.:::'::miflE;:b:"\' 'i,:,:~.:,' '\'\:>~'::): <,',/":::;::':t...:::::<:::~:.' ,- ,
::~':~<:~J:':i~(J::~: };f~-;.:: >1\11::': ','::: \,'::: :':::,'::-;':':;:f',:;::,;::::j.-:':::::::::::;>:, .... '=W:-':{;',~! 'l~~ ":\",'::'::'::::,:,i":::.:: '':::1~'':;~:;~~~'~~ ,:,~
\:g ':1:1;.:;r~~:~~~:i;f~.-::L:',:::~<_ :"::::::";:::::::::::';:::,::;:':::]:;:;:::;:::,,:":::',:.::", \'\::h'::;::' ,:,:,!:::\:t:\.'::::':>> y:' ~'-.,-'
U'~ '~ 1.:lf.[~W. ~' ((,,~, -, ' '. ;:;:/;::(".." ,':,:'::-':,; ::;:, ;,.",' :",'::::;.. '. ::;?~ ' :,', .~::::::~t~~\Q k ,,,--
[~P~~ ";[~tt~~: '~';:'C~~:::::.j'j::~']'I:::::':0z~~:qii,~~~~!,:,i:..*:~^::;~~t~:>~~~:~'t:&,-"-'--~'>:,\i,:?%t~~, :::;,'!';,i
~'~ ,:3?~<::;;ti.~r:~{:::t;C:~q;',. : ""'<'/'>~>:'I):t.;,\r~~I" ;":';::':::~~~~:)~II\.:-~i:{" rJ/:Xm:::::~.;: -~. ': Jl
~' \o?,. ~i~::>'~1{::d,t ~ ',>.' ,': :,'1'^>';;.;'::\~:';" ': ':)''}:=:=:itl [:\\"'; - ',11' "::, :x4F-/:>:: '\,:::::j::. (>" ..' ~
82~\E: ,:..},~""~;jY~>;f.t,;:,:' ,:.0\\:"::-< z ,':J<(::\:':~::}{\\ \ ~ :: ,;, "::";:':: :::,~~:'::, .":\:':,=:::::::::: '-<,
l~:~;:->::-~::;'\~r'l~t:%f%.:'1& (, ,'.. "~:);-~:':\'./', .".. ..",:',: " ,",\ ! ~k:::1:: ....: ::~;::'::...,- ':,,':j,:::::;:::::/"
i>tT'i~'";~/'~.{;,<~.'~\.~",,,,:/:i::A:"~\.., -<t;~;~<~:' ":': .. ~i:':':::' :' ',',~UX:: ::j';\'*C:[:i::' :::
~ ,:,,,,.;::,c.,:::'Yn,-.::,,",,, /:',,:, .<~ ::,::/:: ~,.",,;:;,;::~~ ':'.'1" .9iJJ^"'-~%.:i\; ~~">'::>;; , ;\:>':..H,:
'" '>:")':-:'}:.:}::,::::.:.');x ~ :"it::.:j:>~......... :.':':'~~~ :.::" ......~~i.Il"':E::.:;. ':.?l;;: ~t;!:[i "{";;':-:'f-?:, otrlt~~;:::~.:: ::}
"'<\,:':<~!' ~. ,<:';.;;: :;::~.,:.. " 'r.....,:::' ,:f' :~?i" ';;,' :: .. 0i,;') (::' S~d,.)l ;: ':'~i,(::,:;; ~
;:,::::.wrg:<::C"'-" . ,'..',: <,," :I"C:':."::'-': ' " ":,:,:1 ~,:/, ' ,." \. ,:-"
~1~O ..-", '.. '" ~_,..;.j, ':t'" ' L.:~\:i:. , ',: ,. ,...: :::; ~3~'",,~ ;.;1" -:~' i" ''':,m~ ~
";.Jf~' ;l~{i~f.,..ttlJ: ::,: .::SN~i6:':' '1~":';t''''j~~~': :C~O~. "'r), .. ~- 'j ~
... . ~:\ti~ .-,- ,"g",":z 'lo.'../~: ,!712".:'_~ :1:-'3 <'-J'L::~ \, '''', ::,.. d"'f./i) 6,.,. " ,:tl <t
'. ':( ,?-:: :-'<-}:<~:-c. . :.~" '/. s"J' i:S)' . :~j""'i!:~'~S'j~ ....]... ~: .;.' \.. 'ety~.... '" 'S""
,,~,~;:,~:;;.,oW '&II\. :,::::::~,::,~ i '~;'::,: '"",' Jtr'ji '!:~ <1>\ ,< /:;:,;. ::" '::::' "', ..,\,.... N: ;' s: wI-
, ,...~~..u;,! ,', .-y ::~I: '~ " '" ~:,:,r':';:;;.;:.-l'~: : v' :"',4>\ .. ,\:','....~,.. ': '" C(t . 'r:; w
" ::X~ 'U::>: t,: '....-~.;j;L:; ",:/ ::t'o~:.i ';::D~ "''',: '<"'\ '.., :~"'V.' ,,_.2.;. .:0 a::
, , " "14~;;,..9.~<:: ~l ,'-;~ :?r!",,~... ::::::: i ':::: ~ " :::,>:'.": ,:,:ct- '" '::::~"~ ' I., 'D"'" I-
-. ::.~,,;;;:; Q(; "'T ,-~ > "::,:-::.,,Q, , " ;" ' "::QS.;\:,:':':-}~ :('0/,' , :,:':: CIl
'\, "-.:::f - : ~:;x ..~VALiER:;:~::::i.i:i:/:':':'}:':.;''''';): g,::;,\'<>1i. ..., '." .ld.o'l);, :-';.:.... ~
'....... "'. ~?, ~ '~";'.::~.'f?'7:;:::L'./ ',.,/:I,~. "/ ,>"" ".",.~-" Q a::
:;:'~ r:,::c::::',:,. ~"':;~l ...: : ::;,;::,.,:.:;::::::, ;',::, . :~"";';@ .....~.~ ' b)i.. '1<'''''' ::>
~i::}U ;'::i ::::::":'::,:.' ::,:><~::':' "..,..,.;:::.,:, ::::.;" '.,:,:i;F "W<~:, ': ~ ~ ,.,' . ~ 0
::;~'.,...,l~ ,;":: ':::::::-' d"~ ,.)", ' b u..'"tA::: ".,:::::':.1.:\ llJ! ,..~.1S ..:,-.l .' ,.": ,>::;::.,:,' ~ ~ CIl
.., ~,~.: t ::bJ. .A~~ <'. .) ( .. ~':'.i.: . ::\.. .:;-;:.
.,.,,:,lt~__ ;:,::' :::::'::-':,: M ,:,::::~",,,,,,,,,,,,,,,"~"'''''''''''''-:V'l::'::,,,,:, . ' >n)'" ""::':';':: ::':.',':'" ""f;"'::'\ " ,:,..',.., M e
.....:.~:. ;_~"..,.::~::.."."." '.M ,:':"::~', '.:,:.-: .,:....,....; ;~::,:.:::.:,::.f::::-:,.."', ,.:.. .~L' ;.:.~,.~....::.:/... .:::::;::.::,;.- .....1~...;';.. .'. .~... .. M
a..
e:{
~
Z
o
~
e:{
()
o
...J
W
~
U)
~
Z
e:{
~
a::
w
~
~
e:{
0(9
W _
~<(
e:{~
>U)
W::>
...J(9
W::>
..Je:{
e:{
(9
o
o
o
ci
o
o
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.....
c>U
c: C> en
'C 0 ro
0) 0 c:
0) 0)
.~ C> 0
c>een~
c:...........ro
Q)~c:<r
~.c~ro
C>~ ::J ~
c: en 0
:.t:'roC:O)
enuOc>
Q) c: U I
.....' ro
.c -C
ro U ._
..... Q) ~
c:..... 0
roo c;:::
:;::'0)
roc>
~
I
I
I
I
I
.. ,
I .";.;
.. :
..'.....
I '.
',".
I ~-
I .. ..
:..~.;"\
~
I
I
I
I
l-
V!
4J
r-
.J
5
V!
w
<
~
x
o
a:
(l
(l
<(
I
I
.
I
.10
o~
Z'O
Will
.J-
<( c:
o
V!
l;" .. ~
1",....
, "'J,"">':""~.'>'
. '. . :<".:-;:~' "\.l':
- . :-~;~:?) ::(;\~:: -
. . . '.
, . '..
'\t')
',co
:, , .
.~
"0
:~
.
.ClJ
~
'zz
~~
o
}'
I ~,
z
(l)C,.&.J
CI)~
wtx
~ q:',
(.) I, .:.
;z .., :
- "
. (I),
OV>
C'4L.J
Q:
e,.,
4J
~'I
:'m
.....:
:.; ,:'.~: .
'\ ..ij~.
',\"~~'~'~:' '". ,', ";":'<,',
_,",,' :'.< "':-::',: ,:";:;", ...' ,~~:,'::::~;Lj,~;
. ~'. t", '",". . . '. . - :..".~. t'I .1tt.
"1" 59";: ~ t' 6""~' :,<:~;,~" ,: \~)". ":j/:~r"..:i.
i' ,'~': ;'.... "h/},
5~22t09~'<W .r
I
'. "
~
w~
!;(,
01')
tj
N
,.
",
:...~~./:): ::'
"'1"
':. :.
, '
z
o
~
u
o
....I
}'. . ~ .;~
. .t.-.
":..' ":-'.-
. r:/':t.:
>t~::
- . ,~..,. l ':'
'. :'::;>;~~:.
." .',...' '~' ",' ",::::~::;::IT~
"c,;". . , . " "~."
:'>... ..\y.;.J}~;~
.:..~;. ','.,.c.~..:. ....;.:~.,......;.,..:~'
; :~:~;;~i~!).'.);~ij~~it~
- .--- 'fi
=.'..: y~--., ~~4~ti)
;;r-; ..:::::, . , ;'~' .~~~~ ),:;'
" .. ". ...... "::'.i,~"r :.:;.~
.
CJ:
~
'.
"
Z
oc
o
lD
, \
'.'.:
:..:;,:.::",":.
, "
. ".: '.;::
"
. ....
,".; -.< '"
,.
s."~~
:: .<
"
.' .......
}.::~~:.'~:.:7~::..~. ::.
.. '':..-
...:: >:~.~~ .'
. ~'I:
:. --.- .... ,".-
..;"
IX)
OJ
,
~
Z
~
Z a::
j w
~
0.. 3=
Z a <(
0 w
~ c.:>
......
E-< "Gj ~
< ...J
U W Ul
0 :J
Z c.:>
...:l 0 :J
...J <(
0 ...J
<(
Z c.:>
......
ll:: 0
0 0
o.
lIJ 0
0
0
b.O
~
.....
lo-4
(1)
(1)
~
.....
b.O
P
(1)
C)
..-4
b.O tn
B ro
o ~
Q) ;.:::
b.O 0
o ~
~rnro
'0 +oJ C)
~o I
...Groro
+oJ .....
~'3 ~
,..-4rno
ro~Q)
C) 0 b.O
..... CJ I
~ ro
...G "0
CJ .....
Q) ~
+oJ 0
o I"""i
Q) '+-4
b.O
~
b.O
~
.....
~
l'/l
(1)
-+-'
ro
~
~
ro
I"""i
~
ro
DEPTIf
'Fr.
0.0
0.4
DESCRIPTION
, '
ELEV
PENETRATION-BLOWS PER Fr.
':10 20
40 60 80 100
.,
o
S.S
k TOPSOH.. i r ~ .. '0 "'. .. .. 0,
COASTAL PLAIN - VERY LOOSE, TAN; FINE .. .,
SAND. (MOIST). , 0
. "
0..
LOOSE.-TAN,-FINETO MEDIUM -sAND: - - - - - . .
(MOIST). 41
-DENSE TO VERYFiRM~ ORANGE. FINE' SAND: - ~-'
WITH SOME SILT AND CLAY. (MOIST). .
' .
.
....
.. .
(,
,
FfRM~YEli:o\V, FiNEfoMEDruM sANb7 - -- ~-'
. '
WITH SOME SILT AND CLAY, (MOIST). "
.
,0
VERy-FIRM: bR:ANoE ANDYEl.i:o\v'.CLAYEY - :-: ~~
FINE..Mtill. (MOIST). ' . ..:.
. - .
..:. . .
. -
HARD, YELLOWisH WHITE f6\VlfrfE: SiLTY- - T-_--
CLAY. (MOIST). -,....
r_-
-~ .
r_ -
-~
r:. -
-)to
r:.-
-:.r-
r:. -
-~
r:. - .
-)to
r:. -
-:.r-
r:.-
--,,"
T_-
-:=
'" F:. - .
, -,..
8.0
17.0
22.0
27.0
I
2
3
9
32
26
.J
16
27
33
I
I
I
42
33
atlanta testing & engineering
BORING AND SAMPLING - ASTM D-1586
CORE DRILLING - ASTM D-2113
PENETRATION IS THE NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 LB. HAMMER
FALLING 30 IN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. J.D. SAMPLER 1 fT.
_ UNDISTURBED SAMPLE ~ WATER TABLE 24 HR.
soc;:, c;:, ROCK'CORE RECOVERY ~ WATER TABLE, T.O.D.
.... LOSS OF DRILLING WATER
, TEST BORING RECORD
I
I
I
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
REPORT. NO.
JOB NO.
B-1 (pg. 1 of 2)
2-18-98
103623
U-I016
BORING AND SAMPLING - ASTM D-IS86
CORE DRILLING - ASTM D-2113
PENETRATION IS THE NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 LB. HAMMER
FALLING 30 IN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. J.D. SAMPLER 1 fT.
_ UNDISTURBED SAMPLE ~ WATER TABLE 24 HR.
50c;:, c;:, ROCK CORE RECOVERY ~ WATER TABLE, T.O.D.
.... LOSS OF DRILLING WATER
I DEPTII
Fr.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
DESCRIPTION
ELEV
PENETRATION-BLOWS PER Fr.
!
"
40 60 80 100
"
o
10 20
42.0
HARD, YELLOWISH WHITE TO WHITIJ' SILTY F_
'. --,,"
CLAY, (MOIST). ! l<_-
-DENSE;-YELCOvl;' SILTY-FINE -SAND. -(Molsrf - -.::-.:r;
" .
x
'x
X
, " .
x ..'
.. x
.x
DENSE TO VERYFfRM~WHIfE~ SILfy-FiNETO- ~.-.
x
COARSE SAND. (MOIST). x
x
x
" .
. .x
"
x
"
x
"
. . . .x
, x .
.. x
..
x
. . .>< "
, x
DENSE, YELLOW, FINE SMill... WITH SOME
SILT AND. CLAY , (MOIST).
-
.
DENSE. WHITE AND YELLOW; SILTY CLAYEY .. ..- .-
FINE.Mtill., (MotST). " . ~'. -
f-. .-
f-' . '- .
-
~. .';"
f-' . '-
~. ..:.
. .
f- . -
~. ..:..
- ~
~:: :-
~. .-
~:: :-
~. ..:.
. .
~.-
~. ..:. ~
. .
BORING TERMINATED
.
42
46
47.0
34 ~
29
57.0
44
62.0
37
39
75.0
atlanta testing & engineering
TEST BORING RECORD
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
REPORT NO.
JOB NO.
B-1 (pg. 2 of 2)
2-18-98
103623
U-I016
DEPTIf
Fr.
0.0
0.6
DESCRIPTION
ELEV
PENETRATION-BLOWS PER Fr.
10 20
40 60 80 100
o
22.0
TOPSOn.. ~
COASTAL PLAIN .. VERY LOOSE TO L(j)()SE.' .. " .. ... , , '. ."
TAN TO REDDISH BROWN, FINE ~ 0
(MOIST).
.
.
VERYARMfODEN~~ORANGE.C~YEY--- . . .--
FINE.Mtill., (WET).
-- .
"
--
.
, . " .'
VERY-FIIftv[, ORANOE.-FfN'E-SAND. wmr - -- . .
SOME SILT AND CLAY.(WET).
-- .
,
.-
FfRM~BROWNANDGIfAy;d.J.YEY-FfNE- - -- -~ -.
SMm. (MOIST).
.
..
DENS'E;-ORANGE:,YELLOW'ANb-WifrfE::.C" - -- --
CLAYEY FINE SAND. (MOIST). '. '-
'-
'. '- ~
..:..
'. '-
HARDfO~RYHMm~WHITE-ANb~------ T-_--
BROWNISH WHITE TO BROWNISH WHITE, -~
SILTY..Q.AY, (MOIST). r_-
-,...
r_- .
-~
r:. -
-~
r:.-
-~
r:. -
-..1!'
r:. - .
-,..
r:. -
-:=
F:.-
-,..
r:.-
--"" .
r_- '-
-~
S.5
12.0
17.0
27.0
I
2
7
23
38
J
22
IS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
31
33
36
63
athilnta testing & engineering I
BORING AND SAMPLING.. ASTM D-1S86
CORE DRILLING.. ASTM D-2113
PENETRATION IS THE NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 LB. HAMMER
FALLING 30 IN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. J.D. SAMPLER 1 fT.
_ UNDISTURBED SAMPLE ~. WATER TABLE 24 HR.
50c;:, c;:,ROcK CORE RECOVERY - ~ WATER TABLE, T.O.D.
~ LOSS OF DRILLING WATER
TEST BORING RECORD
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
REPORT NO.
JOB NO.
B-2 (pg. 1 of 2)
2-18-98
103623
U-1016
I
I
I
I DEPTIf
Fr.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DESCRIPTION
ELEV
PENETRATI9N-BLOWS PER Fr.
42.0
HARD TO VERY HARD. WHITE AND j . IT- \
~-~
BROWNISH WHITE TO BROWNISH ~. ~--
f-\SILTY CLAY. (MOIST). r ~
" .
VERY DENSE. YELLOW TO WHITE, SILTY FINE . .X
TO MEDIUM ~ (MOIST). x
. .X ~
:
"
. . .X
. x
. .X
x
. .X
'x
. ,><
x l~
'>(
BORING TERMINATED
"
h
..
- ..
.'
,
-
,
-
.
.
,
-
o
10 20
40 60 80 100
.~l ~
50.0
SI
.
atlanta testing & engineering
BORING AND SAMPLING - ASTM D-lS86
I CORE DRILLING - ASTM D-2113 . . ,
PENETRATION IS THE NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 LB. HAMMER
FALLING 30 IN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. J.D. SAMPLER 1 fT.
1_ UNDISTURBED SAMPLE ~ WATER TABLE 24 HR.
soc;:, 'c;:, ROC'K CORE RECOVERY ~ WATER TABLE, T.O.D.
.... LOSS OF DRILLING WATER
TEST BORING RECORD
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
REPORT NO.
JOB NO.
B-2 (pg.2 of 2)
2-18-98
103623
U-1016
I
I
DEPTIf
Fr.
0.0
0.3
DESCRIPTION
ELEV PENETRATION-BLOWS PER Fr.
o 10 20 40 6 00
f 0 80 1
"'\ TOPSOn. , r ~ .. "
'.. COASTAL PLAIN . VERY LOOSE TO LOOSE,
TAN, FINE ~ (MOIST). ., .
: .
.,
FfRM~fAN~FINE~-cMOISi).:- -,- - - - -- -.-.
.. .
DENSE TO VERYDENSE,-ORANGE:FINE -, - -- . . ..
SAND, WITH SOME SILT AND CLAY. (MOIST). .
" .
-- .
. .
DENSE:-ORANGE-AND GRAY: FINE ~ - - - ~-'
WITH SOME SILT AND CLAY, (MOIST).
.
..
-.-. . .
FfRM~ fA"K FINE'" ft'AND:-WrfHsOME slif' .., - - ,
AND CLAY, (WE1j. ..
.
DENSE. ORANGE AND TAN. CLAYEY FINE . '-
SAND, (WET). -
.-;-
. - . t
.-
:: :-
HARD. WHITE. SILTY ~ (MOIST). T-
-:=
r:-
~ -"" .
fr:. -
-:=
~- .
-,..
~-
f-- :=
~-
-,.. . .. .
ti-:-
..
3
I
8
17 I
33 I
I
56 ~ I
I
32 I
I
18
I
31 1
I.
46 I
I
5.5
8.0
17.0
22.0
27.0
32.0
33.
,atlanta.testing & engineering I
BORING AND SAMPLING - ASTM D-1586
. CORE DRILLING - ASTM D-2113
PENETRATION IS THE NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 LB. HAMMER
FALLING 30 IN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 1.4 IN. I.D.SAMPLER 1 fT.
_ UNDISTURBED SAMPLE ~'WATER TABLE 24 HR.
sz .
"soc;:, 'c;:, R'OCKCORE RECOVERY" -= WATER TABLE:T.O.D.
.... LOSS OF DRILLING WATER
I
I
I
. TEST BORING RECORD
B-3 (pg. 1 of 2)
2-18-98
103623
U-I016
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
REPORT NO.
JOB NO.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DEPTII
Fr.
DESCRIPTION
ELEV
PENETRATION-BLOWS PER Fr.
42.0
HARD, WHITE, SILTY a.A.Y.. (MOIsnr ~-
':--""
iT=- -
VERY DENSE TO DENSE. YELLOW TO WHITE, "
SITL Y FINE ~ (MOIST). .x
x
X
x .
.x
.. X
.x
'x
. . .x
x
><
'x .
."
BORING TERMINATED
.'
. ..
:. ~
, .
,
.
r
,
, , '.
..
,
.
o
10 20
40 60 SO 100
S8
50.0
35
atlanta testing & engineering
BORING AND SAMPLING,- ASTM D-15S6
CORE DRILLING - ASTM D-2113
. . .
PENETRATION IS THE NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 LB. HAMMER
FALLING 30 IN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE lAIN. J.D. SAMPLER I fT.
_ UNDISTURBED SAMPLE ~ WATER TABLE 24 HR.
50c;:, c;:, ROCK CORE RECOVERY ~ WATER TABLE. T.o.D.
.... LOSS OF DRILLING WATER
TEST BORING RECORD
BORING NO.
pATE DRILLED
REPORT NO.
JOB NO.
B-3 (pg. 2 of 2)
2-18-98
103623
U-I016
DEPTII
Fr.
0.0
0.3
DESCRIPTION
ELEV PENETRATION-BLOWS PER Fr.
o 10 20 ' 40 60 SO 100
17.0
'\ TOPSOIL i r ~ -
COASTAL PLAIN - VERY LOOSE, TANl FINE .- ..--. .
.-
SM!Q, (MOIST). ! .
. .
..
.
DENSE TO VERYFfRM~ ORANGE. FIN~ SAND: - -.-.
WITH SOME SILT AND CLAY. (MOIST).
.
I
.
FfRM~YEliOW AND-ORANcfE~CLAYEY-FINE-- . .
SMm. (MOIST). .:--
..:.
'. '- .
.-;-
'. '-
-
HARI5".TO-VERY STIFF.-W'JfrfEAND PINK TO - - T-_--'
PINK, SILTY CLAY. (MOIST)':' -~
r_-
-,? l.
1<_-
~ ,?
~--
f--~
HARD,YE~OWAN6WHITEfOWH-rfE~SlCTY- =--:
f-r-
..Q.AY, (MOIST). ~ ~
~--
~-~ .
w--
f--~
~-
-It-
~--
~- .:5'
~--
~-~
w-- U
f--lt-
w--
~- .:5'
~-
~-~
~--
~-~ .
~-
-~
S.O
22.0
27.0
I
2
3
'.4
36
J
.. 21
16
30
I
I
I
I
I
I
26
40
33
stlanta testing & engineering I
BORING AND SAMPLING - ASTM D-15S6
CORE DRILLING - ASTM D-2113
PENETRATION IS THE NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 LB. HAMMER
FALLING 30 IN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 104 IN. J.D. SAMPLER 1 fT.
_ UNDISTURBED SAMPLE ~ WATER TABLE 24 HR.
'soc;:, c;:, ROCK 'CORE RECOVERY' ~ WATER TABLE. T.O.D.
.... LOSS OF DRILLING WATER
TEST BORING RECORD
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
REPORT NO.
JOB NO.
B-4 (pg. 1 of 2)
2-18-98
103623
U-1016
I
I
I
I DEPTII
Fr.
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
DESCRIPTION
ELEV
PENETRATION-BLOWS PER Fr.
I
. !
o
10 20
40 60 SO 100
42.0
"
I F_
HARD, YELLOW AND WHITE TO WHItE. SILTY -,..
..Q.AY. (MOIST). , 1<_-
I
DENSE, YELLOW TO WHITE, SITL Y. FJNE TO "
MEDIUM ~ (MOIST). .x
x
.- X
, X .
.x
,,,
.. X
.x
'x
.x
'x
><
x . 'v 0
BORING TERMINATED
..
~ , ,. _.
. .' .-
- ;
. . ..
, .
. ..
I
" . .
.- ,
-
...
35
~
so.o
40
atlanta testing & engineering
1- UNDISTURBED SAMPLE
50c;:, . % ROCK CORE RECOVERY
BORING AND SAMPLING - ASTM D-15S6
I CORE DRILLING - ASTM D-2113
PENETRATION IS THE NUMBER OF BLOWS OF 140 LB. HAMMER
FALLING 30 IN. REQUIRED TO DRIVE 104 IN. J.D. SAMPLER 1 fT.
J WATER TABLE 24 HR.
sz
= WATER TABLE, T.O.D.
.... LOSS OF DRILLING WATER
TEST BORING RECORD
BORING NO.
DATE DRILLED
REPORT NO.
JOB NO.
B-4 (pg. 2 of 2)
2-18-98
103623
U-I016
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply t? this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
. A. This Section includes the following:
1. Removing trees and other vegetation.
2. Clearing and grubbing.
3. Topsoil stripping.
.. 1..3 DEFINITIONS
A. Topsoil: Natural or cultivated surface-soil layer containing organic matter and sand, silt,
and clay particles; fiiable, pervious, and black or a darker shade of brown, gray, or red than
underlying subsoil; reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, gravel, and other objects more
than 2 inches (50 mm) in diameter; and free of weeds, roots, and other deleterious materials.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain Owner's property, cleared
materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent
occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct st.reets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities
without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes. around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by."
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
SITE CLEARING
02230 - 1
~,;;:" ;.. t~. ~;:::, '".'
r
PREP ARATION
I
I
I
I
I
. ,. lr...:"";,:,,.,.;....... I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
A.
Protect and maintain be!J.chmarks and survey control points from disturbance during
construction.
B.
Provide erosion-control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water
runoff or airborne dust to 'adjacent properties and walkWays.
C.
Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated.
D. " 'Protect existing.site improvements.toremain from damage during construction:
1.
Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
UTILITIES
A.
Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide
temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1.
2.
Notify OWNER not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
Do not proceed with utility interruptions without OWNER'S permission.
B.
Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed.
CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A.
Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new
construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots.
Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18 .
inches (450 nun) below exposed subgrade. '
B.
Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material,
unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. Place fill material in horizontal layers .
not exceeding 8-inch loose depth, and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent:
original ground.
TOPSOIL STRlPPING
A.
Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
B.
Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with
underlying subsoil or other waste materials.
SITE CLEARING
02230 - 2'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil.
Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
3.5 DISPOSAL
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil,' obstructions, demolished
materials, and waste materials,. including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off
Owners property. '
END OF SECTION 02230
SITE CLEARING
02230 - 3
-1
.
I '
, PROCEDURES
HAND AUGER BORINGS
WITH
PORTABLE CONE PENETROMETER TESTS.
The borings were advanced by hand rotating a post-hole auger into the soil. The auger consists of a
bucket and two curved cutting blades, and retains the soil as the auger is advanced. A.t regular intervals,
the hand auger was removed from the boring and cone penetrometer soundings w~re performed. The
device used was a dynamic portable cone penetrometer utilizing a 15-pourid steel ring weight on an E-rod
slide drive. The device has a l.5-inch diameter, 45-degr~ cone point with a surface area of 3.9 inches:;
After placement to the test depth, the cone point was completely embedded. The cone point was further
driven l-~ inches using the ring weight hammer falling 20 inches. The number of hammer blows
required to drive the cone the 1-~ inch increment was recorded, and the average blows calculated. The
average number of blows is designated the "penetration resistance" in units of blows per increment.,
Penetration resistance, when properly evaluated, is an index to the soil's strength, compressibility, and
density.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
i
. !
PROCEDURES
CORRELA TION
OF
STANDARD
PENETRATION RESISTANCE
WITH '... '.".
RELA TIVE 'COMPACTNESS AND CONSISTENCY
. Sand and Gravel
Standard Penetration Resistance
'BlowslFoot .
0-4
5-10
11,-20. .
21-30
31-50 .
Over 50
Silt and Clay
Standard Penetration Resistance
Blows/Foot
0-1
2-4
5-8
9-1.5
16-30:
31-50
Over 50
Relative'CoffiDactness
Very Loose
Loose
Finn
Very Finn
Dense
Very Dense
Consistency
Very Soft
Soft
Finn
Stiff
Very Stiff
Hard
Very Hard
- PROCEDURES
SOIL TEST BpRING PROCEDURES, ASTM D-1586
The borings were advanced.by a hollow stem auger which was mechanically driven by a 125-horsepower
drill rig. At regular intervals, soil samples were obtained through the hollow central portion ofthe augers
with a standard lA-inch 1.0., 2.0-inch 0.0. split-tube sampler.
The sampler was initially seated 6 inches to penetrate any loose cuttings; then driven an additional foot
with. blows of a 14b,.pound hammer,;faUing.30 inches. The number;.ofhammer blows required.tordrive '
, - ,
the sampler the final foot was recorded and is designated as the standard penetration resistance.
Penetration resistance, when properly evaluated, is an index to the soil's strength and density.
The samples were classified in the field by the driller as they were obtained. Representative portions of
each soil sample were then sealed in containers and transported to our laboratory. The samples were
examined by a graduate geotechnical engineer or engineering geologist to visually check the field
classifications. All boring data, including sampling intervals, penetration resistances, soil classifications,
and groundwater level are presented on the attached Test Boring Records.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. ,
I. .
PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
'. .
Atlanta Testing & Engineering performs tests in general accordance with the American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM) or the United States Army Corps of Engineers procedures. These
procedures are generally recognized as the basis for uniformity and consistency of test results in the
geotechnical engineering profession. All work is initiated and supervised by qualified engineers. Our
tests are performed by skilled technicians trained in either ASTM or Corps procedures. Our equipment
is well maintained. and our laboratory equipment is calibrated at least yearly.
. ,
Subsequent portions of this Appendix present briefly describe of our testing procedures. Where
'applicable, we have referenced these procedures to either ASTM or the Corps of Engineers. Reference
should be made to the following publications for specific descriptions of apparatus, procedures, reporting,
etc.
Annual Book of ASTM Standards. Section 4.. Volume 4.08: Soil and Rock: BuildinI! Stones, ,American
Society for Testing and Materials. Latest Edition
vEM 1110-2-1803. Subsurface InvestiI!ations, Soils. Chapter 3. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 1972.
EM 1110-1-1801. GeoloI!ica/lnvestiI!ations. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 1978.
EM 1110-2-1907, Soil SamplinI!., U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 1972.
EM 1110-1-1802, Geophvsical Exploration: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1979.
EM 1110-2-1906. Laboratory Soils Testing. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1970.
I
:JMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT ~~u!d'dEOTECHNICAL
~ . ENGINEER NG REpORT 1:IL."....~'
, -'. . I .I.r.. . f . .I',.~
. ~- . ~', I f
, . -.., . J ,; I, j, j -'.
As the client of a consulting geotechnical engineer. you
should know that site subsurface conditions cause more
construction problems than any other factor, ASFEffhe
Association of Engineering Firms Practicing in the
Geosciences offers the following suggestions and
observations to help you manage your risks, '
A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT IS BASED
ON A UNIQUE SET OF PROJECT-SPECIFIC FACTORS
Your-geotechnical engineering report'.is'based on a
subsurface exploration plan designed to consider a
unique set of project-specific factors, These factors
typically include: the general nature of the structure
involved, its size, and configuration; the location of the
structure on the site; other improvements. such as
access roads, parking lots. and underground utilities;
and the additional risk created by scope-of-service
limitations imposed by the client. To help avoid ,costly
problems. ask your geotechnical engineer to evaluate
how factors that change subsequent to the date of the
report may affect the report's recommendations.
Unless your geotechnical engineer indicates otherwise.
do not use your geotechnical engineering report:
· when the nature of the proposed structure is
changed. for example. if an office building will be
erected instead of a parking garage. or a refrigerated
warehouse will be built instead of anunrefrigerated
one;
· when the size, elevation, or configuration of the
proposed structure is altered;
· when the location or orientation of the proposed
structure is modified;
· when there is a change of ownership; or
· for application to an adjacent site,
Geotechnical engineers cannot accept responsibility for
problems that may occur if they are not consulted after
factors considered in their report's development have
changed
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS CAN CHANGE
A geotechnical engineering report is based on condi-
tions that existed at the time of subsurface exploration,
Do not base construction decisions on a geotechnical
engineering report whose adequacy may have been
affected by time, Speak with your geotechnical consult-
ant to learn if additional tests are advisable before
construction starts, Note, too, that additional tests may
be required when subsurface conditions are affected by
construction operations at or adjacent to the site, or by
natural events such as floods, earthquakes, or ground
water fluctuations. Keep your geotechnical consultant
apprised of any such events,
I~
I
MOST GEOTECHNICAL FINDINGS ARE
PROFESSIONAL JUDGMENTS
Site exploration identifies actual subsurface conditions
only at those points where samples are taken. The data
were extrapolated by your geotechnical engineer who
then applied judgment to render an opinion about
overall subsurface conditions. The actual interface '
between materials may be far more gradual or abrupt
than your report indicates,"\ctual conditions in areas
notsampled'may differ from those predicted in your
report, While nothing can be done to prevent such
situations, you and your geotechnical engineer can work
together to help minimize their impact, Retaining your
geotechnical engineer to observe construction can be
particularly beneficial in this respect.
I
I
I
I
A REPORT'S RECOMMENDATIONS
CAN ONLY BE PREUMINARY.'
The construction recommendations included in your
. geotechnical engineer's report are preliminary. because
they must be based on the assumption that conditions
revealed through selective exploratory sampling are
indicative of actual conditions throughout a site,
, Because actual subsurface conditions can be discerned
only during earthwork. you should retain your geo-
. technical engineer to observe actual conditions and to
finalize recommendations, Only !'he geotechnical
engineer who prepared the report is fully familiar with
the background information needed to determine
whether or not the report's recommendations are valid
and whether or not the contractor is abiding by appli-
cable recommendations, The geotechnical engineer who
developed your report cannot assume responsibility or
liability for the adequacy of the report's recommenda-
tions if another party is retained to observe construction,
I
I
I
I
I
I
GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES ARE PERFORMED
FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES AND PERSONS
Consulting geotechnical engineers prepare reports to
meet the specific needs of specific individuals, A report
prepared for a civil engineer may not be adequate for a
construction contractor or even another civil engineer,
Unless indicated otherwise, your geotechnical engineer
prepared your report expressly for you and expressly for
purposes you indicated, No one other than you should
apply this report for its intended purpose without first
conferring with the geotechnical engineer, No party
should apply this report for any purpose other than that
originally con~mplated without first conferring with the
geotechnical engineer, .
I
I
I
I
GEOENVlRONMENTAL CONCERNS
ARE NOT AT ISSUE
Your geotechnical engineering report is not likely to
relate any findings, conclusions, or recommendations
! .
I
I
I
I
r' .., ~\
about the potential for hazardous materials existing at
the site,The equipment. techniques. and personnel '.
used to perform a geoenvironmental exploration differ
substantially from those applied in geotechnical
engineering. Contamination can create major risks, If
you have no information about the potential for your
site being contaminated. you are advised to speak with
your geotechnical consultant for information relating to
geoenvironmental issues
I
I
I
A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT IS
SUBJECT TO MISINTERPRETATION
Costly problems can occur when other design profes-
sionals develop their plans based on mi'sinterpretations
of a geotechnical engineering report, To help avoid
misinterpretations. retain your geotechnical engineer to
work with other project design professionals who are
affected by the geotechnical report, Have your geotech-
nical engineer explain report implications to design
professionals affected by them. and then review those
design professionals' plans and specifications to see
how they have incorporated geotechnical factors, .
Although certain other design professionals may be fam~
iliar with geotechnical concerns. none knows as much
about them as a competent geotechnical engineer,
-I
I
I
I
BORING LOGS SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED
FROM THE REPORT
Geotechnical engineers develop final boring logs based
upon their interpretation of the field logs (assembled by
site personnel) and laboratory evaluation of field
samples. Geotechnical engineers customarily include
only final boring logs in their reports. Final boring logs
should not under any circumstances be redrawn for
inclusion in architectural or other design drawings.
because drafters may commit errors or omissions in the
transfer process, Although photographic reproduction
eliminates this problem. it does nothing to minimize the
possibility of contractors misinterpreting the logs during
bid preparation, When thisoccurs. delays. disputes. and
unanticipated costs are the all-too-frequent result.
I
I
I
I
To minimize the likelihood of boring log misinterpreta-
tion. give contractors ready access to the complete '.
geotechnical engineering report prepared or authorized
for their use, (If access is provided only to the report
prepared for you. you should advise contractors of the
report's limitations. assuming that a contractor was not
one of the specific persons for whom the report was
prepared and that developing construction cost esti-
I
I
mates was not one of the specific purposes for which it
was prepared. In other words. while a contractor may
gain important knowledge from a report prepared for
another party. the contractor would be well-advised to
discuss the report with your geotechnical engineer and
to perform the additional or alternative work that the
contractor believes may be needed to obtain the data
specifically appropriate for construction cost estimating
purposes,) Some clients believe that it is unwise or
unnecessary togive contractors access to their geo-
technical engineering reports because they hold the
mistaken impression that simply disclaiming responsi-
bility for the accuracy of subsurface information always
insulates them from attendant liabii'ity, Providing the
best available information to contractors helps prevent
costly construction problems, It als,o helps reduce the
adversarial attitudes that can aggravate problems to
disproportionate scale,
READ RESPONSIBILITY CLAUSES CLOSELY
Because geotechnical engineering is based extensively
on judgment and opinion, it is far less exact than other
deSign disciplines, This situation has resulted in wholly
unwarranted claims being lodged against geotechnical
engineers. To help prevent this problem. geotechnical
engineers have developed a number of clauses for use in
their contracts. reports. and other documents, Responsi-
bility clauses are not exculpatory clauses designed to
transfer geotechnical engineers' liabilities to other
parties, Instead. they are definitive clauses that identify
where geotechnical engineers' responsibilities begin and
end, Their use helps all parties involved recognize their
individual responsibilities and take appropriate action,
Some of these definitive clauses are likely to appear in
your geotechnical engineering report, Read them
closely, Your geotechnical engineer will be pleased to
give full and frank answers to any questions,
RELY ON THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER
FOR ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE
Most ASFE-member consulting geotechnical engineer-
ing firms are familiar with a variety of techniques and
approaches that can be used to help reduce risks for all
parties to a construction project. from design through
construction, Speak with your geotechnical engineer not
only about geotechnical issues. but others as well. to
learn about approaches that may be of genuine benefit.
You may also wish to obtain certain ASFE publications,
Contact a member of ASFE or ASFE for a complimentary
directory of ASFE publications,
I
I
ASFE PROFESSIONAL
FIRMS PRACTICING
. . IN THE GEOSCIENCES.
8811 COLESVILLE ROAD/SUITE GI06/SILVER SPRING. MD 20910
TELEPHONE: 301/565-2733 FACSIMILE 301/589-2017
I
Copyright 19Q2 by ASFE. Inc. Unless ASFE grants specific ;)ermission to do so. duplication of this dQcumenr by any means whatsoever is expressly prohibited.
Re.use of the wording in this documenr, in '"hole or in part, also is expressly prohibited, and may be dCne only with the express permiSSion of ASFE or for purposes
of reView or scholarly research, I
I
I1GR0294
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Excavating and backfilling for structures.
2. Subbase course for pavements.
3. Base course for asphalt paving.
4. Excavating and'backtilling trenches for buried mechanical 'and electrical utilities and
pits for buried utility structures: .
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation.
1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including,haunches .
to support sides of pipe.
2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.
B. Base Course: Layer placed between the subbase course and asphalt paving.
C. Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe.
D. Borrow: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.
E. Drainage Course: Layer supporting slab-on-grade used to minimize capillary flow of pore
water.
F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations.
1. Additional Excavation: ' Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by
ENGINEER.. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for
according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.
2. Bulk Excavation: Excavations more than 10 feet (3 m) in width and pits more than
30 feet (9 m) in either length or width.
3. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
dimensions without direction by ENGINEER. Unauthorized excavation, as well as
EARTHWORK 02300 - 1
remedial work directed, by ENGINEER, shall be without additional compensation.
G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
H. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical
and electrical appurtenances~orother man-made stationary features constructed above or
below the ground surface.
I. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving,
or layer placed between the subgradeand a concrete pavement or walle
J. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a
fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
K. Utilities include -on~slte undergro~nd pipes, conduits, (iucts~'and'cables, as well as
underground services within buildings.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
, " A .. Testing and Inspection Service: Owner will' employ a qualified independent 'geotechnical'
engineering testing agency to. classify proposed on-site and borrow soils to verify that soils
comply with'specified requirements and to perform required field and laboratory testing.
Cost of these services will be paid by the Contractor, from the Testing Allowance as 'set up
in the Bid.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied. by Owner or others
unless permitted in writirlg b)' OWNER and theri only after arranging to provide temporary
utility services according to requirements indicated:
I. Notify OWNER not less than two. days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without OWNER's permission.
3. Contact utility-locator service for area where Project is located before excavating.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not
available from excavations.
B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and
SM, or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches (75
mm) in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious
matter.
EARTIIWORK
02300 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C. Unsatisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH,
OL, OH, and PT, ora combination of these group symbols.
1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of
optimum moisture content at time of compaction.
D. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials.
E. Base: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone,
and natural or crushed sand~ ASTM D 2940~ with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch
(38-mm) sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 (0.075:"mm) sieve.
F. Drainage Fill: Washed, narrowly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed
gravel; ASTMD 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1:'1/2-
inch (38-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No.8 (2.36-mm) sieve.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
-A Drainage Fabric:. Nonwoven geotextile, specifically manufactured as a drainage geotextile; "
made from polyolefins, polyesters, or polyamides~ and with the following minimum
properties determined according to ASTM D 4759 and referenced standard test methods:
1. Grab Tensile Strength:. 1-10 Ibf(490 N)~ ASTM D 4632.
2. Tear Strength: 40 Jbf(178 N)~ ASTM D 4533.
'3. Puncture Resistance: 50 Ibf(222 N)~ ASTMD 4833.
4. Water Flow Rate: 150 gpm per sq. ft. (100 Lis per sq. m); ASTM D 4491.
5. Apparent Opening Size: No. 50 (0.3 mm); ASTM D 4751.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
" .
A. . Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused
by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by
earthwork operations.
B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide
protective insulating materials as necessary.
C. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displace~ent of soils and discharge
of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
3.2 DEWATERING
EARTHWORK
02300 - 3
A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on
prepared sub grades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area.
B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water
accumulation.
1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. . Do not allow water to
accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage
ditches.
2. Install a dewatering system to keep sub grades dry and convey ground water away
from excavations. Maintain until dewatering is no longer required.
3.3 EXPLOSIVES
A. Explosives: Do not'use explosives.
I
3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL :
A. Unclassified Excavation: "Excavation to subgrade elevations regardless of the character 'of
surface and subsurface conditions encountered, including rock; soil materials, and
obstructions.
1. If excavated materials intended fodill and- backfill include unsatisfactory soil, materials
and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch
(25 mm). Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing
concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.
1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation.
Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim
bottoms.to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, elevations, and
grades.
3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES -
A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe
or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm)
EARTHWORK
02300 - 4
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and
support of pipes and conduit. Shape sub grade to provide continuous support for bells,
joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove
projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade. ,
3.8 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE
A. Notify ENGINEER when excavations have reached required subgrade.
B. Proof roll subgrade with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas
of excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet or saturated sub grades.
C. Reconstruct sub grades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water,
or construction activities, as directed by ENGINEER.
3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom
elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top
elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by ENGINEER. Fill unauthorized,
excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by ENGINEER.
3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
,A. Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil
materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water.
Cover to prevent windblown dust.
3.11 BACKFILL
A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly; but not before completing the
following:
1. Construction below finish' grade including, where applicable, dampproofing,
waterproofing, and perimeter insulation.
2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents.
3. Removing concrete formwork.
4. Removing trash and debris.
5. Removing temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting.
EARTHWORK
. " 02300 - 5
3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches (450 nun) of bottom of
footings; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings.
B. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch (25
rom), to a height of 12 inches (300 rom) over the utility pipe or conduit. Carefully compact
material under pipe haunches, and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full
length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system.
C. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
D. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final sub grade.
3.13., FILL
A., Plow, scarifY, bench, or break up,sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so
fill material will bond with existing material.
B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations:
3.14 COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS,
A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than Sinches (200 nun) in loose depth for
material compacted by heavy compactionequipment,-and not more thanA inches (100 nun)':: '. .
in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all 'sides of structures to required elevations, and
uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight
according to ASTM D 698:
1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12
inches (300 rom) of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95
percent.
2. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 nun) below
subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent.
3.15 GRADING
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes.
Comply with compactipn requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations
indicated.
EARTHWORK
02300 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface
tolerances.
B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding.
Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: ,Plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm)..
2. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 nun).
C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13 nun) when
tested with a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge.
3.16 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES
A. Install separation fabric on prepared sub grade according to manufacturer's written
instructions, overlapping sides and ends.
B. Under pavements and walks, place base course on separation fabric according to fabric
manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
1. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades,
lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit
weight according to ASTM D 1557. ,
2. Shape base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades.
-3. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches (150 nun) or less,
place materials in a single layer. .
4. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches (150 nun),
place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches (150 nun) thick or
less than 3 inches (75 nun) thick when compacted.
C. Pavement Shoulders: Place s~oulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent
lateral movement. Construct shoulders, at least 12 inches (300 mm) wide, of satisfactory
soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer to not less than
95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557.
3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering
testing agency to perform field quality-control testing.
B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test sub grades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed
with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply
with requirements.
C. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be
performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other
EARTHWORK
02300 - 7
footing subgrades may be baSed on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested sub grade
when approved by PROJECT SOn..S ENGINEER.
D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556,
ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed
at the following locations and frequencies:
1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill
layer, at least one test' for every 2000 sq. ft. (186 sq. m) or less of paved area or
building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests.
2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted bacldilllayer, at least one test for each
100 feet (30 m) or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests.
3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for
each 150 feet (46 m) or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests.
E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of
compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth
required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is.obtained.
3.18 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion.
Keep free of trash and debris.
B.' Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions;
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing,
backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
3.19 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's properly.
END OF SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
02300 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02510 - WATER DISTRIBUTION
;,
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes piping and specialties for potable-water service outside the structure.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
'A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Pipe and fittings.
2. Valves.
B: Shop Drawings: For precast concrete structures...-lnclude frames and covers and drains.
C. Record Drawings: At Project closeout of installed water-service piping according to
Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."
D. Test Reports: As specified in "Field Quality Control" Article in Part 3.
E. Purging and Disinfecting Reports: As specified in "Cleaning" Article in Part 3.
F. Maintenance Data: For specialties to include in the maintenance manuals specified in
Division 1. Include data for the following:
1. Valves.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of water-
service piping specialties and are based on specific types and models. indicated. Other
manufacturers' products with OWNER approved equal performance characteristics may be
considered.
B. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable water-service piping.
Include materials, installation, testing,. and disinfection.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - I
C. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Hea1th -Effects," for materials
for potable water.
- '
D. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping and specialties made to
specified standards.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to the
following:
1. Ensure that valves are dry and internally' protected against rust and corrosion.
2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces.
3. Set valves in best position for handlin~. Set valves closed to prevent rattling.
B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, including fire hydrants, according to the
following:
1. Do not remove end protectors, unless necessary for'inspection~ then reinstall for'
storage.
2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient .
dew-point temperature. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures
when outdoor storage is necessary.
C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants whose size requires handling by
crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use handwheels
or stems as lifting or rigging points.
D. Deliver piping with factory-applied end-caps. Maintain end-caps through shipping, storage,
and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and
moisture.
E. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed
structural capacity of floor when storing inside.
F. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Perform site survey and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility-locating service for
area where Project is located.
B. Verify that water-service piping may be installed to comply with original design and
referenced standards..
C. Site Information: Reports on subsurface condition investigations made during design of
Project are available for informational purposes only~ data in reports are not intended as
representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity of conditions between soil borings.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Owner assumes no responsibility for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this
information.
1.7
).
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company.
B. Coordinate piping materials, sizes, entry locations, and pressure requirements with structure
water distribution piping.
C. Coordinate with other utility work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products that may be incorpora~e4 ,into the Work include, but are not limited to; the
following: .
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Gate Valves:
a. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; American Flow Control Div.
b. Grinnell Corp.; Grinnell Supply Sales Co.
c. Grinnell Corp.; Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
d. Hammond Valve Corp.
e. McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa)
f McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
g. McWane, Inc.; Tyler Pipe; Utilities Div.
2. Water-Regulating Valves:
a. Ross Valve Manufacturing Co., Inc.
3. Dry-Barrel, Post Fire Hydrants:
a. American Cast Iron pipe Co.; American Flow Control Div.
b. Grinnell Corp.; Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
c. McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. (Oskaloosa)
d. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
e. McWane, Inc.; M&H Valve Co. Div.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
025\ 0 - 3
2.2 PIPES AND TUBES
A. Ductile-Iron, Push-on-JointPipe: AWWA C151, witl1 cement-mortar lining and seal coat
according to AWWA 'CI04. - "-Include rubber. compression -gasket accotding to'-;:';
AWWAClll.'
B. Ductile-Iron, Mechanical-Joint Pipe: A WW A C 151, with cement-mortar lining and seal
coat according to A WW AC 1 04. . _ Include gland~ rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts
according to AWWA Clll.'
2.3 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS
A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3
"Piping Applications" Article.
;
B. Ductile-Iron, Mechanical-Joint Fittings: AWWA CllO, ductile-iron or cast-iron; or
AWWA C153, ductile-iron, compact type. Include cement-mortar lining and seal coat
according to A WW J:..- C 1 04 and glands, rubber gaskets, and bolts and nuts according to
AWWAClll. '
C., . Ductile-Iron, Flanged Fittings: AWWA ClIO, with cement-mortar lining and seal coat
according to AWWACI04 or epoxy, interior. coating according to AWWA C550. Include
gaskets and bolts and nuts.
D. Ductile-Iron, FleXlble Expansion Joints: Compound fitting with combination of flanged and
mechanical-joint ends' complying with A WW A C 11 0 or A WW A C 153. Units have 2
gasketed ball-joint sections and 1 or more gasketed sleeve sections. Include 250-psig
(1725-kPa) minimum working-pressure rating; epoxy, interior coating, according to
A WW A C550; length for offset and expansion indicated; and glands, rubber gaskets, and
bolts and nuts according to A WW A C 111.
2.4 JOINING MA TERlALS
A. General: Applications of the following piping joining materials are indicated in Part 3
"Piping Applications" Article.
B. Ductile-Iron Piping: The following materials apply:
1. Mechanical Joints: A WW A Cl11 ductile-iron or gray-iron 'glands, high-strength steel
bolts and nuts, and rubber gaskets. .
2. Flanged Joints: A WW A C 115 ductile-iron or gray-iron pipe flanges, rubber gaskets,
and high-strength steel bolts and nuts.
a. Gaskets: Rubber" flat face, 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated;
and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B 18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise
indicated.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.5 PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Dielectric Fittings: Assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joined dissimilar
metals to prevent galvanic actio'n and corrosion. .
1. Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous~ threaded, solder, plain, and
weld-neck end types and matching piping system materials.
2. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated union assembly, designed for 250-psig (1725-
kPa) minimum working pressure at 180 deg F (82 deg C). Include insulating material
isolating dissimilar metals and ends with inside threads according to ASME B 1.20.1.
3. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-
psig (1035- or 2070-kPa)rriinimum pressure to suit system pressures.
4. Dielectric-Flange Insulation Kits: Field-assembled companion-flange assembly, full-
face or ring typ,e. COI?ponents include neoprene or phenolic gasket, p,henolic or
polyethylene bolt sleeves; phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. '
a. Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts arid nuts for 150- or 300-
psig (1035- or 2070-kPa) minimum working 'pressure to suit system pressures.
5. ' Dielectric Couplings: . Galvanized-steel couplings with inert and noncorrosive
thermoplastic lining, with threaded ends and 300-psig (20.70-kPa) minimum working
pressure at 225 deg F (107 deg C).
2.6 VALVES
A.' Nonrising-Stem, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves, 3-Inch NPS (DN80) and Larger:
A WW A C509, gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet~ with bronze or gray- or ductile-iron
gate, resilient seats,- bronze stem, and stem nut. Include 200-psig (1380-kPa) minimum
working-pressure design, interior coating according to AWWA C550, and push-on- or
mechanical-joint ends. '
B. Rising-Stem Gate Valves, 3-Inch NPS (DN80) and Larger: AWWA C509, resilient seated;
cast-iron or ductile-iron body and bonnet, OS&Y, bronze stem, 200-psig (1380-kPa)
working pressure, and flanged ends.
C. Check Valves: A WW A C508, with 175-psig (1200-kPa) working-pressure rating. Include
interior coating according to A WW A C550.
2.7 SPECIAL TY VALVES
A. Water Level -Regulating Valves: Automatic, single acting, pilot-operated, cast-iron body
with interior coating according to AWWA C550. Include 250-psig (1725-kPa) working- ':
pressure design, bronze level control pilot valve and tubing, and means for water level
adjustment. Spring adjustment range shall be 50' to 150' water column. Provide copper
sensing line fromvalve to base of tank supply line. Provide basket strainer upstream of
valve.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 .. 5 '
2.8 PITS
-
A. Description: Precast, reinforced-concrete pit, designed for A-16 load designation according
to ASTMC'857, and made according to ASTM C 858.
B. Ladder: ASTM AJ6(ASTM A 36M), steel or polyethylene-encased steel steps.
C. I:Iatch: Provide hatch assembly as indicated on the project drawings.
D. Drain: Provide pit drainage as indicated an the project drawings.
2.9 ANCHORAGES
A.' Mechancal Joint Restraints:.' ASTM A 536-80 aha A WW A C 153 .
, ,
B. Rods: ASTM A 575, steeL
C. Bolts:ASTM A 307, steel.
D. Cast-Iron Washers: ASTMA 126, gray iron.
E. Concrete Reaction Backing: . Portland cement concrete mix, 3000'psig (20.7 MPa).
1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand.
3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel.
4. Water: Potable;
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, trenching, and backfilling.
B. Refer to Division 2 Section "Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving" for cutting and patching of existing
paVIng.
3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping, systems according to the
following applications:
B. Do not use flanges for underground piping.
~ ,
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Exception: Piping in boxes and structures, but not buried, may be joined with flanges
instead of joints indicated.
C. Potable Water-Service Piping: Use the following:
1. 12 to 16-lnch NPS: Ductile-iron, push-on-joint pipe; ductile-irQn, push-on-joint
fittings; and gasketed joints.
2. 12 to 16-Inch NPS: Ductile-iron, mechanical-joint pipe; ductile-iron, mechanical-joint
fittings; and mechanical joints.
3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used.
;
3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Ductile-Iron Piping, :Gasketed Joints: According to A WW A C600.
B. Flanged Joints: Align flanges and install gaskets. Assemble joints' by sequencing bolt
tightening. Use lubricant on bolt threads.
C. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials, 00,
and system working pressure.
3.5 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMM:ON REQUIREMENTS
A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings indicate general. location and arrangement
of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install
piping as indicated, unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
B. Install piping at indicated slope.
C. Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.
D. Install piping free of sags and bends.
E. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to pennit valve servicing.
F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
3.6 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Water-Main COl\llection: Tie-in to water main with size and in location as indicated
according to requirements of water utility.,
B. Install ductile-iron piping according to A WW A C600.
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 -7
C. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 42 inches (750 nun), with top at least 12
inches (300 mm) below level of maximum frost penetration.
3.7 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION
A Install anchorages for tees; plugs and caps, bends, crosses-, valves, and hydrant branches.
Anchorages shall include Megalug Flanges or equal and shall be inaccordacne with
AWWAC600. "
. 3.8 VALVE INSTALLATION
A AWWA-Type Gate,Valves: Comply with AWWA C600. Install underground valves with
stem pointing up and with cast-iron valve box.
3.9 PIT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION
A Install precast concrete pits according to ASTM C 891.
B. Construct pit drain in accordance with project drawings.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than 1-1/2 times working pressure for 2 hours.
1. Increase pressure in 50-psig (350-kPa) increments and inspect each joint between
increments. Hold at test pressure for one hour; decrease to 0 psig (0 kPa). Slowly
increase again to test pressure and hold for one more hour. Maximum allowable
leakage is 2 quarts (1.89 L) per hour per 100 joints. Remake leakingjoints with new
materials and repeat test until leakage is within above limits.
B. Prepare reports for testing activities.
C. Conduct hydrostatic in the presence of OWNER.,
3.11 CLEANING
A Clean and disinfect water distribution piping as follows:
1. Purge new water distribution piping and parts of existing piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired before use.
2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction
or, if method is not prescribed by authorities, use procedure described in
AWWAC651 or as described below:
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02510 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
a. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50
ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours.
b. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with
water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine~ isolate and
allow to stand for 3 hours.
c. After allowed standing time, flush system with clean. potable water until no
chlorine remains in water coming from system.
d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.
Repeat procedure ifbiological examination shows evidence of contamination.
B. Prepare reports for purging and disinfecting activities.
END OF SECTION 02510
,',
WATER DIS~UTION
02510 - 9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02511 - HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
i
A. This Section includes the following: Hot-mix asphalt paving.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide hot-mix asphalt pavement according to the materials, workmanship, and other
applicable requirements of the Georgia Department ofTransporatio,n and as indicated on the
project drawings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product specified. Include technical data and tested physical and
performance properties.
-:
B. Job-Mix Designs: Certification, by authorities having jurisdiction, of approval of each job
mix proposed for the Work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed hot-mix asphalt
paving similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for 'this Project and with a
record of successful in-service performance.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing hot-mix asphalt
similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance.
1. Firm shall be a registered and approved paving mix manufacturer with authorities
GADOT.
HOT -MIX ASPHALT. PAVING
02511 - 1
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A Enwonmerifall:.iriritations: . Do not apply asphalt materials if substrate 'is'wet or excessively
damp or if the following conditions are not met: '
1. Prime and Tack Coats: MWmum surface temperature of60 deg F (15.5 deg C).
2. Asphalt Base Course: Mnimuro surf'ace temperature of 40 deg F (4 deg C) and rising
at time of placement.
3. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of60 deg F (15.5 deg C) at
time of placement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 AGGREGATES
A General: Use materials and gradations that have perfonned satisfactorily in previous
installations.
B.. Coarse Aggregate: - Sound; angular crushed stone o~' crushed gravel;' complying with
M~D~: . -, .
C. Fine Aggregate: Sharp-edged natural sand or sand prepared from stone; gravel, or
combinations thereof; complYing with MTM D 1073.
1. For hot-mix asphalt, limit natural sand to a maximum of20 percent by weight of the
total aggregate maSs.
2.2 ASPHALT MATERIALS
A Asphalt Cement: MTM D 3381 for viscosity-graded material; MTM D 946 for
penetration-graded material.
B. Prime Coat: Asphalt emulsion prime conforming to state GADOT Standard Specification
Section 412.
'C. Tack Coat: ASTM D 977, emulsified asphalt or ASTM D 2397, cationic ,emulsified asphalt,
slow setting, factory diluted in water, of suitable grade and consistency for application.
D. Water: Potable.
2.3 WXES
A Hot-Mix Asphalt: Provide dense, hot-laid, hot-mix asphalt plant mixes approved by
authorities having jurisdiction; designed according to procedures in Ai's "Mix Design
HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING
02511 - 2
I
I
',I
"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Methods for Asphalt Concrete and Other Hot-Mix Types\ and complying with the
following requirements:
1. 'Base Course:" As iridicated on project draWings.
2. Surface Course: As indicated on project drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A Verify that subgrade is dry and in suitable condition to' support paving and imposed loads.
B.' Proof-roll subbase 4siilg 'heavy, pneumatic-tired rollers to locate areas that' are unstable or
that require further compaction.
C. NotifY Owner in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving installation
until these conditions have been satisfactorily correct~d.
D. Tack Coat: Applyunifo,Tmly to existing surfaces of previou~ly cons~~cted asphalt or
portland cement concrete paving and to surfaces abutting or projecting into ,new, hot-mix
asphalt pavement. Apply at a uniform rate of 0.05 to 6.15 gal.lsq. yd. (0.2 to 0.7 L/sq. m)
of surface.
1. Allow tack coat to 'cure undisturbed before paVing.
2. Avoid smearing or staining adjoining surfaces, appurtenances, and surroundings.
Remove spillages and clean affected surfaces.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
A General: Immediately before placing asphalt materials, remove loose and deleterious
material from substrate surfaces. Ensure that prepared subgrade isready to receive paving.
1. Sweep loose-granular particles from surface of unbound-aggregate base course. Do
not dislodge or disturb aggregate embedded in compacted surface of base course.'
B. Prime Coat: Apply uniformly over suiface of compacted-aggregate base at a rate of 0.15
- to 0.50 gal.lsq. y& (0.7 to 2.3 L/sq.1 m). Apply enough material to penetrate and seal, but
not flood, surface. Allow prime coat to cure for 72 hours minimum.
1. If prime coat is not entirely absorbed within 24 hours after application, spread sand
over surface to blot excess asphalt. Usejust enough sand to prevent pickup under
traffic. Remove loose sand by sweeping before pavement is placed and after volatiles
have evaporated..
2. Protect primed substrate from damage until ready to receive paving. '
HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING
02511 - 3
3.3 HOT-MIX ASPHALT PLACING
A. Machine place.hot-mixasphaIt mix on prepared surface, spread u~orm1y, and strike off.
Place asphalt nux by' harid 'to areas inaccessible to equipment in' a mariner 'that prevents
segregation of mix. Place each course to required grade,. cross section, and thickness, when
compacted. .
1. Place hot-mix aSphalt surface course in single lift.
2. Spread mix at minimUJ!1 temperature of250 deg F (121 deg C).
3, Regulate paver machine speed to obtain smooth, continuous surface free of pulls and
tears in asphalt-paving mat.
B. Promptly correct surface irregUlarities in paving course behind paver. Use suitable hanQ
tools to remove excess material forming high spots. Fill depressions with hot-mix asphalt
to prevent segrega~on of mix; use suitable hand 'tools to smooih surface. . ' , '. .
3.4 COMP ACTION
A. General:. Begin compaction as soon as placed hot-~ paving will bear roller weight
without excessive displacement. Compact hot-mix paving with hot, hand tampers or
vibratory-plate compactors in areas inaccessible, to rollers.
1. Complete compaction before mix temperature cools to 185 deg F (85deg C). '
B. Finish Rolling: Finish roll paved surfaces to remove roller marks while hot-mix asphalt is
still wann.
C. Edge Shaping: While surface is being compacted and finished, trim edges of pavement to
proper alignment. Bevel edges while still hot, with back of rake or smooth iron, Compact
thoroughly using tamper or other satisfactory method.' ,
D. Repairs: Remove paved areas that are defective or contaminated with foreign materials.
Remove paving course over area affected and replace with fresh, hot-mix asphalt. Compact
by rolling to specified density and surface smoothness..
E. Protection: After final roIiing, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavemeo.t until it has
cooled and hardened. .
F. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to
become marked.
3.5 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Thickness: Compact each course to produce the thickness indiCated within the following
tolerances:
HOT-MIX ASPHALT PAVING
02511 - 4
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch (13 nun).
2. Surface Course: Plus 1/4 inch (6 nun), no minus.
.".: ....
B. Surface Smoothness: Compact each course to produCe a surface smoothness within the
following tolerances as determined by using a 100foot (3-m) straightedge applied
transversely or longitudinally to paved areas:
1. Base Course: 1/4 inch (6 ffi!J1).
2. Surface Course: 1/8 inch (3 nun).
END OF SECTION 02511 i.
;
HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING
02511 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02630 - STORM DRAINAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SillAMAR Y
A. This Section includes storm drainage outside the structure.
'.
1.3 SUBWTT ALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Pipe Ma~erial
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, details, and attachments for the following:
1. Precast concrete, manholes and other structures, including frames, covers, and
grates.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.
B. Handle precast concrete manholes and other structures according to manufacturer's
written rigging instructions.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Site Information: Perform site survey and verify existing utility locations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 1
A. Available. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the ~ork include, but are not limited to,
the following: -
HPDE Stormwater Disposal Systems:
a. Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc.
b. Hancor, Inc.
2.2 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe and fitting materials.
2.3 PIPES AND FITTINGS
A. Conugated PE Pipe and Fittings: AASHTO M 294, Type S, with smooth waterway for
coupling joints. .
1. SiIitight Couplings: PE sleeve with ASTM D 1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 2
gasket material that mates with pipe and fittings to form silttight joints.
B. Reinforced-Concrete Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 76 (ASTM C 76M), Class ill,
Wall B, for "O-ring"joints.
1. Gaskets: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber.
2.4 MANHOLES
A. Normal-Traffic Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M), precast,
reinforced concfete, of depth indicated, with provision for rubber gasketed joints.
Manholes within right-of-ways shall meet GA DOT Standards.
1. Diameter: 48 inches (1200 mm) minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base
section, as required to prevent flotation.
3. Base Section: 6-inch (150-mm) minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch (100-
mm) minimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and having separate base
slab or base section with integral floor.
4. Riser Sections: 4-inch (lOa-nun) minimum thickness, and lengths to provide depth
indicated.
5. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type, unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is
indicated. Top of cone of size that matches grade rings.
6. Gaskets: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber.
7. Grade Rings: Include two or three reinforced-concrete rings, of6- to 9-inch (ISO-
to 229-mm) total thickness, that match 24-inch- (61O-mm-) diameter frame and
cover.
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 2
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I-
I
I
I
I
I
I
8. Steps: Fiberglass, individual steps or ladder. Include width that allows worker to
place both feet on one step and is designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast
or anchor into base, ,riser, and top sectionsidewalls with steps at 12- to 16-inch
(300- to 400-mm) intervals. . Omit steps for manholes less than 60 inches
(1500 nun) deep.
9. Steps: ASTM C 478 (ASTM C 478M), individual steps or ladder. Omit steps for
manholes less than 60 inches (1500 nun) deep.
10. Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923 (ASTM C 923M), resilient, of size required, for
each pipe connecting to base section.
B. Manhole Frames and Covers: Supply as indicated on project drawings
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EARTHWORK
A Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3.2 . PIPING APPLICATIONS
A . General: Include watertight, silttight, or soiltight joints, unless watertight or silttight,
joints are indicated.
B. Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fitting products
listed below. Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods according to applications indicated.
C. Gravity-Flow Piping: Use the following:
1. NPS 18 to NPS 36 (DN450 to DN900): Corrugated PE pipe and fittings;
corrugated, soiltight couplings; and coupled joints.
2. NPS 18 to NPS 36 (DN450 to DN900): Reinforced-concrete sewer pipe and
fittings, gaskets, and gasketed joints.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details indicate general location
and arrangement of underground storm drainage piping. Location and arrangement of ,.
piping layout take design considerations into account. Install piping as indicated, to
extent practical.
B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with
unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets,
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 3
seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for
installation requirements.
C. Use manholes for changes in direction, unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for
branch connections, unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated.
3.4 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION AND lNST ALLATION
A General: Join and install pipe and fittings according to installations indicated.
B. Refer to Division 2 Section "Utility Materials" for basic piping joint construction and
installation.
C. PE Pipe and Fitt~gs: As follows:
1. Join pipe, tubing, and fittings with couplings for soiltight joints according to
manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Install, according to ASTM D 2321 and manufacturer's written instructions.
3. Install corrugated piping according to t~e Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe
Association's "Recommended Installation Practices for Corrugated Polyethylene
Pipe and Fittings. II
D. Concrete Pipe and Fitting~: Install according to ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation
Manual." Use the following seals: ASTM C 443 (ASlM C 443M), rubber gaskets. '
3.5 MANHOLE INSTALLATION,
A General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated.
B. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface.
C. Install precast concrete manhole sections with gaskets according to ASTM C 891.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has
occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches (600 mm) ofbacldill is in place, and
again at completion of Project.
1. Defects requiring correction include the following:
a.:A1ignment:' Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between
structures.
b.Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or
cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.
c. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping.
STORM DRAINAGE 02630 - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.
2. Replace defective piping using new materials, and rep~t inspections until defects
are within allowances specified.
3. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory.
END OF SECTION 02630
~.
"
STORM DRAINAGE
02630 - 5
I
I
I
ul
I
I
--I
,I
"I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 02831 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Galvanized-steel chain link fabric.
2. Galvanized-steel framework.
,-
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division
1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data in the form of manufacturer's technical data, specifications, and installation -
instructions for fence and gate posts, fabric, gates, gate operators, and accessories.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an exp~rienced Installer who has at least three years'
experience and has completed at least five chain link fence projects with same material
and of siniilar scope to that indicated for this Project with a successful construction
record of in-service performance.
B. Single-Source ReSponsibility: . Obtain chain link fences and gates, including accessories,
fittings, and. fastenings, from a single source. -
1.5 - PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for fences and gates shown on the
Drawings jn relation to the"property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions
by field measurements.
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
02831 - 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2'.1 . ,FABRIC
. . ~ ~ \~
A. Selvage: Knuckled at one selvage and twisted at the ether for 2-inch and 2-1I8-inch
mesh sizes and heights abeve 60 inches.
B. Steel Chain-Link Fence ,Fabric: Fabricated in ene-piece widths fer' fencing 12 feet and
less in height to, cemply with Chain Link Fence ManufactUrers Institute (CLFMI)
"Preduct Manual" and with requirements indicated belew:
1. Mesh and Wire Size:, 2-inch mesh, 0.148-inch diameter (9 gage).
2. Coating: ASTM A 817, Type 2, Class 2, zinc-ceated (galvanized).
2.2 FRAMING
A. Reund member sizes are given in actual eutside diameter (OD) to" the nearest theusandth
ef inches. Reund fence pests and~ rails are eften referred to, in ASTM standard
specifications by neminal pipe sizes (NPS) er the equivalent trade sizes in inches. The
fellewing indicates these equivalents,all measured in inches: .
. . ~ , -
Actual OD
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.000
6.625
8.625
NPS Size
1
1-1/4
1-112
2
2-112
3
3-1/2
6
8
Trade Size.
1-3/8
1-5/8
2
2-112
3
3-112
4
6-5/8
8-5/8
B. Type I Round Pests: Standard weight (schedule 40) galvanized-steel pipe cenferming
to, ASTM F 1083, according to, heavy industrial requirements ef ASTM F 669, Group IA,
with minimum yield strength of25,000 psi, net less than 1.8 ez. of zinc per sq. ft. Type
A ceating inside and outside accerding to, ASTM F 1234, as determined by ASTM A 90,
and weights per feet as follews:
Actual OD
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.000
'Weight (lb/ft)
1.68
2.27
2.72
3.65
5.79
7.58
9.11
NPS Size
1
1-114
1-112
2
.2-112
3
3-112
_ . CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
02831. - 2, ..
I
-1' I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6.625
8.625
8.97
28.55
6
8
, .
C. Type II Round Posts: ,C6Id-formed, electric-welded steel pipe conforming to heavy
industrial requirements of ASTM F 669, Group IC, with minimum yield strength of
50,000 psi, either protective coating system below according to ASTM F 1234, and
,weights per foot as follows:
1. Coatings: Type B outside .with a minimum of 0.9 .oz. of zinc per sq. ft. after
welding, a chromate conversion coating and a clear polymer overcoat. Type B
inside with a minimum of 0.9 oz. of zinc per sq. ft. or Type D inside with a
minimum 0.3-mil-thick, 8 I-percent zinc-piginented nominal coating.
2. Coatings: Type C inside and outside With not less than 0.9 oz. of zinc-5 percent
aluminum-mischmetalalloy per sq. ft.
Actual OD
1.315
1.660.
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.000
Weight (lb/ft)
1.35
1.84
2.28
3.12
4.64
5;71
6.56
NPS Size
1
1-114
1-112
2
.2-1/2
.3
3-112
D. Top Rail: Manufacturer's longest lengths (17 to 21 feet) with swedged-end or
expansion-type coupling, approximately 6 inches long for joining. Provide rail ends or
other means for attaching top rail securely to each gate comer, pull, and end post.
1. Round Steel: 1.660-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe.
E. Steel posts for fabric heights up to 6 feet:
-
1.. Round Line or Intermediate Posts: I.90-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe.
2. Round End, Comer, and Pull Posts: 2.875-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe.
F. Swing Gate Posts: Furnish posts' to support single gate leaf, or one leaf of a double-gate
installation, according to ASTM F 900, sized as follows for steel and aluminum pipe
posts:
1. Steel posts for fabric~ height of 6 feet or less and gate leaf width:
a. Up to and Including 4 Feet: 2.375-inch OD pipe weighing at least 3.IIlb per
ft.
b. Over 4 to 10 Feet: 2.875-inch OD pipe weighing at least 4.641b per ft.
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
02831-3
2.3 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Material: Comply with ASTM F 626. Mill-finished aluminum or, galvanized iron or
. steel to suit manufacturer's standards~ . - .. .
1. Steel and Iron:' Urii~ss specified otherwise, hot-dip galvanize pressed steel or
cast-iron fence fittings and accessories with at least 1.2 oz. zinc per sq. ft. as
determined by ASTM A 90.
2. Aluminum: Die cast conforming to ASTM B 26, aluminum-alloy 360 or sand cast
conforming to ASTM B 85, aluminum-alloy 365, ZG6IA, or Tenzalloy.
B. Post Brace Assembly: Manufacturer's standard adjustable brace. Use material specified
below for brace, and truss to line posts with 3/8-inch-diameter rod and adjustable
tightener. Provide manufacturer's standard galvanized-steel, cast-iron or cast-aluminum
cap for each end.
I. Round Steel: 1.660-inch OD Type I or II steel pipe.
C.
Bottom and CenteiRail~ Same material as top rail. Provide manufacturer's standard
galvanized-steel, cast-iron or cast-aluminum cap for each end.-
-"
'. D.. -- Tension of Stretcher BarS: Hot-dip galvanized steel With'a minimum length 2 inches less
than the full height of fabric, a minimum cross section of 3/16 inch by 3/4 inch, and a
minimum of 1.2 oz. of zinc coating per sq. ft. Provide' one bar for each gate and end
post, and two for each comer and pull post, except where fabric is integrally woven into
the post.
E. Tension and Brace Bands: 3/4-inch-wide minimum hot-dip galvanized steel with a
minimum of 1.2 oz. of zinc coating per sq. ft.
1. Tension Bands: 0.074 inch thick (14 gage) minimum.
2. Brace Bands: 0.105 inch thick (12 gage) minimuni.
F. Tension Wire: 0.177-inch-diameter metallic-coated steel marcelled tension wire
conforming to ASTM.A 824 with finish to match fabric~
1. Coating Type-II zinc in the following class as determined by AS~ A 90. Class
2, with a minimum coating weight of 1.20 oz. per sq. ft. of uncoated wire surface.
G. Tie Wires: 0.106-inch-diameter (12-gage) galvanized steel with a minimum of 0.80 oz.
per sq. ft. of zinc coating according to ASTM A 641, Class 3 or O.148-inch-diameter
(9-gage) aluminum wire alloy 1350-HI9 or equal, to match fabric wire.
2.4 BARBED WIRE
A. Barbed Wire Supporting Arms: Manufacturer's standard barbed wire'supporting arms
conforming to ASTM F 626, metal and finish to match fence framework, with provision
for anchorage to posts and, attaching three rows of barbed wire to each arm. Supporting
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
: . 02831 ~ 4
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
arms may be either attached to posts or integral with post top weather cap and must be
capable ofwithstanding 250-lb downward pull at outermost end. Provide following type:
1. ' Single 45':degree chm for three strands of.bafb~d wire, one for each post.
B. Steel Barbed Wire: Two-strand, 0.099-inch-diameter (l2-1I2-gage) steel wire with
0.080-inch-diameter (14-gage), four-point barbs spaced not more than 5 inches o.c.;
metallic-coated finish to match fabric.
1. Galvanized Finish: Comply with ASTM A 121, chain link fence grade with Class
3 coating with not less than 0.8 oz. of zinc per sq. ft. as determined by ASTM A 90.
2.5 CONCRETE
"
A. Concrete: Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates
per ASTM C 33, and potable water. Mix materials to obtain concrete with a minimum
28-day compressive strength 0{3000 psi. Use at least four sacks of cement per cu. yd.,
l-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump.
B. . Packaged Concrete Mix: . Mix dry-packaged normal-weight concrete conforming to
ASTM C 387 with clean water to obtain a 2- to 3-inch slump.
2.6 GATES
A. Fabricate perimeter frames of gates from same material and finish as fence framework.
Assemble gate frames by welding.' Provide horizontal and vertical members to ensure .
proper gate operation and attachment of fabric, hardware, and accessories. Space frame
members maximum of 8 feet apart unless othetwise indicated.
1. Fabric: Same as for fence unless otherwise indicated. - Secure fabric at vertical
edges with tension bars and bands and to top and bottom of frame with tie wires.
2. Bracing: Install diagonal cross-bracing consisting of 5/16-inch-diameter
adjustable-length truss rods on gates to ensure frame rigidity Without sag or twist.
3. Barbed Wire: Extend end members of gate frames 12 inches above top member
and prepare to receive three strands of wire. Provide necessary clips for securing
wire to extensions.
B. Swing Gates: Comply with ASTM F 900.
1. Steel: Gates up to 8 feet wide:
,-
a. Up to 6 Feet High;. Fabricate perimeter frames of 1.660-inch minimum OD
Type I or II steelpipe or l-ll2-inch-square galvanized-steel tubing weighing
L84 lb per sq. ft.
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
02831 - 5
'2. Gate Hardware: Provide galvanized hardware and accessories for each gate
according to the following: .
..\,....
.0,':;".." ....
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
a.
. Hinges:,.Size and material to suit gate size,non-lift-offtype, offset to permit
ISO-degree gate opening. Provide 1-112 pair of hinges for each leaf over
6- foot nominal height. ,.
Latch: Forked type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side
of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part oflatch.
Keeper: Provide a keeper for vehicle gates that automatically engages gate
leaf and holds it in the open position until manually released.
Gate Stops: Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of mushroom-type
flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop
rod or plWlger bar. Include a lo.cking device and padlock eyes as an integral
part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single
.padlock. . A permaneQ.t padlock shall be provided by Owner. A temporary
padlock shall be provided by Contractor to secure project site Wltil
acceptance.
b.
c.
d.
A. General: Install fence to comply with ASTM F 567. Do not begin installation and
erection before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted.
1. Apply fabric to outside of framework. Install fencing on boundary lines inside of
property line established by survey as required by Division 1.
B. Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate (using post-hole digger) holes for posts to diameters
and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil.
.;
1. If not indicated on Drawings, excavate holes for each post to minimum diameter
recommended by fence manufacturer, but not less than four times the largest cross
section of post.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, excavate hole depths approximately 3 inches lower
than post bottom, with bottom of posts set not less than 36 inches below finish
grade surface.
C. Setting Posts: Center and align posts in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation.
Space a maximum of 10 feet o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
1. Protect portion of posts above ground from concrete splatter. Place concrete
around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each post for vertical
and top alignment, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations.
a. Unless otherwise indicated, extend concrete footings 2 inches above grade
and trowel to a crown to shed water.
CHAIN LINK. FENCES AND GATES,
, 02831 - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
D. Top Rails: Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved
runs and at other posts terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated
to receive rail. Provide ~~ansion couplings as reco~ended by fencing manufacturer.
E. Brace Assemblies: Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of comer and
pull posts. Locate horizontal braces at midheight of fabric on fences with top rail and at
two thirds fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when
diagonal rod is under proper tension.
F. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric before
stretching fabric and tie to each post with not less than same gage and type of wire. Pull
wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 0.I20-inch-diameter (II-gage)
hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced a maximum of 24 inches o.c.
G.. Fabric: Leav~approximately I inches between finish grade and bottom selvage Unless
otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Install
fabric on security side of fence, and anchor to framework so that fabric remains under
tension after pulling force is released.
H. .. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, comer, pull, and
gate posts with tension bands spaced not over 15 inches o.c.
I. 'Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to secure fabric firmly to posts and rails. Bend
ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons or clothing.
1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts 12 inches o.c. and to rails and braces
24 inches o.c.
J. Fasteners: Install nuts fOf, tension bands and carriage bolts on the. side of the fence
opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts
for added security.
K. Barbed Wire: Pull wire taut and install securely to extension arms and secure to end post
or terminal arms according to manufacturer's instructions.
3.2 GATE INSTALLATION
A.' Install gates plumb, level, and secure for full opening without interference. Install
ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and
lubricate where necessary. Install gates according to manufacturer's mstructions, plumb,
level, and secure.
3.3 APJUSTING
A. Gates: . After repeated operation of completed installation equivalent to 3 days' use by
normal traffic, readjust gates for optimum operating condition and safety. Lubricate
moving contact areas and clean exposed surfaces.
END OF SECTION 02831
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
02831 -7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SlTh1MAR Y
A This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete
materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. '
1.3 DEFINITIONS
,-
A Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of
blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag,
and silica fume. .
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicat~d.
B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics
of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant
adjustments.
1. .; Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending, and placement,
, prepared according to ACI 315,- "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement."
Include material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and
supports of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings
.through concrete structures. '
D. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test
results for compliance of the following With requirements indicated, based on comprehensive
testing of current materials:
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar
in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted
in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
...._ hB.._ Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professiona.Lerigineer who is legally qualified to
practice in the State of Georgia anq who is experienced in providing engineering services
of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for formwork
and shoring and reshoring installations that are similar to those indicated for this Project in
material, design, and extent.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the
testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-l or an equivalent certification program.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand
from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture
from the same manufacturer.
E. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are
indicated:
1. AtI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete."
2. ACI i 17, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS ,
A Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete:- Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true,
and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of
joints.
1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials.
B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or -another approved material.
Provide lumber dressed on atleast two e.dges and one side for tight fit.
C. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with,
stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of
concrete surfaces.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 2
1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for ~teel form-facing materials.
D. Form Ties: Factory:'fubrieated, removable or snap-otfmetalor g1ass-fiber-reiDforced plastic
form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent
spalting of concrete on removal.
1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to the
plane of the exposeq concrete surface.
2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no.t larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in
diameter in concrete surface.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
i
B. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185" fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into
flat sheets.
2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacillg, supporting, and:
fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports
according to CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast
concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as
follows:
1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms,'
use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.
2.4 . CONCRETE MATERIALS
A Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1.
B. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.
C. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, and as follows:
1. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not less than 3M.
2. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches (38'mrn).
D. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f". ,.
I
I
I
,I
I
2.5 ADMIXTURES
A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer tc? contain riot more than 0.1 percent water-
soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other
admixtures and cementitious. materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride.
B. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
D. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F.
E. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E.
F. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
I,
2.6 FillER REINFORCEMENT
A Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated or monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed
for use in concrete, complying 'with ASTM C 1116, Type Ill, 1/2 to 1 inch (13 to 25 mm)
long.
B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:' .
"
C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1. Fibrillated Fibers:
a. Fibrasol F; Axim Concrete Technologies.
b.' Fibermesh; Fibermesh, Div. of Synthetic Industries.
c. Forta CR; Forta Corporation.
d. Grace Fibers; W. R. Grace & Co., Construction Products Div.
2. Monofilament Fibers:
"."a,., ,.FjJ:>,r,-asol IIP; Axim..Concrete.Technologies. '.. ~,.,.. '.~..~'.\'J~" .
, b. Fiberstrand 100; Eucli.d Chemical Co.
c. Fibermix Stealth; Fibermesh, Div. of Synthetic Industries.
d. Forta Mono; Forta Corporation.
e. Grace MicroFiber; W. R. Grace & Co., Construction Products Div.
f Hi-Tech PPM Fiber; Hi- Tech Fibers, Div. of Martin Color-Fi, Inc.
g. Polystrand 1 000; Metalcrete Industries.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 4
2.7 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder:~' Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for
application to fresh concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AA~HTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenai:
weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 glsq. m) dry.' .
C. Moisture-RetaIning Cover: ASTM C 171, 'p<?lyethylene~ or white burlap-polyethylene
sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
E. Clear, Waterbome,'Membrane-Formi'ng Curmg and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315,
Type 1, Class A.
F. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
G. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound:
a. Klear-Kote Cure-Sealer-Hardener, 30 percent soli~; Burke Group, LLC (The).
b. Polyseal WB; ChemMasters. .
c. UV Safe Seal; Lambert Corporation.
d. Lumiseal WB Plus; L&M Construction Chemicals; Inc.
e. Vocomp-30; W. R. Meadows, Inc.
r. Metcure 30; Metalcrete Industries.
g. Vexcon Starseal1315; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.
2.8' CONCRETE MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete detenninedby either~laboratory
trial mix or field test data bases, as follows:
. L';' "Proportion normal-weight'concrete accordin&'to~ACI-Q'hl!-'l.andACI 301. '--'. ,....,'... --
2. Proportion lightweight 'structural concrete according to ACI 211.2 and ACI 301.
B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing' and 'reporting proposed mix
designs for the laboratory trial mix basis.
C. Footings and Foundation Walls: Proportion norroal-weighi co'ncrete mix as follows:
1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3500 psi (27.6 MPa) Minimum.
2. Maximum Slump: 4 inches (100 nun).
"
.",.0"'-1): .. Structure Frame Members: Proportion normal~weightconcrete mix as follows:
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 5
.,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1. Compressive Strength(28 Days): 4000 psi (27.6MPa) Minimum.
2. Maximum Slump: 4mches (100 mm).
E. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious' materials other than
portland cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash (Type F): 20 percent.
F. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50..
G. Air Content: Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in
concrete at point of placement having an air content of 2 to 4 percent, unless otherwise
indicated.
H. Air Content: Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in
concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows within a tolerance of plus
,1 or minus 1.5 percent, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Air Content: 5.5 percent.
1. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mix at manufacturer's recommended rate,
but not less than 1.5 lb/cu. yd. (0.60 kg/cu. m).
J. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture,
(supeiplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability.
2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.
3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete.
. 2.9 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.10 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 11,16, and furnish batch ticket information.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing
and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90
deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing ahd delivery time to 60 minutes.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 6
. .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
'.
3.1 FORMWORK
A Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support
vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic lqads, and co~ction loads that might be applied, until
concrete structure can support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so. concrete members and structur~s are of size, shape, alignment,
elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI .117.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R,',as abrupt or gradual, as
follows: 1/4 inch for exp9sed structures and 1/2 inch for footings and foundations.
D. Construct forms tiiht enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping maydarnage cast concrete surfaces.
Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerfwood
inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material
F. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of
formwork is inaccessible.. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely
braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at
inconspicuous locations~
G. Chamfer exterior comers and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
H. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads
required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
I. Clean fonns and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt,
and other debris just before placing concrete.
... ," ._"j'>,..., . Retighten'torms ana bracing before placirig c6iicrete~':asrequited~' ti5'preveilffuortar leakS"
and maintain proper alignment.
K. Coat contact surfaces offonns with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, before placing reirlforcement.
3.2 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A General: Formwork, for sides ofheanis, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work, that
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less
than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard
enough to not be damage<i,by. fonn-removal operations and provided curing and protection
operations are maintained. ..
B. Clean and repair surfaces offorms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or
otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply
new form-release agent. '
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints.
Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete
surfaces unless approved by Engineer.
3.3 SHORES AND RESHORES
i
A Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M), ACI 301, and recommendations in ACI 347R for
design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring.
B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and
provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection.
3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A General: ,Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
B. Clean reinforcement ofloose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement., Locate and
support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack
weld crossing reinforcing bars. '
D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize
sagging. Lap edges and, ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of
,,"",: - adjoining sheetwidths,to'prevent continuous laps in either direction: 'Lace"overlaps with'
WIre.
3.5 JOINTS
A. General; Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at
locations indicated or as approved by Engineer.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 8
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verifY that installation of formwork, reinfo~cement, and embedded
items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless
approved by Engineer.
C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be
placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a
section cannot be placed continuously, proVide construction joints as specified. Deposit
concrete to avoid segregation.
D. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches (600 nun) and in a
manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still
plastic, to avoid coid joints.
1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment
and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R.
2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible
effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at
least 6 inches (150 nun) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers
of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of
vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of
reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to
segregate.
E. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work
from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions,
or low temperatures.
<0 ~_ ' \ "i' ,-. .....
1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C),
uniformly heat' water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture
temperature o(not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80.deg F (27
deg C) at point of placement.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place
. "'1"'-.: ^. "~ -concreteuon'frozen subgrade'or'onsubgrade containing'frozenomaterials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs.
F. Hot-Weather Placemeilt:Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and
as follows, when hot-weather conditions exist:
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32
deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to
control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of
mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2.'~""CoversteeI-'feinforcement with water-soaked burlap' so steel temperature will not
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- :11,
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I~
I
..1
I
I
I
I
I
exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog-spray forms, steelrreinforcement, and subgFade just before placing concrete.
Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dfY,areas.
3.7 FINISIDNG FORMED SURFACES
A. . Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material,
arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum qf seams. Repair and patch
tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch (3 mm)
in height.
3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
A. General: Protect fresWy placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with
recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing.
B. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported
slabs, and other similar, surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after
loosening forms. If removing fonns before end of curing p.eriod, continue curing by one or
a combination of the following methods: .
C., Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after, finishing concrete.. Cure unformed
surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by one or,
a combination of the following methods:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with
the following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining
cover for ctiringconcrete;placed in widest practicable widt~ with sides and ends
lapped at least 12 inches (300 nun), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure
for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing
period using cover material and waterproof tape.
a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to
receive floor coverings. . .
b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to
receive penetrating liquid floor treatments.
c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with eithet- a moisture-
retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer recommends for
use with floor coverings.
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 10
3. Curing and Sealing Compound:. Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a
continuous operation by power spray .or roller according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial
application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply. a second coat. Maintain
continuity of ~oating and repair damage during curing period.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency
to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. .
Sampling and testing for quality control may include those specified in this Article.
B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall ;be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: . Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each
concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus
'one set for each ad~itional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof
2. Slump: AS1M C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but
not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional
tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete;
ASTM C 173, volumetric method, for structural lightweight concrete; .one test for
. each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete
nux.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40
deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test
for each composite sample.
5. Unit Weight: AS1M C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one
test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each
concrete mix.
6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory 'cure one set
of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample.
a. Cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each
composite sample.
7. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test two laboratory-cured specimens at
7 days and two at 28 days and hold one speciman.
a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two
specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated.
C. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive
compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no
compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500
psi (3.4 MPa).
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 11
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
D. Test results shall be reported in writing to Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor
within 48 hours of testing. , Repofts of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project
identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and
inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28
days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of
break for both 7 -and 28-day tests.
E. Nondestructive Testing: ,Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may
be permitted by Engineer but will not be used as sole baSis for approval or rejecti~.n of
concrete. '
F. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete
when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other
requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and inspecting agency
may conduct tests ~o determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with
, AS~ C 42 or by other methods as directed by Engineer.
END OF SECTION 03300
. ~ 'J'')~' " ,'-- J '" .
>.. ......,..
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03300 - 12
SECTION 13200A - STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
PART 1 - GENERAL SCOPE
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
:~.I.
A. The work to be performed u,nder this section consists ofthefumishing of all materials,
tools, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary for the design, m.anufacture, delivery,
erection, painting and testing of an all welded elevated steel. storage tan1e The tank is to
be complete with all accessories specified herein, and is to be erected on foundations to
be designed and constructed by the Tank Contractor. The tank shall have a capacity of
1,000,000 gallons above the low waterline as shown on the appended project plans.
B. The contracting company shall be a specialist in the design and construction of elevated
steel tanks, and shall have built in itS own name and completed not less than ten (10)
comparable tanks of the same style and capacity within the last five (5) years giving
satisfactory service. Each bidder shall provide a letter with his bid, listing such examples
giving the owner, tank size, date constructed, consulting engineer, and engineer's address' ..
and telephone number. Such company shall have on its staff a full time professional
engineer with not less than five (5) years experience in design and field construction of
elevated steel tanks and who will be in responsible engineering charge of the work to be
done.
C. The contracting company shall own their fabrication facilities. Divided responsibilities
between erection and fabrication will not be allowed.
D. A qualified supervisor employed by the Contractor shall be on site at all times during
construction of the fo.undation and support structure. No assignments of authority for
superintendence for Contractor to Subcontractor shall be made. .
E. Section 13200B may be used in lieu of this specification section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Each bidder shall submit with his proposal, a design sketch of the tank and foundation
'.~~.,"" " he proposes .t().fumish... This gen~ral plan of.t4eJ;itI:u9ture .j:m,lst ,shmyall, . major
dimensions including the tank diameter, the height to lower and upper capacity levels,
the sizes of all principal and secondary members, thickness of all plates and
arrangements of members and the size of the tank foundation including quantities of
concrete and rebar.
B. The successful bidder must submit shop drawings for all proposed work to include tank
foundations with column reactions, concrete mix design, tank structure showing size of
plates, members, details of all connections special details and member loads, piping,
valves, painting and other pertinent information as required per the project plans and
specifications. These drawings shall be sealed by a registered professional engineer
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
,SECTION 13200A - 1
I
I
I
I
I
"'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
"I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
, I""
I
I
I
I
I
. licensed in the State of Georgia. No fabrication shall be started until shop drawings have
, been approved. .,
PART 2 - FOUNDATIONS
2.1 FOUNDATION DESIGN
A. . Foundation design shall be based on the soil bearing pressures contained in the
. Geotechnical Report in Section 02050. The contractor retain the services of a testing
: firm selected by the Owner to confirm that the design conditions are in conformance with
. design recommendations. The design of the foundations shall be in accordance with the
. requirements of ACI 301, 318, and Section 03300. Minimum concrete compressive
strength shall be 3500 psi at 28 days. Testing services will be paid by the Contractor or
from the allowances set within the lump sum bid.
2.2 TANK FOUNDATIONS
A. ' The Tank Contractor shall furnish and install all materials, labor and equipment.
necessary to complete the tank foundations complete with anchor bolts, reinforcing steel:.
and concrete.
B.
The Tank Contractor shall design and prepare construction plans and details for the
foundations in accordance with the requirements of the specifications: The foundation:
. construction drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and final approval. .
C' All testing of materials concerning the foundations shalL be done by an independent ., .
testing laboratory satisfactory to ,the Engineer. Results of all tests including a definite
laboratory statement that same does or does not meet requirements or specifications.
Testing services will be paid by the Contractor or from the allowances set within the. '
lump sum bid.
PART 3;0 - TANK DESIGN AND MATERiALS
3.1 GOVERNING SPECIFICATIONS
A.;.,Material, . design, welding",.shop"fabrication,. erection" testing, dand inspection..ofthe
proposed elevated water storage tank shall be in compliance with the latest revision of
the American W ater Works Association Standard Specification, A WW A D 1 00-96, for
"Welded Steel Elevated Tanks, Standpipes and Reservoirs for Water Storage" and the
latest edition ,of American Welding Society. '
B. Tank design shall be in accordance with elevation sketch contained in Appendix A,
Drawing A-I.
C. The following design parameters shall apply, and the structures shall safely withstand the
following loads acting separately or in combination:
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION13200A - 2
1.
2.
3.
Weight of th~ structure.
Weight of the water in the tank. .
The structure shall be designed to withstand wind stresses blowing at a rate of 100
MPH from any direction.
Seismic Zone 2A per A WW AD 1 00.
Snow load minimum of 15 PSF as specified in A WW A.
Corrosion Allowance: None.
Minimum thickness, shell and roofplanes: 1/4"
Headrange: 35' maximum.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
D.
All metal in the structure shall be manufactured, rolled or shaped in accordance with the
current A-283 and A-36 specifications of ASTM.
3.2 ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
. . -",,:;-...
';.':,
A.
The tank shall be of the torospherical or oblatoid type and shall be of the latest all welded
design. Preference shall ,be given to designs of good appearance with operating
characteristics which give C1$ constant a pressure on the mains as is consistent with the
manufacturer's standards and economics of design. The net capacity shall be 1,000,000,
Gallons. The height of the tank high water level from above thetop of the pedestal shall
be 104.75 feet. The minimum thickness of any plate in contact with water and roof plate
shall be 1/4". All interior and exterior roof laps shall be fully seal welded on both sides.
B.
The steel tower supporting the tank shall consist of a circle of peripheral tubular steel
columns. Spiral welded columns will not be allowed
C.
Compression Members: Splices in main columns shall be located as near as practicable
to horizontal struts so as to secure maximum rigidity.
D.
Column Bases: Column bases shall be designed so that they can be easily cleaned and
will not colleCt water and dirt. They shall be of such size and so constructed as to
properly distribute the loads from the column to the foundation.
E.
Stiffening Member at Belt Line: A stiffening member shall be provided at the
connection of the columns to the tank to resist the horizontal shear and bending moments
due to the horizontal components of the forces in the inclined tower columns. This I
stiffening member shall beatleast36 inches in width to serve'as'a-tank ba1conyand shall'" ".<,'"''
be provided with a hand rail at least 42 inches in height.
F.
Column Connections: Column connections shall be made so as to avoid any undue
stresses and shall be of ample size and strength to distribute the load at this point into the
tank, into the column, and into the stiffening member.
I
I
I
I
I
G.
Rods: Rods used in tower bracing shall be round in cross section With enlarged threaded
ends where necessary.
H.
Riser Pipe: A steel riser pipe with a minimum diameter of 60 inches shall be furnished
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
with a satisfactory access manhole at the base.
, ,
I.
u. .. ... _._ .
Roofplates shall be minimum thickness of 1/4". The top and bottom sides of the roof
laps and structural framing shall be seal welded.
3.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Steel Riser Pipe (A WWA DIOO, Sec. 5.1): A steel riser pipe not less than 60 inches
diameter from base of the tower to the t~ bottom. In cases where riser pipe supports
'considerable load, thickness of the riser plate sh,all be determined by the tank
manufact:urer. A 24": diameter manhole shall be located in the riser pipe 3' above the
foundation. The opening shall be reinforced or the riser,plate so designed that all stresses
around the opening are adequately provided for. A ladder with safety climb device shall
be provided for access to the tank bowl. A safety grating shall be provided at the top of
the riser pipe with no opening larger than 6 inches in width, except that a door at least
24" square shall be provided in the grating.
B. Inlet - Outlet Connection: A 16 inch diameter steel inlet and a 1.6 inch diameter steel
outlet connection pipes with elbows. The centerline cif pipes shall penetrate the wall of
the riser pipe a minimum of 18" above the riser bottom (See appended drawings). Inlet'
protection shall be provided above pipes in accordance with A WW A Spec. D 1 00, Sec.
- 5.2.2.2
C. Overflow (AWWA DIOO, Sec. 5.3): The overflow shall be a minimum 12" diameter
interior riser supported steel pipe. The overflow pipe shall be routed down through the
riser pipe and base of the riser and extended to discharge into the junction box with. '
grated top indicated on the project drawings. A flap valve shall be provide at the
discharge point. Flap valve shallbe Clow F-3012 or equal. The tank manufacturer shall
verify that overflow pipe'and intake shall have the capacity to handle a 3600 gpm fill rate
with a maximum water level not more than 6 inches above the top of the overflow.
D. Roof Openings (AWWA DI00, Sec. 5.6): Provide a 30-in. square or 30-in. diameter
weatherproof aluminum access hatches on the roof of the tank located above the high
water level. The opening shall have a minimum 4 in. curh. The, aluminum cover shall
have a 2 in. downtumed edge, stainless steel hardware, hold open arm and a locking
mechanism-.,' - -. ,".-'"" ; r.. '''''''. .. -:',\,' '.,'.~.f::-:. .'
E. Tank Vent (AWWA Spec. DIOO, Sec. 5.7): One 20" minimum diameter tank vent
located at the center of the tank roof to permit passage of air at a sufficient rate to prevent
_ development of dangerous pressures or vacuum at a fill ra~e of 4000 gpm and drawdown
rate assuming a break in the inlet/outlet at grade when the tank is full. The vent will be
designed to prevent the ingress of birds, insects, or animals. -
The vent shall be designed to allow the attachment of an exhaust fan for ventilation
during painting.
STEEL' ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 4
F. Balcony: The tank shali be equipped with an exterior balccmy not less, than 36 inches
wide with a handrailnot less than 42 inches high. The 'floor of the"balcony. shall be
designed for a minimum vertical load of 1,000 pounds aSsumed to be applied to any
point. The floor shall be perforated for drainage. The OSHA approved handrail shall be
capable of withstanding a300 pound load applied laterally at the top rail. Provide toe
plate in accordance with OSHA.
G. Ladders (A WW A D100, Sec. 5.4): Fixed ladders on the towerfroin a point 8' above
grade level to balcony. Fixed outside tank: ladder to roof hatch. Interior ladder extending
from the base of the riser into the tank and from tank bottom to roof hatch.
H. Safety Devices (A WW A D1 00, 'Sec. 5.5): All ladders shall be equipped with an OSHA
approved cable-type safety climbing device with two belts and tWo clamp assemblies.
I. Water Level Indicator: A bronze gauge cock with pressUre gauge shall be installed in the
riser,pipe 4 ft. above tank base. Pressure gauge shall be four (4) inch minimum diameter
and calibrated in feet tc)read water level in tank. Gauge cock shall be Crane or equal.
A lockable protective insulated enclosure with window shall be designed and provided "..,
for protection of the level indicator.
J. Sample Cock: A sample cock shall be installed on discharge line.
K. A tank identification plate shall be mounted on the tank riser pipe above the access' .
manhole. The identificaticm plate shall contain the following information.
1. Tank Contractor
2. Contractors project or file number
3. Tank capacity
4. Height to overflow
5. Date erected
L. Lightning Protection shall be provide:in accordance with NFPA 780 and electrical..
drawings.
3.4 GROUTING UNDER BASE PLATE
--,;~' "'.
A: .: .Grouting between foundation -'tops and colufun 'arid,' riser , base' plates -will 'be' the'...c.,'
responsibility of the tank: manufacturer. Grout shall be 5,000 psi non":metallic non-shrink
grout by Five Star or equal under the base plates to completely fill the space. The
exposed edge of the grout shall be beveled on'a 45 degree angle.from the base plate to
the foundation top and the surface shall be trowel finished and left in a neat condition.
3.5 OPTIONAL ALTERNATE BID ITEMS
A. Electrical Lighting (Alternate No.1-I): Work shall beperformedin accordance with
National Electric Code~ Electrical Specification and the governing electrical, safety,
inspection codes, regulations and ordinances. The following minimum requirements
,STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 5
I
-I,'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
shall apply.
~: ..i
1. Each logo on the tank shallbe illuminated to 15 fc (initial) with a 2: 1 maximum to
minimum ratio. Provide lighting using metal halide fixtures. The target size shall be
25 feet high by 50 feet wide. Furnish and install all materials including light fixtures,
conduit and wiring. Conduit and wiring shall be installed completely to the
Electrical Rack. See the electrical specification on Drawing E-2 for the type of
materials. Submit a layout showing type of fixture, location of fixtures and point by
point illumination level for the engineer's approval.
PART 4 - PAINTING
4.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment of any kind required to
perform painting on the project as hereinafter set forth, Painting shall be performed at
such times and in such places as the Contractor ~d Engineer may agree upon in order
that dust-free and quality work be obtained. All painting shall be done in strict
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and shall be performed in .
a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The Owner shall be the sole judge of the
acceptability of the work.
4.2 STANDARD OF QUALITY
A. Products of Tnemec Co., Inc. are established as a standard of quality. Equal products
may be accepted by the Owner upon submittal to the Owner of the necessary data and
'information. No request for substitution will be considered which decreases the film '
thickness and/or the number of coats to be applied or which offers a change from the
generic type of coating specified. Any products submitted must be accompanied by
. test data supporting the claim of equality of each product proposed for substitution.
The Owner shall be the solejudge of equality.
4.3 PAINTMATERIALS
A. Paint materials shall be in original sealed containers bearing the manufacturer's labels.
. .., ."T' Colors, where not specified, will be selected by the Engineer,and/or,Qwner. When -
thinning is necessary, only the products which are suitable for the particular purpose
and supplied by the paint manufacturer shall be allowed. All interior paint materials
and systems must be approved as specified herein by the National Sanitation
Foundation under Standard 61.
.~ \'. . . t '\
4.4 APPLICATION OF MATERIALS
A. Painting methods shall be in accordance with the paint manufacturer's written
recommendations. The paint cont:I:actor shall be the sole judge of the method of
painting as provided in the manufacturer's written instructions providing such method
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 6
assuresan acceptable job to the Engineer and/or Owner.
,B. No paint shall be applied when the surrounding air temperature~ as measured in the
shade, is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. No paint shall- be applied when the
temperature of the surface to be painted is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit. Paint shall
not be applied to wet or damp surfaces, and shall not be applied in the rain, fog or
mist, or when the relative humidity will exceed 70%. No paint shall be applied when
it is expected that the relative humidity will exceed 70% or that tli~ air temperature
will drop below 40 degrees'Fahrenheit within 18 hours after the application of the
paint. Dew or moisture condensation shall be anticipated, and if such conditions are
prevalent, painting shall be delayed until mid-morning to be certain that the surface is
dry. Further, the days painting shall be completed well in advance of the probable
time of day when condensation occurs, in order to permit the film an appreciable
drying time prior to the formation of moisture.
C. Surfaces shall be prep~ed as specified and prime coats shall be applied prior to any
flash rusting occurring. Any surface not primed within 8 hours of blasting and/or
before rust occurs, shall be reblasted.
D. Painting shall be done on clean and dry surfaces in a manner to produce an even film .
of uniform thickness cind color, free of holidays, voids, pinholes; brush marks, laps,
runs, and other visible defects. Edges, comers, crevices, and ledges shall be finished'
with the same full coverage as the visible surfaces. Each coat shall be dry before the
application of additional coats.
E. All steel shall be delivered to the project site shop primed
F. All welds and irregular surfaces shall receive a brush coat of the specified product
prior to the application of the first complete coat. '
G. Coverage rates for metal surfaces are given in dry mil thickness: Magnetic testing
devices will be used to determine if sufficient materials are applied.
H. Care must be exercised that the coatings are not applied above or below that
recommended by the manufacturer and that adequate drying time is permitted
between coats to assure proper release of solvents. '
. ~ ~~ ....: . r..-
~'.".... ~. -- .-
." -,' -
. 'f .. ", ,l - I.' ,. ''''-. _. __', .....,.....,;: ,. .~" ....i..~
- .'- ..,....' ~ ..;.-, t;:., f.."# "::::I~;S" ;.-
.,-.'~-:'" .
.\.t"- Cl, ".,~
I. All surfaces adjacent to painting operations shall be protected to prevent damage or
discolorations by splashing or dripping paint, brush contact, overspray, etc. Any
paint spots or drippings, oils or stains on adjacent painted, or unpainted surfaces shall
be removed and all'surfaces left in good condition.
J. Allow a minimum of seven (7) days curing after application of final coatto tank
interior before flushing, sterilizing or filling with water.
K. The Contractor shall apply each coating atthe rate and in the manner specified by the
manufacturer. If material has thickened or must be diluted, the coating shall be built
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 7
I
I
I
I
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
1
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I.",.,
I
I
I
I
I
up to the same film thickness achieved with undiluted material. Deficiencies in film
thickness shall be correCted-by the application of additional coat(s) of paint. Where
thinning is necessary, only products of the manufacturer furnishing the paint, and for
the particular purpose, shall be allowed. All thinning shall be done strictly in
accordance with the manufacturers instructions, as well as with the full knowledge
and approval of the Engineer.
4.5 VENTILATION
A. In order to avoid entrapment of solvents and to aid in drying of the paint, ventilation
of the tank interiors shall be provided by the Contractor. Ventilation shall be in
accordance with A WW A Specification D-I 02 Section 78, Paragraph 7.3, and/or as
directed by the Engineer.
B. Ventilation shall be maintained on a continuous 24 hour per day basis from the
beginning of painting the tank interior and for a minimum of 48 hours after
completion of painting until full cure has taken place.
C. Ventilation shall be by means of fans of the size and capacity to create the required air.
turnover in the tank as specified in A WW A Specifications D-:- 102 Section 78,
, Paragraph 7.3. Fans for ventilation of elevated tanks shall be placed at the tank riser
manhole drawing air from the top and venting through the lower manhole.
4.6 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. After fabrication, all interior surfaces shall be shop cleaned in accordance with Steel
Structures Painting Council Surface Preparation Specifications No. 10 "Near White
Blast Cleaning". All exterior surfaces shall be shop cleaned in accordance with SSPC
Surface Preparation Specification No.6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". After
cleaning all surfaces shall be thoroughly and completely cleaned of any residue or
dust and shop primed.
B: After the tank iserected,-welded, and tested, the seams and adjacent areas shall be
cleaned of all slag and splatter from the welding and all surfaces that were shop
primed shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign matter.
C All welded. seams, abraded spots and areas not shop primed.:shaH-be cleaned in
accordance with SSPC No. 10 for 'interior surfaces and SSPCNo. 6 for exterior
surfaces.
. ',' ~'"..'
D. Field blast cleaning for all surfaces shall be by dry method unless otherwise specified.
E. Particle size of abrasive used in blast cleaning shall be such size to produce a 1.5-2.0
mil surface profile or in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer of the
specified coating systems to be applied. Abrasive used in blast cleaning operations
shall be new, washed, graded and free of contaminants that would interfere with
adhesion of paints and shall not be reused.
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 8
F. During blast cleaning operations, caution shall be exercised to insure that existing
coatings are not exposed to abrasion from blast cleaning.
G. The contractor shall keep the area of his work and the surrounding environment in a
clean condition. Blasting materials shall not be allowed to accumulate so as to
constitute a nuisance or hazard to the accomplishment of the work or the operation of
existing facilities.
H.Blast cleaned surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of specified coatings or .,
paint. No coatings or paint shall be applied over damp or moist surfaces.
I. The contractor shall be responsible for proper disposal of spent abrasive from the
blasting operations.
4.7 INTERIOR (WET & DRY) COATING SYSTEM- A WW A INSIDE SYSTEM NO.3
A. All interior surfaces shall have a three-coat system consisting of a zinc-rich primer
and two coats of two-component epoxy system that meet the requirements of A WW A.
and the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)~ Total dry film thickness of the system
shall be 11 to 17 mils.
1. Surface Preparation: Interior Wet - SSPC-SPI0 "Near-White Metal Blast
Cleaning". Interior Dry - SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". All rough
edges, weld seams and sharp comers shall be ground to a curve.' '
2. Shop Primer: Apply one coat of Tnemec Series 91H20-Hydro-Zinc 2000 at a
dry film thickness rate of2.5 to 3.5 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not.
exceed manufacturers recommendations. Drying time shall be as indicated on
the manufacturers product data sheets.
3. Field Touch-up: Remove all weld slag, weld spatter, and other sharp of rough
projections. All welded seams, crevices and joints shall receive SSPC-SPI0
surface preparation. Immediately after cleaning all areas shall be brushed with
Tnemec Series 91H20-Hydro-Zinc 2000 Primer and allowed to cure 24 hours,
minimum prior to application of Intermediate Coat.
4. Intermediate Coat: Apply one coat of Tnem~c Series 20 Pota-Pox at a dry film
thickness rate of 4.0 to 6.0 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not exceed
manufacturers recommendations. Note: Tnemec Series 40 Pota-Pox L.T. may
be',substituted but film:thicknessmust be maintained.' .:--", ",. ..,. "" .. ,- .
5. Finish Coat (Interior Wet Only): Apply one coat of Tnemec Series 20 Pota-Pox
at a dry film thickness rate of 4.0 to 6.0 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall
not exceed manufacturers recommendations. Note: Tnemec Series 40 Pota-Pox
L.T. may be substituted but film thickness must be maintained.
4.8 EXTERIOR COATING SYSTEM - A WW A OUTSIDE SYSTEM NO.6
A. All exterior surfaces shall receive a minimum three coat system consisting of a zinc-
rich primer, an intermediate coat of two-component epoxy and a finish coat of two-
component aliphatic polyurethane that meet the requirements of A WW A. Total dry
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.1
". ...,1
~ ~\. J ,"',
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
film thickness oft4e system shall be 6.5 to 9.5 mils. .
1. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". All rough
edges, weld seams and sharp comers shall be ground to a curve.
2. Shop Primer: Apply one coat of Tnemec Series 91H20-Hydro-Zinc 2000 at a
dry film thickness rate of2.5 to 3.5 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not
exceed manufacturers recommendations. Drying time shall be as indicated on
the manufacturers product data sheets.
3. Field Touch-up: Remove all weld slag, weld spatter, and other sharp of rough
projections. All welded seams, crevices and joints shall receive SSPC-SP6
surface preparation. Immediately after cleaning all areas shall be brushed with
Tnemec Series 91H20-Hydro-Zinc 2000 and allowed to cure 24 hours minimum
prior to application of Intermediate Coat.
4. Intermediate Coat: Apply one coat ofTnemec Series 161 Tnemec Fascure at a
dry film thickness rate of2.0 to 3.0 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not
exceed manufacturers recommendations. Drying time shall be as indicated on
the manufacturers product data sheets.
5. Finish Coat: Apply one coat ofTnemec Series 74 Endura:..Shield at a dry film
thickness rate of2.0 to 3.0 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not exceed
manufacturers recommendations.
4.9 LOGO
The logo as appended shall be painted at two (2) locations around the upper exterior of the,'" ...,
tanle The logos shall be applied in a location and of satisfactory, size to be visually seen:
from distant locations. . Placement of logos on tank shall be coordinated with the OWNER.
The OWNER shall also select a logo color based upon the paint manufacturer's color chart.
Paint shall be Tnemec Series 74 Endura-Shield.
4.10 DISINFECTION
A. After the tank has been painted and the interior surfa9.e~ have thoroughly dried, the
Contractor shall femoveall visible dirt and contaminating materials. A minimum of
seven (7) days following the application of the final coat on the interior surfaces shall
be allowed before the tank is disinfected or filled with water. The interior of the tank
shall be disinfected in accordance with Chlorination Method No.2 or 3 of A WW A
C652-92. ' ; c.'
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining proper disinfection as determined
by bacteriological testing. The Contractor shall assist the OWNER with collecting
two (2) satisfactory consecutive bacteriological samples of water taken 24 hours apart
from the tanle Testing shall be performed by a state approved laboratory.
C. Water for filling the tank after the initial disinfection will be provided by the Owner.
If the bacteriological test fails, the tank shall be redisinfected. The Contractor shall
reimburse the Owner for water required to fill the tank after the first filling.
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 10.
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 11
I
I
I
I
I
I"
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
D. Wasting of water shall be done in compliance with federal, state and local
environmental regulations.
PART 5.0 - TANK CONSTRUCTION
5.1 ERECTION OF TANK
A. All parts forming the structure shall be built in accordance with approved drawings.
The workmanship and finishing shall be the best in modem shop practice. Welding
procedures and general welding requirements shall be in accordance with A WW A
DIDO, Section 8, "Welding" . Welding shall only be done by ASME qualified
welders. Records of these qualification tests shall be available to the Engineer. The
work at all times shall be open to the Engineer or his representative.
B. Upon completion of the tank erection, the Tank Contractor will remove or dispose of
all rubbish and other unsightly' material caused by its operation, and will leave the
premises in good appearance.
5.2 TESTING
A. After tank construction has been completed and the tank painted. The tank shall be
hydrostatically tested by filling with water which will b,e furnished by the Owner.
Any leaks shall be repaired and the structure made watertight. No repair work will be:',~" ","'. .'
done on any point unless the water level in the tank is at least two feet below the joint -, '"
being repaired.
B. In addition the Tank Contractor shall test the weld joints by means of radiographic .'
method. All testing shall be done in accordance with the latest revisions of A WW A
DlOO, Section 11. The radiographic film test results will become the property of the
Owner.
C. Testing & Inspection Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each
step of the Project work. Do not proceed until test results for previously-completed
work verify compliance with requirements.
1. Thoroughly examine steel surfaces to be coated prior to commencement of ,.,'
work. Correct any condition which will adversely affect cleaning and coating
application.
2. Inspect and test each step of the paint coating work before proceedIng with the
next phase. Correct defects and deficiencies in surface preparation and coating
work that may adversely affect completed work. Maintain daily inspection
records.
3. Paint contractor to provide all instruments, standards, and tools necessary to
perform inspection activities. Instruments shall be calibrated and in good
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
working condition.
4. Verify the blast-cleaned surfaces by comparison with pictorial standard SSPC-
VIS 1, and verify the height of the anchor profile with a surface profile
comparator. Verify quality of compressed air at the beginning and every 4
hours thereafter to ascertain that compressed air is free of oil and moisture.
5. Verify that the dry film thickness is within the specified limits by measuring the
thickness with a magnetic gauge in accordance with SSPG..p A-2.
6. Perform interior coating film continuity test with holiday detector on tank
interior surfaces. Obtain a pinhole-free interior tank coating. Ifpinholes or
deficient.areas are found'during inspection, repair and reperform these tests after
all repairs are completed.
7. Submit records of coating inspection to the Owner's Representative at the
completion of the coating work.
8. When testing and inspection agency, reports that workmanship or materials are
below specifications, the item shall be corrected and retested until requirements
are obtained..
. , 9. The Owner will employ a qualified independent testing agency to perform
inspection and testing services (not including paint inspection). The cost for
these services shall be paid by the Contractor from the allowance established
within the lump sinn bid.
10. Retesting: The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Tank' ,
Contractor, is the Tank Contractor's responsibility where required tests
performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract
Document requirements.
PART 6.0 - GUARANTEE & ANNIVERSARY INSPECTIONS
6.1 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor must guarantee for one year the structures he furnishes under these
specifications to the extent that he will repair any defects due to faulty design,
workmanship or material which may appear in the structures.
6.2 ANNIVERSARY INSPECTION
A. The Owner will notify the Contractor at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date
and shall establish a date for the inspection. The tank will be drained and the Owner's
representative and the Contractor shall thoroughly inspect all surfaces both inside and
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 12
out., Should a failure occur to 25% of the painted surface, either interior or exterior,
the entire surface shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with these specifications.
PART 7.0 - EXECUTION
7.1 PAYMENT
A. Payment for the elevateQ. tank shall be made on the basis of the contract lump sum
price for ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK. This lump sum shall include the
cost of all labor, materials, supervision, transportation, power and equipment and any
other costs required in the fabrication and erection of the tank complete with all
appurtenances.in accordance with the specification, on foundations furnished by the
Contractor.
END OF SECTION
STEEL ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200A - 13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION l3200B - COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
PARTl-GENERALSCOPE
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work to be performed under this section consists of the furnishing of all materials,
tools, equipment, labor_and incidentals necessary for the design, manufacture, delivery,
erection, painting and testing of a composite elevated storage tank. The tank is to be
complete with all accessories specified herein, and is to be erected on foundations to be
designed and constructed by the Tank Contractor. The tank shall have a capacity of
1,000,000 gallons above the low water line as shown on the appended project plans.
B. The contracting company shall be a specialist in the design and construction of
Composite elevated tanks, and shall have built in its own name and completed not less
than ten (10) comparable tanks of the same style and capacity within the last five (5)
years giving satisfactory service. Each bidder shall provide a letter with his bid, listing
such examples giving the owner, tank size, date constructed, consulting engineer, and
engineer's address and telephone number. Such company shall have on its staff a full
time professional engineer With not less than five (5) years experience in design and field
construction of elevated steel tanks and who will be in responsible engineering charge"
of the work to be done.
C. The contracting company shall own their fabrication facilities. Divided responsibilities
between erection and fabrication will not be allowed.
D. A qualified supervisor employed by the Contractor shall be on site at all times during
construction of the foundation and support structure. No assignments of authority for
superintendence for Contractor to Subcontractor shall be made.
E. Section 13200A may be used in lieu of this specification section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS ..
A. Each bidder shall submit with his proposal, a design sketch of the tank and foundation
,he proposes to furnish. ~This general plan of the structure 'must show all" major
dimensions including the tank diameter, the height to lower and upper capacity levels,
the sizes of all principal and secondary members, thickness of all plates and
arrangements of members and size of the tank foundation including quantities of concrete
and rebar.
B. The successful bidder must submit shop drawings for all proposed work to include tank
foundations with column reactions, concrete mix design, tank structure showing size of
plates, members, details of all connections special details and member loads, piping,
valves, painting and other pertinent information as required per the project plans and
specifications. These drawings shall be sealed by a registered professional engineer
licensed ii1 the State'6f Georgia. No fabrication shall be started uiitil shop diaWings have
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
""....,"'!-,~ I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I --
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
been approved.
PART 2 - FOUNDATIONS
2.1 FOUNDATIONDESIGN
A. Foundation design shall, be based on the soil bearing pressures contained in the
Geotechnical Report in Section 02050. The contractor'retain the services of a testing
firm selected by the Owner to confirm that the design conditions are in conformance with
design recommendations. The design of the foundations shall be in accordance with the
requirements of ACI 301, 318, and Section 03300. Minimum concrete compressive
strength shall be 3500 'psi at 28 days. Testing services will be paid by the Contractol) or
from the allowances set within the lump sum bid.
2.2 TANK FOUNDATIONS
A. The Tank: Contractor shall furnish and install all materials, labor and equipment
necessary to complete the tank foundations complete with anchor bolts, reinforcing steel '
and concrete.
B. The Tank: Contractor shall 'design and prepare construction plans and details for the
foundations in accordance with the requirements of the specifications. The foundation
construction drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review arid firialapproval.
C. All testing of materials concerning the foundations and support structure shall be done
by an independent testing' laboratory satisfactory to the Engineer. Results of all tests'
including a definite laboratory statement that same does or does not meet requirements'
or specifications. Testing services will be paid by the Contractor or from the allowances
set within the lump sum bid.
PART 3.0 - TANK DESIGN AND MATERIALS
3.1 GOVERNING SPECIFICATIONS
A.' ,Material,' design, welding; shop fabrication, erection, testing; arid"inspection of the'
proposed elevated water storage tank: shall be in compliance with the latest revision of
the American Water Works Association Standard Specification, AWW A D 1 00-96, for
"Welded Steel Elevated TaI1k:s, Standpipes and Reservoirs for Watef Storage", ACI 318,
Specification Section 03~00, the latest edition of American Welding Society and ACI-
371R "Guide for the Analysis; Design and Construction of Concrete - Pedestal Water
Towers
B. . The Composite elevated tank: shall consist of the following components: foundation,
reinforced concrete support structure and a welded steel water tank:. The support
structure shall extend vertically from the foundation as a circular concrete wall. A
reinforced domed concrete slab shall be provided as structural support for the steel tank:
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK.
SECTION 13200B -2
within the perimeter of the wall. A reinforced concrete ring beam shall connect the steel
tank, concrete dome and concrete support wall. The elevated tank shall be in accordance
with the shape, dimensions and details required by these specifications and the elevation
sketch contained in Appendix A, Drawing A-2.,
C. The following design pm:ameters shall apply, and the structures shall safely withstand the
following loads acting separately or in combination:
1. Weight of the structure.
2. Weight of the water in the tank.
3. The structure shall be designed to withstand wind stresses blowing at a rate of 100
MPH from any direction.
4. Seismic -Zone 2Aper A WW AD 1 00.
5. Snow load minimum of 15 PSF as specified in A WW A.
6. Corrosion Allowance: None.
7. Minimum thickness shell, roof and bottom plates: 1/4".
8. Headrange: 35' maximum.
D.,', All metal in the structure shall be manufactured, rolled or shaPed in accordance with the,
current A-283 and A36 specifications of ASTM.
3.2 CONCRETE SUPPORT STRUCTURE
A. The concrete tower wall shall have a minimum thickness of eight (8) inches exclusive
of any architectural relief. The minimum reinforcing steel shall be 0.20% horizontally'
and 0.15% vertically.. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in two layers. A minimum
of 0.75% vertical reinforcement shall be provided in the top .6 ft. .of the wall extending :'.
into the concrete ring beam. Minimum concrete cover for interior/exterior faces shall be
1 inch and 1-1/2 inches respectively..
B. The structural concrete dome tank bottom shall have a minimum thickness of eight (8)
inches. A steel dome will not be allowed. Minimum total reinforcement in orthogonal
directions shall be 0.40%. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in two layers.
C. The concrete ring beam shall have a nominal width and height of a least two times the
support wall thickness. Minimum radial and circumferential reinforcement shall be
. .0.25%. .' '. " \'.1.,', '. ,:".: .-'i;.....
D. The effects of openings shall be subj ected to a rigorous analysis taking into account the
stress concentrations and the diminished lateral support that exist in the vicinity of such
openings. A minimum of J?O% of the reinforcing steel cut by.th~ opening shall be
placed around the opening with one-half of this amount placed <:>n each side. Openings
eight (8) feet wide and greater shall be strengthened by means of an internal buttress
located on each side of the opening. The buttress section shall be integral with the
pedestal wall and shall not be less than 4 feet wide and 6 inches thicker than the nominal
wall dimension.
, E. Creep, shrinkage, and temperature effects shall be taken' into accoUnt in the design and
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200I;l -3
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
'''I
I
I
.'1'
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1".
I
I
I
I
I
analysis of all concrete structural components.
G. The steel tank and concretesupport interface shalLbesubjected to a rigorous analysis.
Ring beam design shall consider unbalanced forces from the steel tank cone and concrete
dome, load conditions varying with water level, eccentricity of loads resulting from
design geometry and allowance for variations due to construction imperfections and
tolerance. Finite element and finite difference analysis are the required methods for
examining such local stresses in detail.
The geometry of the interface shall provide fOJ;" positive drainage and not allow either
condensate or precipitation to accumulate at the top of the concrete wall or ring beam.
The contractor shall provide evidence that a thorough review ,of the interface region has
been performed.
H. Finishes
1. A smooth form finish in accordance with ACI is required on the outside form ,. .
surface. This includes patching of tie holes and defects, and removal of fins. Hand
rubbing is not required. Patching materials shall be selected to closely match the
color of the concrete. The contractor shall provide a light sandblast to the exposed
exterior concrete surface to provide a uniform color and texture.
2. A rough form finish in accord~ce with ACI is required on the inside form surface.,
This includes patching of tie holes and defects, and removal of fins.
I. Minimum concrete pedestal 'diameter shall be 36'. The pedestal diameter may be,
increased to a maximum of 42'as required by manufacturers standard geometry.
3.3 ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
A. The tank shall be latest all welded design. Preference shall be given to d~signs of good
appearance with operating characteri'stics which give as constant a pressure on the mains
as is consistent with the manufacturer's standards and economics of design. The net
capacity shall be 1,000,000 Gallons. The height of the tank high water level from above
the finished floor elevations shall be 105.75 feet. The minimum thickness of any plate
.' ,in,contact.with water'and ioofplate,shallbe 1/4". All interior and exterior, roo flaps 'shall : " .'
be fully seal welded on both sides.
B.
All structural members supporting the roof of the steel tank shall be flat bar or sealed
square tubular sections. Support beams shall besea1 welded to the underside of the roof
plate along the entire length of the beam.
c.
The contractor shall submit evidence that the design, of the areas of the elevated tank
where water is supported bya steel cone, is based on a shell analysis that is capable of
recognizing the degree of imperfection which may be built into the 'structure and shall
be such as to create a minimum safety factor of2.0 against buckling. The analysis shall
include the effects of material' arid geometric non4inearaties and residual stresses. The
~..... ..' ..
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -4
modeled imperfection shall not be less than O.04.fRT over a length of 4.fRT, where R
is the radius normal to the plate at the point of consideratio~ and T is the plate thickness.
3.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Steel Access Tube: A steel riser pipe not less than 48 inches diameter located on the
vertical centerline of the tank as shown on appended drawing. Tube shall provide access
from the top of the concrete tower to the tank roof. A ladder with safety climb device
shall be provided for' within the tube.
B. Inlet - Outlet Connection: Provide a 16 inch diameter stainless steel inlet, 16 inch
diameter stainless steel outlet pipe and valving as indicated on the project drawings.
Inlet and outlet pipe shall extend from the base of the pedestal to the tank floor elevation.
Provide a minimum of 6 inch high removable silt stop where the inlet and outlet pipes
enter the tan1e
The inlet and outlet pipe shall be designed to support all rel~ted static and dynamic loads.
Suitable galvanized steel brackets, guides and hangers shall be provided on the pedestal
and tank floor at a minimum of20-ft. intervals.
\
The inlet/outlet pipe sha1lbe designed and constructed to accommodate any differential
, movement caused by settlement and by thermal expansion and contraction over the range
of extreme temperature differences expected for the pedestal and pipe. The required
flexibility shall be provided by an expansion joint located near grade in the vertical
section of pipe.
Pipe and fittings shallb~ Type 304L stainless steel fabricated from'material meeting the,
requirements of ASTM A-240.' Fabrication, inspection; testing, markiI).g arid certification
of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM ~-778 and A-774 respectively.
Backing flanges shall be in accordance with ASTM A285-C drilled.to ANSI B 16.5 Class
150. Pipe, fittings and welds shall be cleaned and passivated.
. Pipe, fittings and flange thickness shall be in accordance With the manufacturers certified
pressure rating for the applicable service pressures. Forpiping located within closed or
valve sections, the design pressure rating shall be 125 psi minimum.
, '
C. ,.,Overt10w(AWWA DIOO, Sec. 5)): .Theo.verflow shall~be,ia\minimurp 12" diameter
tower supported stainless steel pipe. The overflow pipe shall be run vertically beside the
central access tube and extend through the tank floor at which point it shall be routed,
over to the. pedestal wall~ The overflow shall be brought down to discharge into the
junction box indicated Qn the project drawings. A flap valye will be located -at the
discharge point to prevent the ingress of birds and insects. Flap Valve shall be CLOW
F-3012 or equal. The overflow shall be connected to the outletpipe, as indicated on the
project drawings, to allow for tank draining. The tank manufacturer shall verify that
overflow pipe and intake shall have capacity to handle a 3600 gpm fill rate with a
maximum water level not more than 6 inches above the top of overflow.
Overflow and drain pipe design and construction shall meet the requirements ofS'ection'
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
,.-, I
., ..1.
I
I
I
..1
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.3B.
D. Roof Openings (A WW A D100, Sec. 5.6): Provide two 30-in. square or 30-in. diameter
weatherproof aluminum access hatches on the roof of the tank above the high water level.
One hatch shall provide egress from the access tube to the roof. The second hatch, ,
located adjacent to the first, shall provide access to the interior of the tank. The opening
shall have a minimum 4 in. curb. The aluminum cover shall have a 2 in. down turned
edge, stainless steel hardware, hold open ann and a locking mechanism.
E. Tank Vent (AWWA Spec. DIOO, Sec. 5,7): One 20" minimum diameter tank vent
located near the center of the tank roof to permit passage of air at a sufficient rate to
prevent development of dangerous pressures or vacuum at a ~ll rate of 4000 gpm and
drawdown rate assuming a break in the inlet/outlet at grade when the tank is full. The
vent will be designed to prevent the ingress of birds, insects, or animals.
The vent shall be designed to allow the attachment of an exhaust fan for ventilation
during painting.
In addition to the tank vent, a pressure/vacuum relief mechanism shall be provided that
will operate in the,event of vent failure. The mechanism shall be designed to return
automatically to its original position after operation. The pressure/vacuum relief
mechanism shall be located on the tank roof above the maximum weir crest elevation,
and it may be incorporated in the vent assembly.
F. Pedestal Vent: Ventilation shall comply with the governing building code requirements,
based on occupancy classification. As a minimum, one removable vent (30 inch
diameter) shall be provided at the top of the pedestal. This vent shall be accessible from
the upper platform and may also be designed to provide access to the exterior rigging
rails located at the tank/pedestal intersection. Vents shall be accessible from the interior
ladders, platforms or floors provided. Pedestal vents shall be'stainless steel or aluminum
and provided with a removable insect screen.
G. Balcony: A 4-ft. wide upper platform shall be located at the top of the pedestal to
provide access from the pedestal ladder to the roof access ladder located on the interior
of the access tube. Platforms shall be provided with handrails, midrails and toe plates
in accordance with OSHA requirements. Grating shall be used for the walking surface.
All components shall be galvanized steel. ' . , .',~' ,
H. Ladders (AWWA D100, Sec. 5.4): Ladders shall be provided from the gravel floor
inside the base of the pedestal t6 the upper platform located below the tank floor. The
tank floor manhole shall be proVided with ladder access from the upper platform. A
ladder shall extend from the upper platform, through the access tube interior, to the roof.
Ladder shall be designed in accordance with OSHA standards.
Ladders that terminate at platforms'or landings shall extend a minimum of 48 in. beyond
the platform elevations.
Ladders located in the pedestal and access tube interior shall be galvanized steel. Tank
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -6
interior ladders shall be coated in accordance with the tank interior coating system.
I. Safety Devices (A WW A D1 00, Sec. 5.5): All ladders shall be equipped with an OSHA
approved cable-type safety climbing device with one belt and clamp assembly.
J. Water Level Indicators, Sample port, etc.: Provide three 3/4 inch couplings welded to the
outlet pipe 5 feet above grade. Each coupling shall be provided with a stainless steel
nipple and an isolation valve. On one coupling install a pressure gauge in accordance
with ASME B40.1 Grade 2A. The dial shall be +1/2 inch diameter with black markings
on white background. Pressure range is O~ 1 00 psi. The remaining two couplings shall
be reserved for use as a sample port and for a future pressUre sensor.
K. Rigging and Painters Rails:,
1. Provide painters rails permanently installed on the tank as follows:
a. One painters rail on the underside of the tank rooflocated near the center.
b. . One painters rail on the underside of the tank roof located approximately 18
inches from the tank shell.
c. If the slope distance between these two painters rails exceeds 32 feet, provide
a third rail near midspan.
d. One painters rail on the pedestal exterior approximately 24 inches below the
junction of the concrete tower and the tank.
e. Painters rails shall be painted in accordance with paint specifications.
2. Access:
a. A minimum 24-in. diameter opening shall be provided at the top of the
pedestal. This opening shall be accessible from a platform and shall provide.
access to the exterior rigging rail located at ,the tank/pedestal intersection..
The access opening may also serve ClS the pedestal ventilation.
b A minimum 24-in. diameter opening shall be provided on the tank roof to
provide access to the tank interior rigging rails. This access opening may be
combined a pressure/vacuum relief mechanism.
L. Tank Floor Manhole: Provide a 30-in. diameter manhole through the tank floor. The
manhole shall be operable from a ladder located on the upper platform and shall be
designed to withstand the pressure of the tank contents without leakage.
M. Personnel Door: Provide one double wide (72 inch wide X 80 inch) access door. Door
frames shall be 16-gauge with concealed reinforcement at hardware locations.
Expansion type anchors for existing openings shall be installed near the top, bottom and
intermediate point of each jamb to rigidly secure the frame. Doors shall be 1-3/4.in.
thick insulated, reinforced, full, flush type with 18-gauge face sheets and concealed
reinforcement at hardware locations. All edges shall be finished flush with watertight
seams. Shop applied finish for the frame and door shall be baked on rust inhibitive
primer. Field finish shall be compatible with the tank exterior, Standard hardware shall
be stainless steel and include three 4-1/2 in. by 4-1/2 in. hinges, industrial duty closer and
lockset. Location of personnel door shall be as shown on the drawings.
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK.
SECfION 13200B -7
I
I
I
I
I
I
'''1
I
.1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
N. A tank identification plate shall be mounted on the tank pedestal adjacent to the doorway.
The identification plate shall contain the following information.
1. Tank Contractor
2. Contractors project or file number
3. Tank capacity
4. Height to overflow
5. Date erected
O. Lightning Protection shall be provided in accordance w:ith NFP A 780 and electrical
drawings.
3.4 OPTIONAL ALTERNATE BID ITEMS
A. Electrical Lighting and Receptacles (Alternate No.1): Work shall be performed in
accordance with National Electric Code, Electrical Specification and the governing
electrical, safety, inspection codes, regulations and ordinances. The following minimum
requirements shall apply.
1. Interior Base: Incandescent light fixtures shall be provided 10ft. above the floors
on grade at equal intervals along the pedestal wall that do not exceed 30 ft. These
lights shall be controlled by a single switch located 3 ft. 6 in. above the slab on the
interior pedestal wall; adjacent to the open side of the access door. Three (3)
convenience outlets shall be provided to serve interior base at the ground level
2. Interior Ladder/Landing: Incandescent light fixtures shall be provided adjacent to
the access ladder on the pedestal wall at intervals that do not exceed 25 ft. The
lower light shall be placed 10 ft. above the floor slab and may be accommodated
by a base light ifit is located within 5 ft. of the ladder., The upper pedestal ladder
light shall be placed above the upper platform. A light shall be provided 8 ft.
above any intermediate platforms. Lights shall be provided at the top and bottom
of the interior access tube. These lights shall be controlled by a single switch
located 3ft. 6 in. above the floor at the base ofthe pedestal ladder.
Provide conv.enience outlets at the upper landing elevation and at the top of the
access tube interior.
3. Exterior Door: A Metal Halide light fixture shall be provided above the personnel
access door and on both sides of the vehicle door. These lights shall be controlled
by a single switch located 3 ft. 6 in. above the floor on the interior pedestal,
, adjacent to the openside of the access door.
4. Exterior Tank Lighting: Each logo on the tank shall be illuminated to 15 fc
(initial) with a 2: 1 maximum to minimum ratio. Provide lighting using metal
halide fixtures. The target size shall be 25 feet high by 50 feet wide. See the
electrical specification on Drawing E-2 for the type of materials. Submit a layout
showing type of fixture, location, of fixtures and point by point illumination level
for the engineer's approval. ",
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -8
5. Panel: Provide an electrical panel mounted on the pedestal interior. The panel
shall be a 120/240 volt, single phase with 12-circuit capacity and a 100A main
circuit breaker. . Conduit and wiring shall be installed completely to the Electrical
Rack.
6. Furnish and install all materials including light fixtures, conduit and wiring.
Conduit and wiring shall be installed completely to the Electrical Rack. See the
electrical specification on drawing E-2 for the type of materials.
B... Roof Railing (Alternate No.2): A 42 inch high roof handrail shall be provided to
enclose all centrally located roof accessories.
C. Overhead Door (Alternate No. )): Provide 10'xl0' overhead door. Door installation
shall be on.the interior face of the pedestal wall. The door frame'shall be a steel plate
fabrication suitably detailed, fastened and reinforced to accept the door. Operation shall
be manual with a chain hoist. The curtain shall be formed of 20-gauge steel interlocking
slats with end locks and wind locks designed for a wind loading of 20 psf. Torsion
springs shall be mounted on a solid torsion rod, which is attached to an exterior mounted
spring tension adjustment wheel. A 24-gauge steel hood shall be provided with a
weather seal to protect the assembly. Steel brackets shall be installed to the interior face
of the pedestal with expansion anchors which enclose and support the counterbalance
assembly with sealed bearings. Steel curtain guides are mounted to the brackets. The
curtain, bottom bar, brackets, guides, hood, pipe and chain shall be galvanized. Size,
quantity and location of vehicle door(s) shall be as shown on the drawings.
D. Concrete slab on grade work (Alternate No.4):
1. Delete 6" compacted crusher run base with non-woven'separation fabric and install,
4" of drainage fill (sand or No. 57 stone) base and a six '(6) inch thick 4,000 psi
base slab with synthetic fibers. Saw cut or keyed construction joints shall be
provided for crack control. Expansion joints shall be provided at tank perimeter
and floor penetrations - pipe, pedestals, etc. Slope slab 0.5% toward truck door.
2. Stoop and Apron: Install 6" thick 4' x 7 concrete stoop at personnel door and 14'
x 14' concrete apron at overhead door.
E.
Interior Intermediate Landings (Alternate No.5): Fixed intermediate landing shall be
installed offset fromlcontinuous.ladder run,." Landings: shall be'provided'in,accordance-,
with OSHA.
,;<:;."f.';.:~' .
PART 4 - PAINTING
4.1 SCOPE, OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, material and equipment of any kind required to
perform painting on the project as hereinafter set forth. Painting shall be performed at
such times and in such places as the Contractor and Engineer may agree upon in order
that dust-free, and quality work be obtained. All painting shall be done in strict '.,
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
,SECTION 13200B -9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
'I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer and shall be performed in a
manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The Owner shall be the sole judge of the
acceptability of the work. ",'
4.2 STANDARD OF QUALITY
A. Products of Tnemec Co., Inc. are established as a standard of quality. Equal products
may be accepted by the Owner upon submittal to the Owner of the necessary data and
ipformation. No request for substitution will be considered which decreases the film
thickness and/or the number of coats to be applied or which offers a change from the
generic type of coating specified. Any products submitted must be accompanied by test
data supporting the claim of equality of each product proposed for substitution. The
Owner shall be the sole judge of equality.
43 PAINT MATERIALS
A. Paint materials shall be in original sealed containers bearing the manufacturer's labels.
Colors, where not specified, will be selected by the Engineer and/or Owner. When
thinning is necessary, only the products which are suitable for the particular purpose and
supplied by the paint manufacturer shall be allowed. All interior paint materials and
systems must be approved as specified herein by the National Sanitation Foundation
under Standard 61.
4.4 APPLICATION OF MATERIALS
A. Painting methods shall be in accordance with the paint manufacturer's written
recommendations. The paint contractor shall be the sole judge of the method of painting
as provided in the manufacturer's written instructions providing such method assures an ' ,
, acceptable job to the Engineer and/or Owner.
B.
No paint shall be applied when the surrounding air temperature, as measured in the
shade, is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. No paint shall be applied when the temperature
, of the surface to be painted is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit. Paint shall not be applied
. to wet or damp surfaces, and shall not be applied in the rain, fog or mist, or when the
. relative humidity will exceed 70%. No paint shall be applied when it is expected that the
relative humidity will exceed 70% or that the air temperature will drop below 40 degrees
,Fahrenheit within 18:'hours after the"application of the' paint.;- Dew' or.-moisture
condensation shall be anticipated, and if such conditions are prevalent, painting shall be
. delayed until mid-morning to be certain that the surface is dry. Further, the days painting
shall be completed well in advanqe of the probable time of day. when condensation
occurs, in order to 'permit the film aD. appreciable drying time prior to the formation of
moisture.
. ...._H
C. Surfaces shall be prepared as specified and prime coats shall be applied prior to any flash
rusting occurring. Any surface not primed within 8 hours of blasting and/or before rust
occurs, shall be reblasted.
D. Pamting shall be done on clean and dry surfaces in'a manner to produce an even film of
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -10
uniform thickness and color, free of holidays, voids, pinholes, brush marks, laps, runs,
and other visible defects. Edges, comers, crevices, and ledges shall be finished with the
same full coverage as the visible surfaces. Each coat shall be dry before the application
of additional coats.
E. All steel shall be delivered to the project site shop primed
F. All welds and irregular'surfaces shall receive a brush coat of the specified product prior
to the application of the first complete coat.
G. Coverage rates for metal. surfaces are given in dry mil thickness. Magnetic testing
devices will be used to determine if sufficient materials are applied.
H. Care must be exercised that the coatings are not applied above or below that
recommended by the manufacturer and that adequate drying time is permitted between
coats to assure proper release of solvents.
I. All surfaces adjacent to painting operations shall be protected to prevent damage, or
discolorations by splashing or dripping paint, brush contact, overspray, etc. Any paint
spots or drippings, oils or stains on adjacent painted, or unpainted surfaces shall be
removed and all surfaces left in good condition.
1. ' . Allow a minimwn of seven (7) days curing after application of final coat to tank interior
before flushing, sterilizing or filling with water..
K. The Contractor shall apply each coating at the rate and in the manner specified by the
. . manufacturer. If material has thickened or must be diluted, the coating shall be built up ,
to the same film thickness achieved with undiluted material. Deficiencies in film
thickness shall be corrected by the application of additional coat(s) of paint. Where
, thinning is necessary, only products of the manufacturer furnishing the paint, and for the
, particular purpose, shall be allowed. All thinning shall,be done strictly in accordance
with the manufacturers instructions, as well as with the full knowledge and approval of
the Engineer.
4.5 VENTILA nON
," ....;. ":',",,'" . .. A. In order to avoid entrapment of solvents 'and to aid-in drying 'of the'paint;-ventilation of
the tank interiors shall be provided by the Contractor. Ventilation shall be in accordance
with A WW A Specification D-I 02 Section 78, Paragraph 7.3, and/or as directed by the
Engineer.
B. Ventilation shall be maintained on a continuous 24 hour per day basis from the beginning
of painting the tank interior and for a minimwn of 48 hours after completion of painting
until full cure has taken place:
C. Ventilation shall be by means of fans of the size and capacity to create the required air
turnover in the tank as specified in A WW A Specifications D-I 02 Section 78, Paragraph
7.3. Fans for ventilation of elevated tanks shall be placeq at the tank riser manhole
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -11
I
I
I
'I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.. ~.",".I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
drawing air from the top and venting through the lower manhol~.
4.6 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. After fabrication, all interior surfaces shall be shop cleaned in accordance with Steel
t . ' ~ { .
Structures Painting Coiiridil Surface Preparation Specifications No. 10 "Near White"
blast cleaning. All exterior surfaces shall be shop cleaned in accordance with SSPC
Surface Preparation Specification No.6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". After cleaning
all surfaces shall be thoroughly and completely cleaned of any residue or dust and shop
primed.
B. After the tank is erected, welded, and tested, the seams and adj acent areas shall be
cleaned of all slag and splatter from the welding and all surfaces that were shop primed
shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign matter.
C. All welded seams, abraded spots and areas not shop primed shall be cleaned in
accordance with SSPC No. 10 for interior surfaces and SSPC No.6 for exterior surfaces.
D. Field blast cleaning for ali surfaces shall be'by dry method unless otherwise specified.
E. Particle size of abrasive used in blast cleaning shall be such size to produce a 1.5-2.0 mil
", surface profile or in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer of the
specified coating systems to be applied. Abrasive used in blast cleaning operations shall
be new, washed, graded and free of contaminants that would interfere with adhesion of .
paints and shall not be reused.
F. During blast cleaning operations, caution shall be exercised to insure th~t existing,.
coatings are not exposed to abrasion from blast cleaning.
G. The contractor shall keep the area of his work and the surrounding environment in a
clean condition. Blastinginaterials'shall not be allowed to accumulate so as to constitute
a nuisance or hazard to the accomplishment of the work or ti1e operation of existing
facilities.
H. Blast cleaned surfaces shall be cleaned prior to application of specified coatings or paint.
No coatings or paint shall be applied over damp or moist surfaces.
. , 1. The contractor shall be responsible for proper disposal of spent abrasive from the
blasting operations.
4.7 INTERIOR (WET & DRY) COATING SYSTEM- A WW A INSIDE SYSTEM NO.3
A. All interior surfaces shall have a three-coat system consisting of a zinc-rich primer and
two coats of two-component epoxy system that meet the requirements of A WW A and
the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). Total dry film thickness ofthe system shall
be 11 to 17 mils.
1. Surface Preparation: Interior Wet - SSPC-SPlO "Near-White Metal Blast
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -12
Cleaning". Interior Dry - SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". All rough
edges, weld seams and sharp comers shall be ground to a curve.
2. Shop'Primer: Apply one coat ofTndnec Series91H20-Hydfo-Zinc 2000 at a dry
film thickness rate of 2.5 to 3.5 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not exceed
manufacturers recommendations. Drying time shall be as indicated on the
manufacturers product data sheets.
3. Field Touch-up,:, ,Remove all weld slag, weld spatter, and other sharp of rough
projections. Al~ welded seams, crevices and joints. shall receive SSPC-SP10
surface preparation. Immediately after cle~g all areas shall be brushed:with
Tnemec l~O:-Hydro-Zinc 2000 Primer and allowed to cure 24 hours minimum
prior to application of Intermediate Coat.
4. Intermediate Coat: Apply one coat of Tnemec Series 20 Pota-Pox at a dry film
thickness rate of 4.0 to 6.0 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall ,not exceed
manufacturers recommendations. Note: Tnemec Series 40 Pota-Pox L.T. may be
substituted but film thickness must be maintained.
5. Finish Coat (Interior Wet Only): Apply one coat ofTnemec Series 20 Pota-Pox at
a dry film thickness rate of 4.0 to 6.0 mils. Maximum c~>verage rates shall not
exceed manufacturers recommendations. Note: Tnemec Series 40 Pota-Pox L.T.
may be substituted but film thickness must be maintained.
4.8 EXTERIOR COATING SYSTEM - A WW A OUTSIDE SYSTEM NO.6
A. All exterior surfaces shall receive a minimum three coat system consisting of a zinc-rich
primer, an intermediate coat of two-component epoxy and a finish coat of two-
component aliphatic polyurethane that meet the requirements of A WW A. Total dry film
thickness of the system shall be 6.5 to 9.5 mils.
4.9 LOGO
1.
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". All rough edges,
weld seams and sharp comers shall be ground to a curve.
Shop Primer: Apply one coat ofTnemec Series 91H20-Ijydro-Zinc 2000 at a dry
film thickness rate 9f2.5 to 3.5 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not exceed
manufacturers recommendations. Drying time shall be as indicated ,em the
manufacturers product data sheets.
Field Touch-up: Remove all weld slag, weld spatter, and other sharp of rough
projections. All welded seams, crevices andjoints shall receive SSPC-SP6 surface
preparation. Immediately after cleaning all areas shaUbe'brushed with Ti1emec
Series 91H20-Hydro-Zinc 2000 and allowed to cure 24 hours minimum prior to
application of Intermediate Coat.
Intermediate Coat: Apply one coat of Tnemec Series 161 Tnemec Fascure at a dry
film thickness rate of 2.0 to 3.0 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not exceed
manufacturers recommendations. Drying time shall be as indicated on the
manufacturers product data sheets.
Finish Coat: Apply one coat of Tnemec Series 74 Endura-Shield at a dry
film thickness J"fite of 2.0 to 3.0 mils. Maximum coverage rates shall not
exceed manufacturers recommendations.
2.
3.
4.
5.
# .~,
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I
The logo as appended shall,be painted at three (3) locations around the upper exterior of the
tank. The logos shall be applied in a location and of satisfactory size to be visually seen from;
distant locations. Placemerit.oflogos on tank shall be, coordinated. with the OWNER. The
OWNER shall also select a logo,.color based upon the paint manufacturer's color chart. Paint'
shall be Tnemec Series 74 Endura-Shield.
4.10 DISINFECTION
A. After the tank has been painted and the interior surfaces have thoroughly dried, the:
Contractor shall remove all visible dirt and contaminating materials. A minimum of
seven (7) days following the application of the final coat on the interior surfaces shall be
allowed before the tank IS disinfected or filled with water. The interior of the tank shall
be disinfected in accordanc'e with Chlorination Method No.2 or 3 of A WW A C652-92.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining proper disinfection as determined by
bacteriological testing. The Contractor shall assist the OWNER with collecting two (2)
satisfactory consecutive bacte~ological samples of water taken 24 hours apart from the
tank. Testing shall be perforined by a state approved laboratory. ..
C. Water for filling the tank after the initial disinfection will be provided by the Owner. If
the bacteriological test fails, the tank shall be redisinfected. The Contractor shall
reimburse the OWne,r for water required to fill the tank after the first filling.
. D. Wasting of water shall be done in compliance with federal, state and local environmental
regulations.
PART 5.0 -TANK AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION
5.1 ERECTION OF TANK
, ,
. A. All parts forming the structure shall be built in accordance with approved drawings. The
. workmanship and finishing shall be the best in modem shop practice. Welding
procedures and general welding requirements shall be in accordance with A WW A D 1 00,
Section 8, "Welding" . Welding shall only be done by ASME qualified welders. Records
of these qualification tests shall be available to the Engine.er. The work at ~l times shall
be open to the Engineer or his representative. '
B. Upon completion of tile t~ ,erection, the Tank Contractor will remove or dispose of all
, rubbish 'and other unsightly material caused by its operation, and will leave the premises
in good appearance.
5.2 SUPPORT STRUCTURE
A. General
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE T ANI<
SECTION 1320,OB -14
Comply with the miniinum requirements of Section 03300, ACI 318 and the applicable
requirements of ACI 347, except as modified in this section. . '
Formwork system design an,d concrete practic~ required by this section shall be strictly
enforced to ensure concrete of the highest practicable structural and architectural
standards.
Formwork systems shall be designed with the provision of ties and bracing such that
concrete components conform to the correct dimensions, shapt;:, alignment and elevation
without leakage of mortar arid excessive deflection. Formwork systems shall be designed
to safely support all loading conditions. Embedded items shall be properly positioned and
secured. Form surfaces'shall be cleaned of foreign materials and coated with a release
agent prior to placing reinforcement. '
B. Support Wall
The pedestal wall shall be constructed using a jump form process. The form system shall
use curved, prefabricated form segments of the largest practical size to minimize panel
joints. Concrete pour height shall be a minimum of 6 ft and a maximum of 12 ft. Form
panels shall extend the full ~eight of the concrete. pour using only vertical panel joints.
Formwork shall be secured using bolts through the wall prior to concrete placement.
Panels shall be designedfor lateral pressures associated with full height plastic concrete
head, and support and bracirig shall be provided for construction related impact loads and
wind loads. Working platforms that allow safe access :for inspeCtion and concrete
placement shall be provided. Form facing material shall be metal, 'or plywood faced with
plastic or fiberglass.
The form system shall incorporate a uniform pattern of vertical and horizontal
rustications to provide architectural relief to the exterior wall surface. Construction
joints and panel joints shall be located in rustications. Vertical panel joints shall be
sealed using closures which combine with the form pattern to prevent grout leakage and
panel joint lines. The top of each concrete placement shall be finished with a grade
. strip. The vertical and horizontal rustications shall be proportioned and combined to
impart a symmetrical architectural pattern to the completed structure. ~Form ties shall be
located so as to impart a uruform patterned effect. No architectural form treatment is
required on the interior surface.
Wall forms shall not be disturbed or removed until the concrete has attained sufficient
strength such that forming operations and construction loads do not cause surface
damage or excessive stress to the section. The minimum concrete strength shall be
, ,
established by the Contractor, based on reasonable analysis offoreseeable loads and
stresses at critical stages throughout the formIng and concrete operations.
Support wall concreting operations shall occur a maximum of once per day. Multiple
form movements and concrete placements within a day are not permitted.
Support wall concrete shall utilize high range water reducer. .
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
. SECTION 13200B -15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Drop chutes or tremies shall be used in walls and columns to prevent free-fall of the
concrete over 5 ft and to allow the concrete to be placed through the cage of reinforcing
steel. These shall be m?ve? at short intervals to prev~nt stacking of concrete.
.. I:
C. Tank Floor
The formwork system for the domed structural floor shall be designed to support all
construction loads. Adequate shoring and bracing shall be provided to transfer loads to
the pedestal or ground without appreciable movements. Form surfaces shall be steel,
plastic or fiberglass coated material.
D. Dimensional Tolerances
Variation in thickness:
walL...............;.............. .
dome................................
Support wall variation from plumb:
in any 5 feet ofheight.............
in any 50 feet ofheight............
maximum in total height............
Support wall diameter variation............
not to exceed.........................
Dome floor radius variation................. '
Level alignment variation:
from specified elevation............
from horizontal plane...............
F. Finishes
-3.0% to +5.0%
-6.0% to +10%
3/8 inch
1-1/2 inch
3 inches
0.4%
3 inches
1.0%
1 inch
1/2 inch
Tie holes shall be plugged using grout on the interior and manufactured plugs on the
exterior which match the color ofthe cured concrete as closely as possible.
The Contractor shall provide a light sandblast to the exposed exterior concrete surface of
the pedestal to provide uniform color and texture.
5.3 TESTING
A.. After tank construction. has been completed and the tank painted, the tank shall be
hydrostatically tested by filling with water which will be furnished by the Owner. Any
leaks shall be repaired and the structure made watertight. No repair work will be done on
any point unless the water level in the t8nk is at least two feet below the joint being
repaired
B. In addition the Tank Con,tractor shall test the weld joints by means of radiographic method.
All testing shall be done in accordance with the latest revisions of A WW A Dl 00, Section
11. The radiographic film test results will become the property of the Owner.
C. Testing & Inspection Agency'Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each 'step
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -16
of the Project work. Do npt proceed until test results for previously completed work
verify compliance with requirements.
1. Thoroughly examine steel surfaces to be coated prior to commencement of work.
Correct any cOJ?dition which will adversely affect cleaning and coating application.
2. Inspect and test each step of the paint coating work before proceeding with the next
phase. Correct defects and deficiencies in surface preparation and coating work that
may adversely affect completed work. Maintain daily inspection records.
3. Paint contractor to provide all instruments, standards, and tools necessary to perform
inspection activities. Instruments shall be calibrated and in good working condition.
4. Verify the blast-cleaned surfaces by comparison with pictorial standard SSPC-VIS
1, and verify the height of the anchor profile with a surface profile comparator.
Verify quality of compressed air at the beginning and every 4 hours thereafter to
ascertain that compressed air is free of oil and moisture.
5. Verify that the dry film thickness is within the specified limits by measuring the
thickness with a magnetic gauge in accordance with SSPC-P A-2.
6. Perform interior coating film continuity test with holiday detector on tank interior
surfaces. Obtain a pinhole-free interior tank coating. Ifpinholes or deficient areas
are found during inspection, repair and reperform these tests after all repairs are.
completed.
7. Submit records of coating inspection to the Owner's Representative at the completion
of the coating work.
8. When testing and inspection agency reports that workmanship or materials are below
specifications, the item shall be corrected and retested until requirements are
obtained..
9. The Owner will employ a qualified independent testing agency to perform inspection
and testing services (excluding paint inspection). The cost for these services shall be
paid by the Contractor from the allowance established within the lwnp swn bid price.
10. Retesting: The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Tank
Contractor, is the Tank Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on
original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Docwnent
requirements.
PART 6.0 - GUARANTEE & ANNIVERSARY INSPECTIONS
GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor must guarantee for one year the structures he furnishes under these
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 13200B -17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
specifications to the extent . that he will repair any defects due to faulty design,
workmanship or mate~al.which may appear in the structures.
6.2 ANNIVERSARY INSPECTION
A. The Owner will notify the Contractor at least 30 days prior to ti1eanniversary date and
shall establish a date for the i~spection. The tank will be. drained and the Owner's
representative and the Contractor shall thoroughly inspect all surfaces both inside and out.
Should a failure occur to 25% of the painted surface, either interior or exterior, the entire
surface shall be cleaned and painted in accordance with these specifications.
PART 7.0 - EXECUTION.
" .
P RYlMENT
,A. " Payment for the elevated tank shall be made on the basis of the contract lump sum price
for ELEVATED WATERSTORAGE TANK. This lump sum shall include the cost of all .
. labor, materials, supervision, transportation, power and equipment and any other .costs
" required in the fabrication and erection of the tank complete with all appurtenances in
. accordance with the specification, on foundations furnished by the Contractor.
END 'OF SECTION
COMPOSITE ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK
SECTION 132008 -18
< ~;
o
-
l-
X
el
W
X
~
W
z
I
c
iii
...J
<
z
G
~
c
\I)
,...
.t-
O
-
I
TANK ACCESSORIES
CD TOWER LADDER
wi SAFETY RAIL
o OUTSIDE TANK LADDER
wi SAFETY RAIL
o ROOF HATCH
o ROOF FINIAL
@ VENT IN FINIAL wlSCREEN
@ RISER PIPE w!MANHOLE
AT BASE
. . .'.:' 1 .
o BALCONY
@ INLET AND OUTLET
BASE ELBOW (M.J.) 16-_
o OVERFLOW
@ INSIDE TANK LADDER
wi SAFETY RAIL
@ WATER LEVEL INDICATOR,
PROVIDE REMOVABLE INSULATE
SECURITY ENCLOSURE AROUND
PRESSURE GAUGE.
@ SAMPLE COCK ON DISCH.
UNE ct ELEV. 456.00
ALTITUDE VALVE TIE-IN.
@ INLET & OUTLET PROJECTIONS
Wi INLET PROTECllON.
@ SAFETY GRILL
T/COLUMN PEDESTAL
ELEV. 462.20
FIN. GRADE
EL 460.70
1,000,000 GAL
STEEL TANK
H.W.L
ELEV. 563.28
W
xel
< ~
:I a:
inc
,., ~
x
!
,
II
~
i
H
~ll
II
II
.: 75' :i:
II
I
I
I 1
I I
I 1
I!:=~
I I
I I
I I
I!:=~
I 1 1 I 1 1
-+-+-\-1 I 111FT
I .1. 1 I I!r MIN BOT ,G. ELEV. 450.70
I!:=~ I!:=~ I!:=~
. '
: <t BASE ELBOW ELEV. 456.70
UMIT OF INLET & OUllET
PIPES (PLAIN END '
OF M.J. PIPE)
TANK ELEVATION
@ 3/4- TAPPING FOR
PRESSURE SENSOR.
. N.T.S
AUGUSTA-RICHWOND co. BOARD OF COt.lWlsstONERS
AUCUSTA, CEORGlA
ELEVATED STORAGE TANK - ELEVATION
1,000.000 GALLON
STEEL TANK
NOTE:
INSERT LOGO 2 PLACES ON TANK
SHElL TO MAXIMUM WIDTH OF 30' .
J~
~. LASCHOBER I ASSOCIATES. p.c.
1296 BROAD STREET AUGUSTA, GEORGIA
DlGlNEERS . sc.-u:
DESIGNERS. '-=2""
CXlNSUl. TAHTS . U
DWGFILE: \42704\sn.- TANK
0
~
:::
"-
S!
~
a:
':l
;;
~
~
I, ~
u
-,
AUGUSTA-RICHt.lOND co. BOARD OF COt.lt.lISSlONERS
AUCUSTA. GEORCIA
ELEVATED STORAGE TANK
TANK
LOGO
JOHNSON, LASCHOBER & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1296 BROAD STREET AUGUSTA. GEORGIA
ENGINEERS . SCALE
DESIGNERS. I" = 2 O'
CONSULTANTS .
REV
Q
A-3
DWGFILE: \427Q4\SlL- lANK i
.-----.....- --_._._-----_._--_.._.,.....~..__.__.._... ...-,.. ..- ...... .-...._..._~_._--_._---_.._-.---_.__._._--'-----_._-_.-j